忍龙∑2官方指南书（英文）

5/13/2018 Ninja Ga ide n - Sigma 2 Offic ia l Ga me Guide - Unle a she d - slide pdf.c om
PRIMA Official Game Guide
Prima Games
Written by Bryan
Written by Bryan Dawson
Dawson
An Imprint of Random House, Inc.
3000 Lava Ridge Court, St. 100

Roseville, CA 95661
www.primagames.com

The Prima Games logo is a registered trademark of Random
House, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
Primagames.com is a registered trademark of Random House,
CON T
TEN
EN T
TSS
Inc., registered in the United States.
IINTRODUCTION5
TR UC ION 2
© 2009 by Prima Games. All rights reserved. No part of this
book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by THE WAY OF THE NINJA 5
any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system without written NINJA ITEMS 10
permission from Prima Games. Prima Games is an imprint of Random House, Inc.
NINJA WEAPONRY AND NINPO 13
Senior Product Manager: Mario De Govia NINJA TRAINING 34
Associate Product Manager: Shaida Boroumand
Copy Editor: Sara Wilson NINJA ENEMIES 39
Design & Layout: Winter Graphics North
Manufacturing: Stephanie Sanchez & Suzanne Goodwin TEAM MISSIONS 49
Ninja Gaiden® Sigma 2. ©TECMO, LTD. 2009. Ninja Gaiden and TECMO are
PATH OF THE NINJA 56
registered trademarks of TECMO, LTD. Team NINJA and the Team NINJA logo
Chapter One: Sky City Tokyo 56
are trademarks of TECMO, LTD.
Chapter Two: The Castle of the Dragon 64
Please be advised that the ESRB Ratings icons, “EC,” “E,” “E10+,” “T,” “M,”
“AO,” and “RP” are trademarks owned by the Entertainment Software Associa- Chapter Three: Thunderclap of Catastrophe 70
tion, and may only be used with their permission and authority. For informa-
tion regarding whether a product has been rated by the ESRB, please visit www. Chapter Four: A Captive Goddess 76
esrb.org. For permission to use the Ratings icons, please contact the ESA at
esrblicenseinfo.com. Chapter Five: The Shrine-Maiden’s Battle 85
Chapter Six: The Aqua Capital 87
Important:
Prima Games has made every effort to determine that the information con- Chapter Seven: The Lycanthropes’ Castle 94
tained in this book is accurate. However, the publisher makes no warranty,
either expressed or implied, as to the accuracy, effectiveness, or completeness of Chapter Eight: City of the Fallen Goddess 103
the material in this book; nor does the publisher assume liability for damages,
either incidental or consequential, that may result from using the informa-
Chapter Nine: The Flying Fortress Daedalus 106
tion in this book. The publisher cannot provide any additional information or
Chapter Ten: Submit or Die! 111
support regarding gameplay, hints and strategies, or problems with hardware or
software. Such questions should be directed to the support numbers provided Chapter Eleven: Night in the City of Water 118
by the game and/or device manufacturers as set forth in their documentation.
Some game tricks require precise timing and may require repeated attempts Chapter Twelve: Heart of Darkness 121
before the desired result is achieved.
Chapter Thirteen: The Temple of Sacrifice 127
Bryan Dawson has been writing about games for well over a decade. He has
written for AOL, IGN, Business Week, and many other notable publications. Chapter fourteen: a tempered gravestone 133
He’s also been a competitive gamer for quite some time. Focusing his skills on Chapter Fifteen: Quickening Deva station 140
fighting games, Bryan has been a well-known name within the fighting game
community for many years. In addition to writing guides for Prima, Bryan is Chapter Sixteen: The Underworld Abyss 146
Editor in Chief of The Temple Arcade and helps run the annual DEVASTATION
gaming tournament and event. When he’s not writing, Bryan can be found Chapter Seventeen: Poisoned Blood 151
enjoying a game of Tekken, Super Puzzle Fighter II Turbo HD Remix , or Final
Fantasy XI .
BOSS BATTLES 158
SECRETS & TROPHIES 185
We want to hear from you! E-mail comments and
feedback to bdawson@primagames.com CRYSTAL SKULL DATABASE 189
ISBN: 978-0-307-46571-9
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/ninja -ga ide n-sigma -2-offic ia l-ga me -guide -unle a she d 1/192
Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
R
T
N
R
IN
I
introduction
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN Ninja Gaiden II released on the Xbox 360 in early 2008. Now the Xbox hit makes a long-awaited
A I
A appearance on the PlayStation 3 in the form of Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 . On the surface, the two games are
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
similar, but if you take a closer look, you’ll find new playable characters, additional chapters added to the
story mode, online co-op Team Mission mode, and a new set of missions to challenge your Ninja skills.
S
MM
E
T
IT
A
J
N
A PROLOGUE GUIDE OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
IN
NN
Long ago,, before
f history
o began,
g n darkness
rk enveloped
v loped the world.
rld.
The
he Lord of
of all
all Fiends, the Archfiend,
r fiend, let loose
l se his
hi evil minions,
minio ,
Y
R
N O
O and humanity’s
a n ’ wails ls of
o pain
a n and sorrow
sor ro filled
ll d the air.
i.
O P
O
P N
N
A I
A
E
E N
N All seemed hopeless, until the earthquakes began. The
W
W
D
J
AA N ground split, and from its depths, Dragons emerged. Ferocious
IN A
N A
NN and wild, they tore at the roots of evil. The bravest humans
joined the fight, and together, men and Dragons drove the
G
A N
A N Archfiend deep into the earth, locking him away forever.
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Their duty done, the Earth Dragons departed and the ground
T
T
closed behind them. But those warriors who fought beside
the Dragons vowed to stay vigilant against the threat of evil.
S
E
E
These warriors were so fierce that they soon became known Chapter 2: The Way of the Ninja covers the most basic
A
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
as Dragons themselves. Members of their bloodline, called the elements of Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 . Not everyone has played
NN N
N
E
E Dragon Lineage, have protected our world ever since. Ninja Gaiden before, and this chapter caters to those who
The modern descendents of the Dragon Lineage, the Haya- may not have played any of the previous games. It covers all
S
busa Ninja Clan, still upholds their ancient oath. Their village, of the basics from attacking and defending to exploring the
N hidden among the mountains of Japan, guards many precious world of Ryu Hayabusa.
M
M OO
A I
A
E S artifacts vital in the war against evil.
T S
T IS
MM
Above all else, the Hayabusa Ninja Clan treasures the
Dragon Sword. Carved from the fang of a Dragon, this sword
E
H
H hungers for the blood of Fiends, and the Dragon Lineage has
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN always kept it well fed. Passed down through the eons to the
H
H N
T N current heir, the Dragon Sword now rests in the grip of the
A
P
P
young but deadly Ninja, Ryu Hayabusa. It is considered one of
the most powerful weapons in existence, but its true strength
S
E
L now lies dormant, waiting to be reunited with the legendary
T
T
A Eye of the Dragon.
B
B
S
S
O
O Hayabusa Village’s most dangerous and dreaded artifact,
B
B
however, is the Demon Statue. Though the details are lost to
legend, the Demon Statue helped seal the Archfiend within Chapter 3: Ninja Items provides a detailed look at all of the
&
& S
S E
IE his earthly prison and banished his Greater Fiends to eternal items that you’ll come across as you play through the game.
T H
E P
R O
C R
slumber. For this reason, the Hayabusa Ninja Clan guards the Everything you need to know about each item can be found
E TR
S T
S statue with their lives. They do not dare to imagine the hell in this chapter, including strategies on how best to use each
that would be unleashed if the Demon Statue ever fell into the item. Many of the items in Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 are rare or
L
L wrong hands.... your character can only hold limited qualities. Knowing how
U E
K S
S
S A and when to use these items can mean the difference between
L B
A A
A A
life and death for your character, making this chapter
T T
S A
Y D
D
R extremely important on your path to enlightenment.
C
C

IN TRO
TRODUCTION
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
Chapter 4: Ninja Weaponry and Ninpo takes an in-depth Chapter 7: Team Missions covers every mission in the Team E
M
M
look at the weapons and ninpo magic that apply to all four Missions mode. This includes the enemies you’ll face and S
playable characters. Many of the weapons in Sigma 2 can the best single- and multiplayer strategies you’ll employ to N
N
be used against a wide variety of enemies, while others have quickly progress through the missions. Everything you need A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
very specific uses. This chapter covers each weapon in depth, to know to be prepared for each mission is included in this W
N E
N E
including a list of all available combos. chapter. N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
Chapter 5: Ninja Training covers all of the offensive and Chapter 8: Path of the Ninja provides a detailed walkthrough S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
defensive techniques you’ll need to make your way through of every chapter on the Path of the Warrior difficulty setting. N
S
the game. It provides insight into how and when to use each This includes the first appearance of each enemy, where
technique in combat, and how to traverse the world of Ninja you’ll find items, containers, corpses, Muramasa Shops, and
P
P
Gaiden Sigma 2 to find hard-to-reach or hidden items. crystal skulls, how to handle each mob of enemies, and even A
N T
N H
H
mid-boss and final boss strategies. I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Chapter 6: Ninja Enemies details every enemy you’ll come Chapter 9: Boss Battles takes the mid-boss and final boss battle C
C
R
D Y
D
across in Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 , excluding bosses. Each strategies from Chapter 8 and puts them in a quick and easy A S
T T
A A
A A
enemy is separated into a variety of classes with vital statis- reference chapter. If you’re having trouble with a particular B L
A S
S
tics that will help you learn which techniques and weapons to boss, instead of searching through the “Path of S K
E U
L
use to make quick work of them. You’ll also find useful infor- the Ninja” chapter, you can turn to this L
mation such as which chapter each enemy first appears in. chapter and get right to the boss
battle strategies.
3

N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
Default Controller
O
R
T
N
R
Configuration
IN
I
F ACTION NOTATION

AA
O
O N
Y JN
A
A I
NN
General Movement Left Analog Stick
W
W
E E
HH Camera Control Right Analog Stick
H
H T
T T
T
Center Camera R
S Camera Zoom R During First-Person View
MM
E
T
IT
AA
First-Person View Hold l
J
N
IN
NN
Quick Attack p
Strong Attack i
Y
R Chapter 10: Secrets and Trophies details all of the unlockable
N O
O
O P
Projectile Attack o
O
P N
N content in Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 , as well as the PlayStation 3
A I
A
E
E N
N Ninpo i+o
W
W D trophies and how to earn them as you progress through
N
JA A
A Jump u
IN A
N the game.
NN
Block L
G Wind Run p+u

A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I Guillotine Throw p+u while jumping near enemy
N A
N R
R
T
T
Counterattack L+p or L+i when attacked
Escape Rapidly Press u,i,o,p,A or D
S
A E
A
J IE Obliteration Technique i near a grounded or wounded enemy
N M
N
I E
M
N
N N
E
N
E
Ultimate Technique Hold i until your character glows blue
Ultimate Technique 2 Hold i until your character glows red
S Dive Underwater Hold u

N Swim u
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS Chapter 11: Crystal Skull Database takes all of the crystal skull Run on Water Repeatedly tap u
MM
locations from Chapter 8 and puts them in one easy-to-read Interact o
database. If you’re missing a handful of crystal skulls, take a
E Quick Menu W or X
H
H look at this chapter instead of scouring through the “Path of
T
T
F A
JA Game Settings Menu T
O
O N the Ninja” chapter.
IN
H
H N
T N Pause Menu S
A
P
P
S
E
CONTROL KEY
KEY EEquip
uip / Select Item u in
n Menu sc
screen
L
T There
h r are
r e multiple controller
contr o configurations
confi urations available
a vailabl in
i Ninja
i nj a
T
A
B
B
S Gaiden Sigma
Gai S igma 2 . Use whichever configuration
con ur atio feel
feels best to
o
S
O
O you.
u. However,
o ev , foro eases of use this
this guide
gui e refers
efer s to the
the default
def
B
B
controller configuration (Type A).
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C

HE WAY OF
I
the way of the ninja

N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
Before you can become a master Ninja and expertly slash your way through Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 ,
there are several basics that you must first understand about Ryu Hayabusa and his various abilities. T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
This chapter covers everything you need to know to form a basis to learn the more advanced ninja N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
techniques that are required to complete the game. J O
A O
A
F
GAME BASICS HEALTH REGAIN N

N
I
N
N
J
A
A
QUICK MENU I

T
T
E
M
M
S
When a battle
N
N
comes to an end ... A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
Y
... your health gauge

replenishes. T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
At the end of each G
battle the red bar
within your character’s
Use the Up or Down on the directional pad to pause the E
E
health gauge is automatically replenished. Your character can N N
N N
E I
game and change your current melee or projectile weapon, M N
M N
die if he takes too much damage during a battle, but a skilled I J
E A
E A
ninpo spell, or use certain items. When fighting against a S
player who pays close attention to the health gauge can save
large number of opponents, the quick menu allows you to healing items by allowing the health regain ability to replen-
make changes without losing focus. This is especially useful
during boss battles when it may be necessary to use a health ish their
There arecharacter’s healthingauge
many instances at thewhere
the game conclusion of afight
you must battle. M
M
I T
S
S T
item while being attacked. S E
A
A
multiple enemies or groups of enemies without the ability to I
O
O M M
N
replenish your stock of health items. This is where the health S
HEALTH GAUGE regain ability is most important, as it can replenish your

health between battles without the use of an item. P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
KI GAUGE J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
The health gauge indicates how much health your character E S
I
E
S &
&
has. There are three different indicators within the health
gauge. The blue bar indicates your character’s current health
C
C
R
level. When the blue bar disappears, your character is dead. The Ki gauge indicates how many times your character can D Y
D
A S
The red bar indicates the damage your character is sustain- T T
use ninpo magic. When you learn the first ninpo magic spell, A A
A A
B L
ing. The larger the red bar grows, the smaller the blue bar A S
S
your character has three Ki gauge flames, indicating S K
E U
becomes. The black bar indicates health that cannot be three uses of ninpo magic. The Spirit of the L
L
restored via the Health Regain ability. However, various Devils item adds one additional
health items can restore lost health, even the black bar areas. flame to the Ki gauge.
During battles, keep a close eye on your character’s health 5
gauge and use health-restoring items as needed.

N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
R
T
R
BOSS BATTLES
N
IN
I
F
WEAPONRY
WEAPONRY
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A Mid-boss battle.
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
A
JA
N
IN Final Boss battle.
NN
There are two types
Y of boss battles in
R
N O
O
O P
O Ninja Gaiden Sigma
P N
N
A I
A
E
E N
N
W
W 2 . The first is the
D
J
AA N Throughout the game, each character has access to a multi- mid-boss battle, where you must face off against an opponent
IN A
N A
tude of weaponry, both melee and projectile. The attack range,
NN
that is much stronger than the average enemy. The second is
power, and speed of each weapon varies. Each weapon has a
a final boss battle that concludes the current chapter of the
G different use depending on the type and number of enemies
AA N
N game. Most bosses cannot be stunned by your character’s
J I
N N
N
IN I
you are fighting as well as the surrounding environment. A
NN A strong attacks, and can counterattack or parry at will. Each
R
R weapon with long range is less useful in close quarters than it
T
T boss must be fought with a specific strategy to defeat them
is when fighting in an open area.
with your character taking the least amount of damage.
S
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
ITEMS
N
N N
N
E
E
For specific boss battle strategies refer to the
“Path of the Ninja” and “Boss Battles” chapters.
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
SAVE POINTS
E
H
H
T
T
A
A
F J
O
O I
N
N
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
You will come across a wide variety of items as you travel

S
E through the world of Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2 . Some items
L
T
T replenish your character’s health or Ki gauge, while others
A
B
B
S may be used to open doors or solve puzzles. Many items, such
S
O
O as the Herb of Spiritual Life, can be restocked at the Mura-
B
B
masa Shops, while some, such as the Jewel of the Demon Seal
& S
& are very rare and should be used only when necessary or after Earth Statues are scattered throughout each chapter. These
S E
IE
T H
E P
careful thought. statues allow you to fully replenish your character’s health
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
gauge and save your game progress. Each Earth Statue can
replenish your character’s health gauge only one time,
L
L
however, the save function can be accessed repeatedly. If
U E
K S there are any enemies near an Earth Statue, they must be
S
S A
L B defeated before you can access the save point or restore your
A A
A A
T T
S A character’s health gauge.
Y D
D
R
C
C

T
THE WAY OF T
HE WAY THE
HE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
CONTAINERS AND ESSENCE T
R
O
D
U
CORPSES C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Yellow Essence N W
N
Container I
N Y
N
A
A
J O
A O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
Corpse M
M
S
Red Essence N
N
A I
A N
N
Throughout the N J
D A
A
W
game, you will N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
come across O
O O
P N
O
R
containers and corpses of dead enemies. Examine these to Y
find various items ranging from technique explanations to

health and Ki-related items. Some containers and corpses are T
T
R N
R
A N I
located in remote areas, so explore each chapter to ensure I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
you do not miss these free items. G
Blue Essence
MURAMASA SHOP E

E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
You will encounter three different types of Essence as you

Yellow-light
progress through the game. Yellow Essence is the most
Muramasa Shop. common and represents the in-game currency of Ninja Gaiden M
M
I T
S
S T
Sigma 2 . Red Essence is very rare and replenishes your S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
character’s Ki gauge. Blue Essence replenishes your character’s S
health gauge. Most enemies drop Essence after they have been
defeated, but it can also be found in containers. Also, if a P
P
A
container holds an item that you do not have room for in your N T
N H
H
Blue-light I
N O
N
inventory, the item in the container is replaced by Essence. O
Muramasa Shop. J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
At various locations

KARMA
KARMA B
B
O
O
within each chapter, you can access the Muramasa Shop Your karma score is a rating of how well you perform during S
S
and use Yellow Essence to restock on various health and combat in the Chapter Challenge mode. Every time you defeat B
B
A
T
an opponent you receive karma points. You will receive a T
Ki-related items. There are two different Muramasa Shops, L
E
S
represented by the color of the light at each shop. A blue light bonus to your karma points by consecutively defeating
indicates that the shop has the ability to upgrade your melee multiple enemies, executing combos, and using special
techniques such as the Obliteration Technique. At the end T S
T S
weapons. Each weapon has a maximum of three levels, but R E
R
O C
of each chapter your karma score is added to the total P R
you can only make a single upgrade at each blue-light shop. H E
T
number of kills, Essence collected, ninpo magic remaining, E S
I
E
After upgrading your weapon, you can browse the normal S &
&
yellow-light shop, which allows you to purchase various and completion time to calculate your ninja ranking.
items. While some items can be found for free in containers C
C
R
D Y
D
or on corpses, it is best to restock your items fully at every A S
T T
A A
A A
Muramasa Shop to prevent your lacking an item at a crucial B L
A S
S
S K
time, such as a boss battle. E U
L
L

N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
DEFENDING
R
T
R KARMA SCORE BONUSES
N
IN
I
Killing Spree — 3000
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN Instant Kill — 3000
A I
A
W
W NN Obliteration Technique — 3000
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T Ultimate Technique 1 — 2000
Ultimate Technique 2 — 5000
S
MM Enemy Kill — 1000
E
T
IT
A
J
A Combo Hit Total x 10
N
IN
NN
CHAPTER CHALLENGE BONUSES

Y There are several ways to defend or avoid enemy attacks. You
R
N O
O Kills
O P
O can block an attack, while blocking you can dodge in any
P N
N
A I
A
E
E N
W
W
N
D
Essence direction or counterattack, and you can jump to avoid many
J
AA N projectile attacks. Some defensive measures are better than
IN A
N A Ninpo Remaining
NN
others, depending on the situation. However, when you’re in
Play Time
a pinch, blocking should be your first reaction because it will
G
A N
A N
J I
Total Karma Score stop a vast majority of attacks from inflicting damage. In ad-
N
N N
N
I I dition, many defensive abilities are initiated while blocking.
N A
N R
R
T
T
S
NINJA ARTS COMBOS
A E
E
JA I It is poss
possiblee to
o
N
I
N
N M
M
E
N N
N
E
E
ATTACKING
ATTACKING chain n together a
together a
seriess of strong
strong
and weak attacks
S
to create
eate a combo.
N Against
inst most ene-
M
M OO Weak attack
A I
A
E S mies,, combo attacks
T S
T IS
MM
cannotot be inter-
rupted
ed if any of the
of the
E attacks
ks in the combo
combo
H
H
T
T
F A
JA stringg connects.
O
O I
NN
H
H N However,
ever, some of
T N
A
P
P the moreore powerful
Strong attack enemiesies can inter-
S rupt combo attattacks
tacks
E
L
T
T with a co
counterattack
ter a t k
A
B
B
S or parry.
rr If another
If another
S There are two different kinds of attacks in the game: weak
O
O enemy tthatat you
you are
ar
B
B
and strong. Weak attacks do not inflict much damage, but
not attacking
ttacking hits
they execute quickly. Strong attacks take longer to execute
&
& S
your character,
characte , iti
S E
IE
than weak attacks, but they inflict more damage and can stun
T H will also interrupt
inte r
E P many enemies, preventing them from attacking you. Each
R O the combo.
ombo.. Strong g
C RR
E T weapon in the game has a variety of weak and strong attacks
S T
S
and weak
ea combo bo
that change based on the current level of the weapon and
strings
g have similar
milar
L your character’s positioning. It is also possible to attack with
L
U E properties to strong and weak singular attacks.. Most
Most strong
strong
K S projectile weapons or ninpo magic.
S
S A attacks used in combos briefly stun an enemy and n a are
L B
A A
A A
T T much less likely to get counterattacked or parried
ried by
S A
Y D
D
R stronger opponents. Weak attacks used in combos bos
C
C
execute faster than strong attacks, but are moree
susceptible to counterattacks and parries.
8

T
THE WAY OF T
HE WAY THE
HE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
NINPO MAGIC ENEMIES O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
There are many ninpo techniques that Hayabusa and his You battle against many different opponents throughout the N
N
A I
A N
N
comrades can learn throughout the game. In order to use a game. Some are standard ninjas, such as the members of the N J
D A
A
W
ninpo technique, you must first find the scroll associated to Black Spider Clan. These lesser enemies are generally stunned N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
by weak attacks and can be quickly defeated with one or two O
O O
P N
O
R
the
it attechnique. Upon learning
any time, providing a ninpo
you have technique,
available you can
Ki. Each tech-use combos. Stronger enemies, such as demons, appear as you Y
nique starts at level one and can be upgraded with a Jewel of progress. These stronger opponents are more difficult to kill as
the Demon Seal item to reach up to level three. Ninpo magic their attacks can stun you and sometimes cannot be blocked. T
T
R N
R
A N I
is best used against a large number of enemies or during a It is important to identify the enemy you are facing to ensure I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
boss battle. you use the best tactic to dispatch of them. G
HANGING AND E

E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
When there
When here is
is a long crevasse
cre vasse to
t cross, there are times when B
B
O
O
S
you must
m s use
use you
your surroundings to continue on the journey. If S
B
B
A
T
tthere
he is
is a tree branch
br orr a pole
l of some sort, you can jump T
L
to it aand hang
n or swing
swin fromr it. You can also swing from E
S
pole
ol to
o pole
pole to cross
ros wider crevices. There are many
instances
in t c th throughout the game where it
T S
T S
R E
R
may seem
ma e as though there’s no way to O C
P R
continue.
co t Keep these techniques in H E
T
E S
I
E
mind when these situations arise.
mi S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L

N
O
IO
T
ninja items
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F There are many different items available throughout the game. Some items replenish your health, others
AA
O
O N
Y JN affect your Ninpo magic, and some are critical items that must be obtained to get past an obstacle such
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
HH
as a locked door. Many items can also be purchased in the Muramasa Shop using Yellow Essence. It is
H
H T
T T
T
also possible to upgrade melee weapons at the shop.
S
M
E
T
M
IT
A
J
A
HEALTH ITEMS LIFE OF THE GODS
N
IN When nine Life of the Gods items have been
NN
GRAINS OF collected
llect and used, Hayabusa’s health gauge
increases
incr eas in size. You can hold on to them and
Y
R
N O
O
O P
O
SPIRITUAL use nine
ni at once, or use them as you come
P N
N
A I
A across them. Either way, Hayabusa’s health gaugee will not
E
E N
N
W
W
D
J
AA N increas until you have obtained nine of these. It is possible
increase
IN A
N A
NN to
o purchase
purc the items from the Muramasa Shop, but they
aree among
am the most expensive items available. Do not spend
G Yellow
e low Essence on them until you have fully upgraded your
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N preferred weapons.
preferr
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
LIVES OF THE
S
A
N
I
E
E
JA I
N M
M
E
THOUSAND GODS
NN N
N
E
E This item cannot be pur-
In most cases,
ase health items
ite s won’t be used unti
untill Hayabusa’s
Ha y sa’s chased in the Muramasa
S
health gauge
au
completelyu replenishes
e is low.. TheeHayabusa’s
Grains of
of S
Spiritual
iritual
health Life
Lif e item
gauge. This almost
should Shop, but a single Lives of
N the Thousand Gods item is
M
M OO
A I
A be the first health item used if available to avoid wasting equivalent to nine Life of
E S
T S
T IS
MM
multiple Herbs of Spiritual Life to replenish the same amount the Gods items. This item
of health as a single
le Grains
r a ns of
o Spiritual
p r tua Lifee item.
tem. is used automatically
auto as
E soon as you come across
H
H
T
T it, to increase
increas Hayabusa’s
F A
O
JA
O I
NN HERB OF health gauge.
au
H
H N
T N
A
P
P SPIRITUAL LIFE
S
A single Herb of Spiritual Life item only
E
L replenishes a smalll amount
amo ntt of
o
T
T On the path of the Acolyte difficulty, t , Hayabusa
a usa
A
B
B
S Hayabusa’s health gauge. These
These starts with thist item equipped. When n equi
equipped, ed,
S should be reserved for
o
or
O
O if Hayabusa
ayab dies, he is immediately broughtroug
B
B
use when all Grainss of
back to
bac o life
life with a full health gauge.
e. It
I iss the
the
Spiritual Life have been
e
&
& S most
m st expen
expensive item in the Muramasa asa Shop
Shop
S E
IE
exhausted. Due to the
T H
E P
and should
shou d only be purchased if you ou are
ar
R O
health regain abil-
C R
E TR
fully
full y stocked
stocke with the other health
S T
S
ity, the amount
items.
ite s.. With
ith the numerous save
of Blue Essence
L
points thr throughout
ou the game, it is
L found through-
U E generally
enerall ne necessary to use a
K S
S
S A
out each chapter, and
nd the high price of this
of this item iin the
L B Talisman
alisman of of Rebirth only when
A A
A A Muramasa Shop, do o not use the Herb of
of S
Spiritual
ir itual Life unless
T T fighting a boss to avoid having to
S A
Y D
D Hayabusa’s health gauge is at 50 percent or less,
R restart the battle from the beginning. ng.
C
C
or a boss battle is coming up.
10

NINJA I T
TEMS
EMS
I
N
T
R
HEALTH ITEMS O
D
U
C
ITEM
ITEM FIRST
FIRST SEEN
SEEN COST
COST CAPACITY
CAPACITY DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION T
I
O
N
Grains of Spiritual Life Chapter 1 5000 3 Restores a moderate amount of health. This item is
capable of healing the semi-permanent red portion of Ryu’s T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
health gauge. N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
Herb of Spiritual Life Chapter 1 3000 3 Restores a small amount of health. This item is capable of F
healing the semi-permanent red portion of Ryu’s health gauge.

N
N
I
N
N
Life of the Gods Chapter 1 — — Collect nine of these to raise Ryu’s maximum health limit. J
A
A
I
T
T
Lives of the Thousand Gods Chapter 1 — — Raises Ryu’s maximum health limit. E
M
M
S
Muramasa’s Omusubi Chapter 14 — 1 Completely restores Ryu’s health and heals all lasting damage.
N
N
A I
A N
N
Talisman of Rebirth Chapter 1 30000 1 When equipped this brings Ryu back to life, but only once. N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
Ninpo magic is generally reserved for boss battles, where Y
Devil Way Mushrooms can come in handy. Try to maintain a
full stock of three Devil Way Mushrooms to unleash a devas-
T
T
There is only one Muramasa’s Omusubi and it is obtained tating assault on bosses. R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
from Muramasa late in the game. It fully replenishes I J
N A
N A
Hayabusa’s health and Ki gauges. G
JEWEL OF THE
DEMON SEAL
NINPO ITEMS E
E
N N
N
M N
M
I
E A
E
N
E I
N
J
A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
The Jewel of the Demon Seal is an extremely rare item. It

B
B
increases the level of a single ninpo spell in the same way O
O
DEVIL
DEV IL WAY MUSHROOM
WAY M USH ROO M weapons can be upgraded. It cannot be purchased in the
S
S
B
B
A
T
Muramasa Shop and should only be used on your most T
L
frequently used ninpo spell. E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
This is the ninpo version of an Herb of Spiritual Life. It
replenishes a single flame in Hayabusa’s Ki gauge. This is also
the only ninpo item that is available in the Muramasa Shop. 11

N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
SPIRIT OF THE DEVILS
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T As the ninpo version of the Lives of the Thousand Gods item,
the Spirit of the Devils increases Hayabusa’s Ki gauge by a
S
MM single flame. This is a very rare item, but use it as soon as you
E
T
IT come across one.
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N O
O
O P
O
P N
N
A I
A
E
E N
N
W
W D
JA A
A N
IN A
N NINPO ITEMS
NN
ITEM
ITEM FIRST
FIRST SEEN
SEEN COST
COST CAPACITY
CAPACITY DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
G
A N
A N
Devil Way Mushroom Chapter 1 4000 3 Restores a small amount of Ki. This item performs the same
J I
N
N N
N
I I function as Red Essence.
N A
N R
R
T
T Jewel of the Demon Seal Chapter 4 — — Permanently increases the level of a Ninpo spell.
Spirit of the Devils Chapter 6 — — Raises Ryu’s maximum Ki limit.
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I
N
E
N N
E
M
N
E MURAMASA SHOP
MURAMASA SHOP INVENTORY
S
N
ITEM
ITEM INITIAL
INITIAL COST
COST 10
10 SKULLS
SKULLS 20
20 SKULLS
SKULLS 30
30 SKULLS
SKULLS RACHEL
RACHEL AYANE
AYANE
M
M OO
A I
A Devil Way Mushroom 4000 3600 2800 2000 2000 3000
E S
T S
T IS
MM
Grains of Spiritual Life 5000 4500 3500 2500 3000 4000
Herb of Spiritual Life 3000 2700 2100 1500 1500 2000
E
H
H
T
T
F A
Talisman of Rebirth 30000 27000 21000 15000 10000 15000
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E
L
T
T When you obtain 10, 20, and 30 Crystal Skulls, the prices
A
B
B
S in the Muramasa Shop are discounted. The prices also
S
O
O
B
B change when playing as Rachel and Ayane.
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
12

Y AND NINP O
NINJA WEAPONR
Y
I
ninja weaponry
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
and ninpo
Throughout the game, you will come across a wide variety of weaponry and ninpo magic. The weapons
are divided into two categories: melee weapons and projectile weapons. Melee weapons are generally
geared toward close-range combat, while projectile weapons are best used from a distance. There are
N W
N
I
N Y
N
A
A
J O
A O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
also four different ninpo magic spells that can save you from certain death in a time of crisis. J
A
A
I
T
T
B l a d e of
Blade o f the
t h e Archfiend
Archfiend E
M
M
S
N
N
Power and speed are rated on a scale of 1 to 5, with 5 A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
being the highest and 1 being the lowest. Range is rated W
N E
N E
on a scale of short, medium, and long. N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
Y
RYU HAYABUSA
HAYABUSA T
T
R N
R
A N
I I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
E
E
N N
N N
BLADE OF THE ARCHFIEND DETAILS E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
Power: 5 S
Speed: 3
Range: 3 M
M
I T
T
S
S
Location: Chapter 17 S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
History: When the Dragon Sword and the Blade of the Archfiend S
are wielded together, the enormity of their combined ancient power

is immeasurable. Although the cursed Blade of the Archfiend has P
P
A
been described in legends since antiquity, the circumstances of its N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
origin are unknown. One prevailing theory suggests that the blade J F
MELEE WEAPONS was forged from the molten remains of an iron meteorite that had
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
been breathed upon by the Archfiend. When the Archfiend’s evil
magic that is trapped inside the sword reacts to the power of the B
B
O
O
S
wielder, sparks run up and down the length of the blade. S
B
B
A
T
The inscription
characters that areonincomprehensible
the blade’s surface
toishumans.
written One
in divine
interpretation
T
L
E
S
of its meaning reads, “Praise be the order brought forth from the
very edge of chaos.” The Blade of the Archfiend has been passed
T S
T S
down through the generations to the most ruthless and powerful R E
R
O C
P R
members of the Black Spider Clan and was the favored weapon of H E
T
E S
I
E
their leader, the Ninja Overlord Genshin. S &
&
The Good: The Blade of the Archfiend is the fourth level

C
C
R
of the Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang. It is identical to the D Y
D
There are three levels for every melee weapon except the True A S
Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang except that the two swords T T
A A
A A
Dragon Sword and the Blade of the Archfiend. Weapons can B L
used are the True Dragon Sword and the Blade A S
S
S K
be upgraded via the Muramasa Shops scattered throughout E U
of the Archfiend. This effectively resolves L
L
the game. Under most circumstances you can only upgrade the attack speed issues that
one level at a time, however, there are a few instances late in
plague the
the game when it is possible to upgrade a weapon from Level
13
1 to Level 3.

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
D
O
R
T
R Blade of Nirvana ppppi
N
IN
I Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang. In addition to the enormous Blade of Dharma’s Way ppii
amount of attack power these two blades contain, there are Lightning Pierce ppd+ppp
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
I
very few situations in which the Blade of the Archfiend is not King Slayer ppd+i
A
A
NN the preferred weapon. Zhong Kui Heavenly Sparrow pippp Pause i
W
W
E E
HH Dragon Slaying Sparrow pippp Pause i Hold When Hitting Wall
H
H T
T T
T The Bad: There is no singular glaring problem with the Blade Falling Dragon Slayer pippp Pause i When Hitting Wall p
of the Archfiend. However, it does not have the attack range Spinning Dragon Slayer pippp Pause i When Hitting Wall i
S of the Kusari-gama, and its attack speed can be a minor issue Bird and Dragon pippp Pause i When Hitting Wall u
MM
E against large numbers of fast opponents.
T
IT Falling Zhong Kui pippi
AA Wind and Clouds p Hold ii
J
N
IN
The Bloody: Take out a group of opponents with the Ultimate
NN Twin Cross Cut d+ppp
Technique, then use the Obliteration Technique to finish off
Descending Dragon d+pii
Y any foes that can still stand to create a bloodstained work of art. Gale Cross Cut While Running pp
R
N OO
OO P
P NN BLADE OF THE ARCHFIEND COMBOS Gale Falling Slash While Running ii
AA I
EE N
N LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION Rise to Heaven 47896321+i
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Falling Flowers ppppp LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION
NN Mahayana Blade pppii
Double Lightning Strike pp6+pp Penetrating Lightning ppd+pppp
G Falling Dragon ppp6+p Bladed Wind ppd+pi

A N
A N
Emperor Slayer ppd+ii
J I Double Zhong Kui Slash pip
N
N N
N
I I Spinning Zhong Kui
N A
N R
R Mighty Zhong Kui pipppp pippppi
T
T
Zhong Kui Izuna (Throw) pipppi Great Dragon Slayer pippp Pause i When Hitting Wall ii
Fire Dragon Spinning Descent pii Zhong Kui Whirlwind pippii
Purgatory Slash p Hold i Spinning Fire Dragon piii

S
A E
A IE Twin Conyinuous Slash 6+pp Divine Blade p Hold iii
J
N M
N M
I
N
E
N NN Flying Dragon 6+pi Great Chasm ii6+i
EE
Swooping Dragon Fang iiii Spinning Zhong Kui While Jumping ppppi
Rolling Haze Slash Hold i Whirlwind Slash While Jumping ii
S Path of the Demon Dragon Ultimate Technique Spinning

Flying BirdDivine
Spin Hawk On WallFlying
During
ii
Bird Flip ii
N Eight Heavenly Dragons Ultimate Technique 2
M
M OO
A I
A Rising Earth Blade 6+i
E S
T S
T IS LEVEL 4 COMBOS NOTATION
MM Purgatory Slash 6+ Hold i
Silent Gale While Running p Underworld Drop (Throw) pp6+iiii
Gale Rising Slash While Running i Blade of the Mind pp6+iiiii

E Underworld Drop (Throw) p Hold iiiii
H
H
T
T
Sokaku’s Secret Blade While Blocking p
F A
JA Sokaku’s Dissecting Slash While Blocking i Blade of the Mind p Hold iiiiii
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
Ground Roll Obliteration Technique Dragon Sword
A
P
P Double Zhong Kui Slash While Jumping p
Mighty Zhong Kui While Jumping pppp
S
E Zhong Kui Izuna (Throw) While Jumping pppi
L
T Spin Slash While Jumping i
T
A
B
B
S
S
Flying Swallow While Jumping Toward Enemy
O
O
Divine Hawk Flying Sparrow While Wall Running p or i
B
B
Divine Hawk Twin Blades On Wall p
Descending Divine Hawk On Wall i
&
& S Divine Hawk Dancing Blades During Flying Bird Flip p
S E
IE
T H Flying Bird Descent During Flying Bird Flip i
E P
R O
C R
E TR Flying Water While Running on Water ppi
S T
S
Aqua Chasm While Running on Water pi
Flying Hawk While Running on Water i
L
L
U E Aqua Chasm At Water Surface pi
K S
S
S A
L B
Heavenly Bay At Water Surface i DRAGON SWORD DETAILS
A A
A A Root of the Lotus Underwater p
T T
S A
Y D
R
D Water Dragon Blade Underwater i Power: 3
C
C
Speed: 3
Range: 3
14
Location: Chapter 1

NINJA WEAPONR Y
AND NINP O
Y
I
N
History: This legendary Japanese sword has been passed downn Air Destruction Slash While Jumping Forward p T
R
Falling Dragon Blade While Jumping i O
through the generations to the Dragon Lineage’s current heir. Its D
U
amazingly sharp blade, carved from the fang of an ancient Dragon, is Flying Swallow While Jumping or Wall Running 6+i C
T
Flying Dragon Blade On Wall p I
O
responsible for the deaths of evil beings too numerous to count. As N
Cicada Slash On Wall i
long as the sword remains on this earth, it may only be wielded by
Divine Flying Dragon During Flying Bird Flip p T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
acarries
descendant of thejust
the sword, Dragon
as his Lineage bloodline.
father, Joe Ryudid
Hayabusa, Hayabusa now
before him. Divine Cicada Slash During Flying Bird Flip i N W
N
Divider of Waves While Running on Water pp I
N Y
N
A
A
During the Dark Dragon Blade Incident one year ago, Ryu took up Blade of Empty Water While Running on Water pip J O
A O
A
F
the Dragon Sword in his father’s absence. Ryu defeated a multitude Aquatic Flying Sparrow While Running on Water i
of powerful enemies and avenged his clan, but he was still not the Heavy Mists At Water Surface p N
N
true possessor of the Dragon Sword. Joe, still healthy and strong, did Flying Osprey At Water Surface i I
N
N
J
A
A
not want to needlessly rush the handing down of the sacred blade. Demon Shark Underwater p I
T
T
However, after witnessing Ryu’s bravery, valor, and strength during Great Demon Shark Underwater i E
M
M
Oblivion Cross Cut Ultimate Technique S
this Incident, Joe resolved to pass down the legendary weapon to
his son. Blade of the Dragon’s Scales Ultimate Technique 2 N
N
Rising Dragon Obliteration Technique A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
The Good: Hayabusa’s default melee weapon is one that can be used in W
N E
N E
almost any situation. It is the most balanced weapon in the game, having LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
average power, speed, and range, while not excelling or falling short in any Fang of the Wolf ppii Y
one category. It’s fast enough to be used against a crowd of enemies, but its Ikaruga ppi6i
range can be an issue when being attacked from all angles. Wrath of Izanagi pp6pii
T
T
Blade of Susano’o pipppp R N
R
A N
The Bad: Against stronger opponents, many of the Dragon Sword’s combos I I
Violent Gale 6+pp6+pp N N
N N
J
I
N A
N A
become significantly weaker due to the fact that these opponents cannot Dragon of Heaven 6+pp6+ii6+i G
be launched into the air. Since many of the weapon’s best combos transition Dragon of Earth 6+pp6+ii6+ Hold i
from the ground into the air, this dramatically weakens its effect against Undefeatable Demon iii
such opponents. The weapon’s main strength comes in the Flying Swallow Violent Gale While Running pp E
E
N N
N N
Dragon of Heaven While Running ii6+i E I
Technique, which allows Hayabusa to damage multiple opponents while M N
M N
I J
Dragon of Earth While Running ii6+ Hold i E A
E A
simultaneously avoiding their attacks. S
Flying Crane 47896321+i
The Bloody: Against weaker opponents, many of the Dragon Sword’s Azure Swallow While Jumping Forward 6+ii
combos can deliver a finishing blow to an opponent in fewer attacks than Spinning Blade While Landing p M
M
any other weapon in the game. Blade of Empty Seas While Running on Water pipp I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
DRAGON SWORD COMBOS LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION
N
S
LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION
Dragon Tear ppp6+p
Piercing Dragon’s Fang ppppp
Fortuitous Phoenix ppiiiii
P
P
Tiger Roar ppi
Gleaming Blade 47896321+ Hold i
A
N T
N H
H
Seal of Ten pp6pp
Roaring Blade 47896321+ Hold i (Partial Charge) I
N O
N O
Three Lights pp6pi J F
A
A
Annihilating Gleam 47896321+ Hold i (Max Charge) T
T
H
H
Blade of the Empty Air pip
Divine Flying Swallow While Jumping Forward 6+iii E
Whirlwind in Empty Sky pipp
Triple Whirlwind in Empty Sky pippp Dragon’s Claw and B
B
O
O
Blade of Nirrti pipppp S
S
Izuna Drop (Throw) pipppi
Tiger’s Fang B
B
A
T
Scarlet Dragon i Hold p T
DRAGON’S CLAW AND TIGER’S L
E
Windmill Slash 6+p S
Violent Wind 6+pp6+p

FANG DETAILS
Piercing Wind 6+pp6+i T S
T
R E
R
S
Crimson Tempest O C
ii P R
H E
T
Haze Straight Slash Hold i E S
I
E
S &
&
Azure Dragon 6+i
Scarlet Dragon 6+ Hold i
C
C
Violent Wind While Running p D Y
D
R
Piercing Wind While Running i A S
T T
A A
A A
Deep Crimson While Blocking pp B L
A S
S
S K
Gleaming Cross While Blocking i E U
L
Blade of the Empty Air While Jumping p L
Blade of Nirrti While Jumping pppp
Izuna Drop (Throw) While Jumping pppi
Helmet Splitter While Jumping i 15

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O Gleaming Cross While Blocking i
RR
T
N Power: 4 Blade of the Empty Air While Jumping p
IN
I
Blade of Nirrti While Jumping pppp
Speed: 2 Izuna Drop (Throw) While Jumping pppi
F
AA
O
O N
Y
A
A
JN
I Range: 3 Helmet Splitter While Jumping i
W
W NN Air Destruction Slash While Jumping Forward p
E E
HH
Location: Chapter 6
H
H T
T T
T
Falling Dragon Blade While Jumping i
History: These two large Japanese swords are wielded as a pair. Flying Swallow While Jumping or Wall Running 6+i
S It might seem difficult to hold one blade in each hand, but Flying Dragon Blade On Wall p
M
E
M
these swords have been modified to allow them to be wielded Cicada Slash On Wall i
T
IT
AA together. The tsuba, or hand guard, of each weapon has holes in it Divine Flying Dragon During Flying Bird Flip p
J
N
IN
Divine Cicada Slash During Flying Bird Flip i
NN
to reduce the weight close to the sword hand. This design, known
Divider of Waves While Running on Water pp
as Musashi-tsuba, was first proposed by legendary swordsman Blade of Empty Water While Running on Water pip
Y
R
N OO
Miyamoto Musashi. No one knows when the swords were forged, Aquatic Flying Sparrow While Running on Water i
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
but it is rumored that each blade bears the inscription “Muramasa.” Heavy Mists At Water Surface p
EE N
N
WW
D The Good: Combining the power of two swords into a single Flying Osprey At Water Surface i
AA
IN A
J
N N
A weapon, the Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang is one of the Demon Shark Underwater p
NN
most powerful weapons Hayabusa finds along his journey. Great Demon Shark Underwater i
Oblivion Cross Cut Ultimate Technique
G
The Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang has the ability to stun
A N
A N Blade of the Dragon’s Scales Ultimate Technique 2
J I stronger opponents with its Strong Attack combos. This is
N
N N
N Rising Dragon Obliteration Technique
I I
N A
N the weapon of choice when fighting against stronger Demons
R
R
T
T
under most circumstances. LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
The Bad: Since Hayabusa is wielding two swords instead of Fang of the Wolf ppii
S
one, his attack speed is reduced considerably. This is espe-
Ikaruga ppi6i
A E
A IE
J Wrath of Izanagi pp6pii
N M
N
I E
M
cially evident against large groups of fast opponents, where it
N
N N
E
N
E Blade of Susano’o pipppp
is extremely difficult to initiate any kind of offense.
Violent Gale 6+pp6+pp
The Bloody: Against small numbers of weaker opponents, the Dragon of Heaven 6+pp6+ii6+i
S Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang can dish out a finishing blow Dragon of Earth 6+pp6+ii6+ Hold i
N Undefeatable Demon iii
M
M OO almost as fast as the Dragon Sword.
A I
A
E S Violent Gale While Running pp
T S
T IS
MM DRAGON SWORD COMBOS Dragon of Heaven While Running ii6+i
LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION Dragon of Earth While Running ii6+ Hold i
Piercing Dragon’s Fang ppppp Flying Crane 47896321+i
E
H
H
T
T
Tiger Roar ppi Azure Swallow While Jumping Forward 6+ii
F A
JA Seal of Ten pp6pp
O
O N
IN
Spinning Blade While Landing p
H
H N
T N
Three Lights pp6pi Blade of Empty Seas While Running on Water pipp
A
P
P Blade of the Empty Air pip
Whirlwind in Empty Sky pipp LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION
S
E Triple Whirlwind in Empty Sky pippp Dragon Tear ppp6+p
L
T Blade of Nirrti pipppp
T
A
Fortuitous Phoenix ppiiiii
B
B
S
S
Izuna Drop (Throw) pipppi Gleaming Blade 47896321+ Hold i
O
O
Scarlet Dragon i Hold p Roaring Blade 47896321+ Hold i (Partial Charge)
B
B
Windmill Slash 6+p Annihilating Gleam 47896321+ Hold i (Max Charge)
Violent Wind 6+pp6+p Divine Flying Swallow While Jumping Forward 6+iii
&
& S Piercing Wind 6+pp6+i
S E
IE
T H Crimson Tempest ii
E P
R O
C R
E TR Haze Straight Slash Hold i
S T
S
Azure Dragon 6+i
Scarlet Dragon 6+ Hold i
L
L Violent Wind While Running p
U E
K S
S
S A Piercing Wind While Running i
L B
A A
A A Deep Crimson While Blocking pp
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
16

AND NINP O

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
I
Eclipse Scythe N
T
R
ECLIPSE SCYTHE COMBOS O
D
LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION U
C
Piercing Moon ppppp T
I
O
Shadow Banisher (Throw) ppppp Hold When Hitting Enemy N
Mist Slash pppppi

T
T
ppi T H
H
T
H H
E E
Corpse
Demon’sSweep
Jaws pii N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
Round Haze 6+ppp J
A O
A O
Flying Heads ii F
Serpent’s Curse Hold i

N
N
Underworld Eruption Ultimate Technique I
N
N
Empire Destroyer Ultimate Technique 2 J
A
A
I
Soul Impale 6+i T
T
E
M
M
Shadow Banisher (Throw) 6+i Hold When Hitting Enemy S
Hunted Chimera 6+ii
ECLIPSE SCYTHE DETAILS N
N
Returning Wind While Running p A I
A N
N
Power: 4 N J
D A
A
Ring of Insanity While Running i W
N E
N
Speed: 1 Futile Resistance While Blocking p N A
I
N
E
A
P
Darkness of Hades While Blocking i O
O O
P N
O
R
Range: 3 Sacrificial Slice Obliteration Technique Y
Location: Chapter 7 Hidden in Darkness (Throw) Obliteration Technique Hold i When Hitting Enemy
Immense Raven While Jumping pp T
T
History: This gigantic scythe has long been a prized weapon Blood Rain While Jumping i
R N
R
A N
I I
among the Lycanthrope tribe of Fiends. N N
N N
I J
Flying Sacrifice While Jumping Toward Enemy i N A
N A
As its name suggests, its design was inspired by the natural G
Infinite Sacrifice (Throw) While Jumping Toward Enemy Hold i When Hitting Enemy
phenomenon of the solar eclipse. The roots of the weapon can Flying Sacrifice While Wall Running p or i
be traced back to an ancient sacrifice ritual. When the king of an Infinite Sacrifice (Throw) While Wall Running p or Hold i When Hitting Enemy
E
E
ancient Lycanthrope tribe was overthrown, his body was tossed into Wind of Revenge On Wall p or i N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
a vat of molten Wootz steel, also known as Damascus steel. From Entombed Lightning During Flying Bird Flip p I
E A
E
J
A
S
this steel, the scythe was forged. After being hammered into rough Monstrous Raven During Flying Bird Flip i
but solid shape, the blade of the scythe was quenched by repeatedly Aqua Slash While Running on Water pp
Wave of Judgment While Running on Water ii
plunging it into the bodies of living human beings. It is said that it Lotus Strike At Water Surface p M
M
took a full nine days for the scythe to cool completely. I T
S
S T
Wounds of Poseidon At Water Surface i S E
A
A
I
One would think that the characteristic grain pattern of Damascus O
O M M
Aquatic Illusion Underwater p N
S
steel should be visible on the scythe’s surface, but at present such a Sea Serpent Underwater i
texture is nowhere to be found.
P
P
The Good: The sheer power of the Eclipse Scythe allows LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION A
N T
N H
H
Hayabusa to tear through most enemies. Against weaker Death’s Gate ppp6+ppp I
N O
N O
Demon Procession ppppiii J F
opponents, the scythe knocks them back with every attack, A
A
T
T
H
H
greatly limiting their ability to counterattack. The Strong
Death’s Chariot pppi E
Reverse Waterfall 6+piiiii
Attack combos of the Eclipse Scythe can even overpower
Cries of Ares iii B
B
O
O
larger opponents who generally cannot be stunned by weaker S
Hidden Clouds (Throw) During Shadow Banisher i S
weapons. Death’s Gate During Hidden Clouds pp B
B
A
T
Demon Strangler During Hidden Clouds ii T
The Bad: With the raw power of the Eclipse Scythe comes L
E
Graveyard Spin 47896321+i S
one major downfall. It is one of the slowest attacking
Massacre Sweep 47896321+i Hold i (Partial Charge)
weapons in the game. Against small numbers of opponents
Extermination Sweep 47896321+i Hold i (Max Charge) T S
T
R E
R
S
this generally isn’t an issue. However, against greater O C
P R
numbers, it is very difficult to launch an offensive and gain H E
T
LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION E S
I
E
any sort of momentum. S &
&
Death’s Pillar ppp6+ppi
The Bloody: Hayabusa obtains the scythe from the leader River Styx Drop (Throw) ppp6+ppi Hold When Hitting Enemy
C
C
of the Lycanthropes and thus the scythe has greater attack
Reversed Tsunami 6+ppppp
D Y
D
R
Death’s Pillar During Hidden Clouds pi A S
T T
power against the Beastmen. A A
A A
River Styx Drop (Throw) During Hidden Clouds pi Hold When Hitting Enemy B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
17

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C The Bloody: According to legend, Enma’s Fang increases in
U
D
O strength after it has tasted the blood of a Fiend.
RR
T
N
IN
I Enma’s Fang ECLIPSE SCYTHE COMBOS
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
I Piercing Moon ppppp
A
A
NN Shadow Banisher (Throw) ppppp Hold When Hitting Enemy
W
W
E E
HH Mist Slash pppppi
H
H T
T T
T Corpse Sweep ppi
Demon’s Jaws pii
S Round Haze 6+ppp
MM
E
T
IT Flying Heads ii
AA Serpent’s Curse Hold i
J
N
IN
NN Underworld Eruption Ultimate Technique
Empire Destroyer Ultimate Technique 2
Y Soul Impale 6+i
R
N OO
OO P Shadow Banisher (Throw) 6+i Hold When Hitting Enemy
P NN
AA I
EE N
N Hunted Chimera 6+ii
W
A
W
A
D ENMA’S FANG DETAILS
Returning Wind While
While Running
J
IN A
N N
A p
NN Power: 4 Ring of Insanity Running i
Speed: 3 Futile Resistance While Blocking p
G Darkness of Hades While Blocking i
A N
A N
J I Range: 4 Sacrificial Slice Obliteration Technique
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Location: Chapter 4 Hidden in Darkness (Throw) Obliteration Technique Hold i When Hitting Enemy
T
T
Immense Raven While Jumping pp
History: A massively powerful longsword capable of pulverizing Blood Rain While Jumping i
enemies. Flying Sacrifice While Jumping Toward Enemy i
S
A E
A
J IE The blade’s unusual luster is reminiscent of fine stoneware. But in Infinite Sacrifice (Throw) While Jumping Toward Enemy Hold i When Hitting Enemy
N M
N
I
M
reality it is actually metal, expertly forged and worked.
N
E
N NN
Flying Sacrifice While Wall Running p or i
EE
Metallurgical analysis reveals that the crystalline matrix of the Infinite Sacrifice (Throw) While Wall Running p or Hold i When Hitting Enemy
Wind of Revenge On Wall p or i
blade actually becomes harder in the presence of blood. Shunned
S for this unsettling characteristic and its fearsome appearance, it Entombed
Monstrous Lightning
Raven During
During Flying
Flying Bird
Bird Flip
p
Flip i
N
M
M OO slumbered for long years in the treasure vault of a certain royal Aqua Slash While Running on Water pp
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS family until it was discovered by a Japanese swordsmith, who Wave of Judgment While Running on Water ii
MM
rechristened it Enma, after the Ruler of the Underworld. Lotus Strike At Water Surface p
Some say the swordsmith was none other than Muramasa himself, Wounds of Poseidon At Water Surface i
E Aquatic Illusion Underwater p
H
H although if asked, he obliquely replies that his memory isn’t quite
T
T
F A
JA Sea Serpent Underwater i
O
O N
IN
what it used to be.
H
H N
T N
A The Good: Enma’s Fang is very similar to the Eclipse Scythe. LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
P
P
It is nearly identical in both power and range, but it attacks Death’s Gate ppp6+ppp
S
E
faster than the Eclipse Scythe, making it the preferred weapon Demon Procession ppppiii
L
T
T in most situations if given a choice between the two. Like the Death’s Chariot pppi
A
B
B
S
S
Eclipse Scythe, it knocks back weaker opponents with every Reverse Waterfall
Cries of Ares
6+piiiii
iii
O
O attack, which significantly hinders their ability to counter-
B
B Hidden Clouds (Throw) During Shadow Banisher i
attack. The Strong Attack combos of Enma’s Fang execute
Death’s Gate During Hidden Clouds pp
faster than those of the Eclipse Scythe and have the same
&
& S Demon Strangler During Hidden Clouds ii
S E
IE destructive power, which can overpower larger opponents
T H
E P
Graveyard Spin 47896321+i
R O who generally cannot be stunned by weaker weapons. Massacre Sweep
C R 47896321+i Hold i (Partial Charge)
E TR
S T
S Extermination Sweep 47896321+i Hold i (Max Charge)
The Bad: The only minor setback of Enma’s Fang is that it’s
one of the slower weapons. Against faster enemies or large
L
L
U E numbers of opponents, it can be difficult to gain the upper
K S Death’s Pillar ppp6+ppi
S
S A
L B hand with a slower weapon like Enma’s Fang. The addition
A A
A A
T T
River Styx Drop (Throw) ppp6+ppi Hold When Hitting Enemy
S A of an Izuna Drop to Enma’s Fang does make it a
Y D
D Reversed Tsunami 6+ppppp
R little more useful against crowds of enemies, but
C
C pi
it’s definitely not the preferred choice unless all of Death’s Pillar
River Styx Drop (Throw) During
During Hidden
Hidden Clouds
Clouds pi Hold When Hitting Enemy
the enemies are larger opponents who are
18 difficult to stun.

AND NINP O

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
I
N
T
Falcon’s Talons White Tiger Gouge 6+pppi R
O
Bared Lion’s Fang (Throw) 6+pppi Hold When Hitting Enemy D
U
Bear Strike ii C
T
Furious Tiger Claw ii6+i I
O
N
King of Beasts Hold i
Claws of a Hundred Beasts Ultimate Technique T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Fury of the Divine
Thunderous Earth Beasts Ultimate
6+i Technique 2 N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
Beast’s Claw Kick While Running p J
A O
A O
Charging Tiger Claw While Running ii F
Black Tortoise of Water While Blocking ppp
Claw of the Phantom Roc While Blocking i N
N
I
N
N
Bared Lion’s Fang (Throw) While Blocking i Hold When Hitting Enemy J
A
A
Hunting Dog Obliteration Technique I
T
T
Flying Tiger’s Claw While Jumping p E
M
M
Three-Legged Bird While Jumping i S
FALCON’S TALONS DETAILS Flying Swallow While Jumping Toward Enemy i N

N
Flame of the Chimera While Jumping Toward Enemy ipp A I
A N
N
N J
A
Power: 3 Izuna Drop (Throw) While Jumping Toward Enemy pip D W
A
N E
N
Flying Swallow While Wall Running p or i N A
I
E
A
Speed: 5 Flame of the Chimera While Wall Running ppp
N P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Range: 1 Azure Dragon Kick On Wall p or i Y
Descent of the Dragon During Flying Bird p
Location: Chapter 2 Falling Azure Dragon During Flying Bird i
T
T
Moon of the Fox During Flying Bird i Hold When Hitting Enemy R N
R
History: This weapon is an evolved version of the hand claws, or A N I
Submerged Tiger Claw While Running on Water pp I
N N
N N
teko-kagi, which have been an essential part of the Ninja’s arsenal I
N A
N
J
A
Submerged Crushing Jaw While Running on Water pi G
since ancient times. Cry of the Phoenix While Running on Water ii
The design of the claws embodies the immense power of birds Water Tiger’s Crushing Jaw At Water Surface p
of prey. The weapon features not only steel claws strapped to the Water Fox Kick At Water Surface i E
E
Fangs of the Water Dragon Underwater p N N
N N
hands, but bladed foot attachments as well. All Ninjas master martial E I
M N
M N
arts using the hands and feet, and this weapon instantly allows Water Reptile Slash Underwater i I
E A
E
J
A
S
them to convert their physical attacks into cutting and slashing LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
movements. Although the claw blades themselves are short, this Heavenly Wolf pppiiii
is more than made up for by the attachment of multiple blades Ravenous Wolf (Throw) ppp Hold i Hold When Hitting Enemy M
M
to each appendage. This increases the overall cutting surface and Running Flame ppii I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
results in devastating attack capability. Due to its savage brutality, Vermilion Bird Strike (Throw) pp6+iii I
O
O M M
N
Piercing Wolf’s Fang piii S
this weapon has long been feared. In addition, because they are Thunderous Lion’s Roar 6+pppppp
based on a protective gauntlet design, the claws have high defensive White Tiger Gouge 6+ppppi
capability, making them extremely well-rounded weapons. Bared Lion’s Fang (Throw) 6+ppppi Hold When Hitting Enemy P
P
A
Charging Boar iii N T
N H
H
The Good: As one of the fastest weapons in the game, the I
N O
N O
Furious Tiger Kick ii6+ii J
A F
A
Falcon’s Talons work very well against a small number of T
T
Gouging Wolf Claw (Throw) ii6+ii Hold When Hitting Enemy H
H
E
opponents. Cry of the Phoenix 6+ii
Charging Tiger Kick While Running iii
The Bad: The primary drawback of the weapon is that its B
B
Gouging Wolf Claw (Throw) While Running iii Hold When Hitting Enemy O
O
S
range is extremely limited. Against a horde of opponents, it Ring of Nine Tails 47896321+i S
B
B
A
T
can be troublesome to gain the upper hand while using the Black Tortoise
Crushing of Wind
Vermilion Bird(Throw)
Strike While
While Blocking ppppp
Jumping pppp T
L
Falcon’s Talons. E
S
Izuna Drop While Jumping pppi
The Bloody: Against opponents who are not clad in armor, Izuna Drop While Wall Running ppi
the strength of the Falcon’s Talons greatly increases. This Swooping White Phoenix On Wall pp T S
T S
R E
R
Swooping White Phoenix During Flying Bird ip or ii O C
includes Beastmen and Demons, as the Falcon’s Talons shreds P R
H E
T
through their flesh and inflicts significant damage. E S
I
E
LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION S &
&
FALCON’S TALONS COMBOS Crushing Vermilion Bird Strike pp6+pppppp
LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION Izuna Drop pp6+pppppi C
C
R
Lion’s Roar ppppp Wings of the Phantom Roo pp6+ppii D Y
D
A S
Panther Tail Kick ppp6+ppp Wings of the Vermilion Bird pp6+piiii T T
A A
A A
B L
Tiger’s Crushing Jaw pp6+p Surging Azure Dragon While Running on Water pii A S
S
S K
Flying Tiger’s Claw pip Phantom Strike At Water Surface pp E U
L
pipp Surging Azure Dragon At Water Surface pi L
Continuous Tiger’sClaw
Heavenly Tiger’s Claw pippp
Crushing Vermilion Bird Strike pipppp
Izuna Drop (Throw) pipppi 19
White Tiger Flurry 6+ppp

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
KUSARI-GAMA COMBOS
D
O
RR Face Strike ppppp
T
N
IN
I Kusari-gama Skull Shatterer ppii
Hunting Heavens pi
F 6 pp
AA
O
O N
Y
A
A
JN
I One
SpiralHundred
Attack Feet +
ii
W
W NN
E E
Storm of the Six Flower Hold i
H H
H TH
T T
T Pounding Gate Ultimate Technique 1
Dance of the Nine Dragons Ultimate Technique 2
S Sweeping Clouds 6+i
MM Great Shears While Running p
E
T
IT
AA
Absence of Light While Running i
J
N
IN
Flowing Spin 47896321+i
NN Music of the Haze While Blocking p
Y
Sweeping Willow While Blocking i
R Hunter’s Slash Obliteration Technique
N OO
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
Slicing Wind While Jumping p
EE N
N
WW
D KUSARI-GAMA DETAILS One Hundred Flames While Jumping ipp
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
Power: 2 Thunderous Light While Jumping ii
NN Flowing Spin While Landing p
Speed: 4 Flying Scythe While Wall Running p or i
G Flowing Dragon On Wall or During Flying Bird Flip p
A N
A N
J I Range: 5 Giant Serpent Drop On Wall or During Flying Bird Flip i
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Location: Chapter 6 Waterfall Breaker While Running on Water pp
T
T
Falling Thunder Flying Sparrow While Running on Water pii or At Water Surface ii
History: The Kusari-gama, or chain-sickle, is a traditional Ninja Shell Spiral While Running on Water i
weapon consisting of an iron weight on a chain attached to the Giant Toad Drop At Water Surface p
S handle of a sickle.
A E
A
J IE Devastation Above Underwater p
N M
N
I E
M
The Kusari-gama is capable of a vast array of free-form attack Insane Agitation Underwater i
N
N NN
EE
techniques, but it is difficult to control and practically useless in
battle unless skillfully wielded. Made by the skilled craftsman Shishido LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
ppppi
S Tessai, this particular weapon’s length of chain and heft of weight are Great Sweep
Ear Slicer ppppiii
N at their conceivable limit, making it even more unpredictable and
M
M O
A I
A
O Serpent Swing pppii6+i
E S difficult to wield than normal. Midnight Blade ppp6+p
T S
T IS
MM The legendary smith Shishido is well known for creating such Shrike Drop (Throw) ppp6+p Hold When Hitting Enemy
strange and unique weaponry, but for whatever reason is met with Flying Vine pp6+i
E much disdain by Muramasa. Demon Cutter (Throw) pp6+i Hold When Hitting Enemy
H
H
T
T Falling Snow piiip
F A
JA The Good: Anytime Hayabusa is surrounded by a horde of
O
O N
IN
Temple Bell Drop piiii
H
H N enemies, this is the default weapon of choice. The combined
T N One Hundred Flames piipp
A
P
P range and speed of the Kusari-gama is virtually unmatched. Flying Vine p Hold i
The Bad: The only truly negative aspect of the Kusari-gama is

Demon Cutter (Throw) p Hold i Hold When Hitting Enemy
S
E
L
Flying Vine p6+i
T the fact that it is not a very powerful. It generally takes more
T
A
Demon Cutter (Throw) p6+i Hold When Hitting Enemy
B
B
S
S
hits to defeat an opponent with the Kusari-gama, compared to
most of the other weapons at Hayabusa’s disposal. However,
Fuji Drop 6+ppppp
O
O Thunderous Flying Sparrow 6+pppi
B
B
this is a small price to pay when considering the speed and Reverse Great Spin iiiii
range of the weapon. Dancing Maple 6+iiip
&
& S Giant Bell Drop 6+iiii
S E
IE The Bloody: When upgraded to Level 2 or 3, a series of
T H
E P Flying Vine 6+ Hold i
R O Strong Attack combos has enough range and speed to rack
C R
E TR
Demon Cutter (Throw) 6+ Hold i Hold When Hitting Enemy
S T
S up over 100 hits against a mere handful of opponents while Raging Wind 47896321+ii
Hayabusa remains almost completely stationary. Flying Vine 47896321+ip
L
L
U E
Demon Cutter (Throw) 47896321+ip Hold When Hitting Enemy
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A Raging Star pppiiiii
Y D
D
R
C
C Immense Tragedy iiiiii
Furious Whirlwind 47896321+iii
Midnight Blade 47896321+iip
20 Shrike Drop (Throw) 47896321+iip Hold When Hitting Enemy

AND NINP O

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
I
Phantom Moon pii N
Lunar Staff First Wind pip
T
R
O
Phantom Moon pipi D
U
C
Wind of Dawn pipp T
I
O
Molten Rock pippp N
Izuna Drop (Throw) pippi
Bolted Gate 6+pp T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Fierce Lion i N W
N
Bladed Spider ii I
N Y
N
A
A
Remnant Blossoms Hold i J O
A O
A
F
Waning Moon 6+i
Vanishing Mist While Running pp
Twin Serpent Staff While Running i N
N
I
N
N
Mirror Reflection While Blocking p J
A
A
Fallen Warrior While Blocking i I
T
T
E
First Wind While Jumping p M
M
S
Phantom Moon While Jumping i
LUNAR STAFF DETAILS Single Horn Wall Run p N
N
Power: 3 Sixteen Nights Wall Run or During Flying Bird i A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
Single Horn On Wall p W
Speed: 2 Fallen Moon While Running on Water pi
N E
N
N A
I
N
E
A
P
i P
O O
O N
O
RavenMoon
Thrust While Running R
Range: 4 Hazy At Water Surfaceonp
Water Y
Location: Chapter 1 Ivory Moon At Water Surface i
History: The Lunar Staff is an Asian-style quarterstaff that is said Crystal Thrust Underwater p T
T
R N
R
Lion’s Storm Underwater i A N I
to harbor the mystic powers of the moon. Slain Demon Obliteration Technique
I
N N
N N
J
I
N A
N A
When the moon enters the full or new phases, the density of the Eight Destructions Ultimate Technique G
staff’s shaft increases, and it becomes slightly heavier as a result. Dance of Flame Ultimate Technique 2
The shaft of the weapon is made from a strong piece of willow,
treated with special oils and waxes to make it an exceptionally LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION E
E
N N
N N
Dragon’s Talon Spin pppi E I
M N
M N
tough material. Animal tendons are wrapped around the shaft, Yin-Yang Thrust p6+ppp I J
E A
E A
and a layer of bone glue holds them in place. Finally, an outer shell S
Absolute Darkness p6+pip
of steel encases the entire shaft. The points on both ends of the Izuna Drop (Throw) p6+pipi
staff are made from an alloy of high relative weight that contains Sun and Moon p6+pii
Charging Lion 6+ppp M
M
iridium derived from meteorites. Muramasa insists that the animal I T
S
S T
Bladed Spider iii S E
A
A
connective tissue used to bind the staff is the Achilles’ tendons of a Bladed Spider i6+i
I
O
O M M
N
qilin, which is a mythical creature known throughout the cultures of First Wind 6+iip S
East Asia. Izuna Drop (Throw) 6+iipi
Moonlit Shadow 6+iii
P
P
The Good: The Lunar Staff is the first long-range melee A
Flashing Current 47896321+i
weapon Hayabusa acquires. N T
N H
H
Waning Evil 47896321+ Hold i I
N O
N O
Hazy Shadow J F
47896321+ Hold i (Partial Charge) A
A
The Bad: While it has a longer reach than most of the other T
T
Heavenly Shadow 47896321+ Hold i (Max Charge) H
H
E
melee weapons in the game, it sacrifices attack speed in the Izuna Drop (Throw) 47896321+ Hold i (Max Charge)
process. There also isn’t a significant difference in power Gate of Betrayal While Blocking pp B
B
O
O
between the Lunar Staff and the default Dragon Sword. This Quivering Moon While Blocking i S
S
limits the use of the Lunar Staff to instances where it is Furious Wind While Blocking iiip
B
B
A
T
necessary to attack from a distance. In most cases, this only Izuna Drop (Throw) While Blocking iiipi T
L
Moon of the Soul While Blocking iiii E
S
happens when fighting projectile-using enemies, as they tend Wind of Dawn While Jumping pp
to make short dashes away from Hayabusa as he closes in on Izuna Drop (Throw) While Jumping ppi
them. Use the Lunar Staff here to catch the opponents as they Flashing Current While Landing p T S
T S
R E
R
Stone of Sin While Wall Running or On Wall p O C
attempt to dash away. P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
The Bloody: The Lunar Staff’s Strong Attack combos can LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION S &
&
be used effectively as a defensive measure against a large Amitabha Thrust p6+pppp
number of opponents. Hayabusa spins the Staff, creating a Wild Spin p6+i C
C
R
Dance of Death p6+ip D Y
D
A S
pseudo-shield while attacking any nearby opponents at the T T
Wild Dog p6+ipp A A
A A
B L
same time. Molten Rock p6+ippp A S
S
S K
E U
LUNAR STAFF COMBOS Strange Soul piiii L
L
iiiii
LEVEL 1 COMBOS
Dragon’s Fang Spin NOTATION
ppppp
Bladed
Bladed Spider
Spider ii6+i
Gleaming Shadow ppi Bladed Spider iii6+i
Infinity Thrust p6+pp Destruction Spin 47896321+i 21
Moonpierce pi

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U TONFA COMBOS
D
O LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION
RR
T
N
IN
I Tonfa Great Edge ppppp
Ivory Flower pppip
F Falling Petals Flowing Water pppipppp
AA
O
O N
Y JN Izuna Drop (Throw) pppipppi
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
Blooming Iris pp6+pp
H H
H TH
T T
T Cypress Column pp6+pi
Cradled Moon pi
S Crimson Edge p Hold ii
MM
E
T
Demons’ Staves 6+p
IT
A
J
A Demon Devourer 6+pii
N
IN Iron Wheel ii
NN
Vermilion Fan Hold i
Y Spring Wind Ultimate Technique
R
N OO Uncontrollable Bloom Ultimate Technique 2
OO P
P NN
AA I Fleeting Blossoms 6+ii
E
W
E N
W
N TONFA DETAILS
AA
D Turning Wheel While Running p
J
IN A
N N
A Power: 3 Roaring Flames While Running i
NN
Speed: 4 Heavenly Justice During Combo u or L+ Left Analog Stick

Justice of Heaven Kick During Heavenly Justice p
G
A N
A N Range: 2 Broken Lantern During Heavenly Justice i
J I
N
N N
N
I I Location: Chapter 9 First Storm While Blocking p
N A
N R
R
T
T One Thousand Lotuses While Blocking ii
History: The Tonfa is a representative weapon of the ancient Bloom of Revenge Obliteration Technique
Ryukyu martial arts, developed in what are now the islands of Ivory Flower While Jumping p
S
A E
Okinawa. Falling Petals Flowing Water While Jumping pppp
A
J IE
N M
N
I E
M Although Tonfa have a short reach, they are extremely fast and can Izuna Drop (Throw) While Jumping pppi
N
N NN
EE be wielded in a number of ways to exploit their strengths in offense Oblivion Blossom Wile Jumping i
and defense. This versatility has led Western countries to adapt Tonfa Eight Leaves While Jumping Forward p
Stone Breaker While Jumping Toward Enemy ii
S into police nightsticks. Stone Breaker While Wall Running pi or ii
M
M
N
OO
These particular Tonfa have high-density, super-hard tungsten Fluttering Crane On Wall p or i
A I
A
E S
T S
carbide plating on all impact surfaces, including the tips and Demon Exorcism On Wall pp
T IS
MM outer edges. This provides for immense impact damage while still Crimson Fang On Wall [[pi]]
remaining compact. Because these Tonfa are not bladed, they are Fluttering Phoenix During Flying Bird p or i
E incapable of cutting attacks, but they make up for this in their ability Demon Exorcism During Flying Bird pp
H
H
T
T to pulverize human flesh. These specially modified Tonfa are so much Crimson Fang During Flying Bird pi
F A
JA
O
O N
IN heavier than typical Tonfa that only the most talented martial artists Drowning Moon While Running on Water pi
H
H N
T N Floodgate Crush While Running on Water ii
A are even capable of spinning them.
P
P
Demon Thistle At Water Surface p
The Good: The Tonfa is one of the faster weapons in the Drowning Moon At Water Surface i
S
E game, virtually equal to the Kusari-gama and almost as fast
L
T
Crimson Lily Underwater p
T as the Falcon’s Talons. In addition to its nearly unmatched
A Scale Scraper Underwater i
B
B
S speed, the Tonfa has higher attack power than the Kusari-
S
O
O gama and is comparable to the Falcon’s Talons. Against small LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
B
B
numbers of fast opponents, this is the ideal weapon to use. Fluttering Peacock pp6+i
Flower Garland Drop (Throw) pp6+pi
&
& S The Bad: One significant drawback of the Tonfa is its short
S E
IE Demons’ Diamonds 6+pp
T H
E P attack range. The only weapon with shorter attack range is
R O Storm of the Four Winds iii
C RR
E T the Falcon’s Talons. This creates an issue against opponents Overlapping Storms 47896321+i
S T
S
with long reach, such as Beastmen or large Demons, and Demon Devourer On Wall ppp
L
L opponents with projectile attacks. Fleeting Blossoms On Wall pii
U E
K S
S
S A
Demon Devourer During Flying Bird ppp
L B The Bloody: Use the Ultimate Technique while wielding the Fleeting Blossoms During Flying Bird pii
A A
A A
T T Tonfa to witness one of the most brutal beat
S A
Y D
D
R downs in the history of the Ninja Gaiden series. LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION
C
C
One Thousand Blossoms ppiii
Demon Tears Kick 6+ppppp
22

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
AND NINP O
I
N
Scarlet Dragon i Hold p T
True Dragon Sword Windmill Slash 6+p
R
O
D
Violent Wind 6+pp6+6 U
C
T
Piercing Wind 6+pp6+i I
O
N
Crimson Tempest ii
TRUE Haze Straight Slash Hold i
T
T
DRAGON Azure Dragon 6+i T
H
T
H
E H
H
E
Scarlet Dragon 6+ Hold i N W
N
SWORD Violent Wind While Running p I
N Y
N
A
A
J O
A O
A
DETAILS Piercing Wind While Running i F
Deep Crimson While Blocking pp
Gleaming Cross While Blocking i N
N
Blade of the Empty Air While Jumping p I
N
N
J
A
A
Power: 4 Speed: 3 Blade of Nirrti While Jumping pppp I
T
T
Izuna Drop (Throw) While Jumping pppi E
Range: 3 Location: Chapter 14 Helmet Splitter While Jumping i
M
M
S
History: When the Eye of the Dragon is fitted into the Dragon Air Destruction Slash While Jumping Forward p
N
N
Sword’s hilt, it unleashes the spiritual power of the Dragon hidden in Falling Dragon Blade While Jumping i A I
A N
N
Flying Swallow While Jumping or Wall Running 6+i N J
D A
A
the blade. The weapon in this state is called the True Dragon Sword, Flying Dragon Blade On Wall p N E
N
W
E
and its incredible power is unrivaled. The bearer of this divine N A
I
N A
P
Cicada Slash On Wall i O
O
O O
P N
R
weapon must possess the physical strength, vigorous spirit, and Divine Flying Dragon During Flying Bird Flip p Y
proficiency of technique necessary to wield it properly. If a weaker Divine Cicada Slash During Flying Bird Flip i
being were to attempt to use it, the blade may very well feed on the Divider of Waves While Running on Water pp
Blade of Empty Water While Running on Water pip T
T
R N
R
bearer’s soul. A N I
Aquatic Flying Sparrow While Running on Water i I
N N
N N
I J
The immense power contained within the True Dragon Sword Heavy Mists At Water Surface p N A
N A
G
upsets the delicate balance of a peaceful world, and it is argued Flying Osprey At Water Surface i
Demon Shark Underwater p
that there are very few instances in which such a powerful weapon Great Demon Shark Underwater i
should be allowed to exist. Thus, it has become customary to store Oblivion Cross Cut Ultimate Technique E
E
N N
N N
E I
the Dragon Sword and Eye of the Dragon in separate locations. Blade of the Dragon’s Scales Ultimate Technique 2 M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
Rising Dragon Obliteration Technique S
The Good: The True Dragon Sword takes the place of the

default Dragon Sword and is considered the fourth level of LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
Hayabusa’s default weapon. Therefore, its abilities are nearly Fang of the Wolf ppii M
M
identical. The only change is that the True Dragon Sword is Ikaruga ppi6i I
S T
S T
Wrath of Izanagi pp6pii S E
A
A
more powerful, thus making it useful in more situations. In I
O
O M M
Blade of Susano’o pipppp N
S
most cases it becomes no longer necessary to change to the
Violent Gale 6+pp6+pp
Eclipse Scythe to combat stronger opponents, as the True Dragon Dragon of Heaven 6+pp6+ii6+i
Sword is powerful enough to handle almost any opponent. Dragon of Earth 6+pp6+ii6+ Hold i P
P
A
Undefeatable Demon iii N T
N H
H
The Bad: While the True Dragon Sword is more powerful than I
N O
N O
Violent Gale While Running pp J F
the original Dragon Sword, it’s the same length and therefore A
A
Dragon of Heaven While Running ii6+i T
T
H
H
has small limitations in attack range. Against a large number Dragon of Earth While Running ii6+ Hold i E
of opponents, the Kusari-gama is generally a better choice, Flying Crane 47896321+i

Azure Swallow While Jumping Forward 6+ii B
B
given its incredible attack range. However, the True Dragon O
O
Spinning Blade While Landing p S
S
Sword’s Flying Swallow does help with range issues if you are Blade of Empty Seas While Running on Water pipp B
B
A
T
not fighting in an enclosed area, where it is more difficult to T
L
E
use the technique effectively. LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION S
Dragon Tear ppp6+p
The Bloody: A fully charged Ultimate Technique with the Fortuitous Phoenix ppiiiii
T S
T S
True Dragon Sword is one of the longest series of attacks in Gleaming Blade 47896321+ Hold i R E
R
O C
Roaring Blade 47896321+ Hold i (Partial Charge) P R
the game. H E
T
Annihilating Gleam 47896321+ Hold i (Max Charge) E S
I
E
S &
&
TRUE DRAGON SWORD COMBOS Divine Flying Swallow While Jumping Forward 6+iii
LEVEL 1 COMBOS NOTATION C
C
LEVEL 4 COMBOS NOTATION R
Piercing Dragon’s Fang ppppp D Y
D
A S
Tiger Roar ppi Steel Splitter pppi T T
A A
A A
Cloud Dragon Flying Swallow p Hold iiii B L
Seal of Ten pp6pp A S
S
Blade of the Dragon’s Scales Ultimate Technique 2 S K
Three Lights pp6pi E U
L
Blade of the Empty Air pip True Dragon Gleam 47896321+ Hold i (Max Charge) L
Whirlwind in Empty Sky pipp

Triple Whirlwind in Empty Sky pippp
Blade of Nirrti pipppp 23

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
VIGOORIAN FLAIL COMBOS
D
O
R
T
R Vigoorian Flail Dragon and Phoenix pppppp
N
IN
I Fire Pit ppi
Looming Fog pip
F
AA pipppp
O
O N
Y
A
A
JN
I Furious Strike
W
W NN
E E
Grasping the Moon pii
H H
H TH
T T
T Flowing Waves 6+pp
Horn of the Chimera 6+ppi
S Flame Wheel [[ii]]
MM
E
T
Auspicious Crane Hold i
IT
AA Golden Dragon Ultimate Technique
J
N
IN Annihilating Golden Dragon During Golden Dragon i Press Repeatedly
NN
Dancing Phoenix Ultimate Technique 2
Y
Erupting Flame 6+i
R
N O
O
O
O P
Deformation Kick While Running p
P NN Flying Monkey While Running i
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
VIGOORIAN FLAIL DETAILS Warrior of Flight While Blocking p
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Power: 3 Speed: 4 Ring of Heaven Kick While Blocking i
NN
Demon Chaser Obliteration Technique
Range: 3 Location: Chapter 3 Sweeping Strike While Jumping p
G Dragon Emperor Kick While Jumping i
A N
A N History: An offshoot of the spiked weapons used in medieval
J I
N
N N
N
I I Europe, this unorthodox flail was made in the Vigoor Empire during Red-Hot Iron Brand While Jumping Toward Enemy i
N A
N R
R Red-Hot Iron Brand While Wall Running p or i
T
T the Middle Ages.
Split Boulder Kick On Wall p or i
It is believed that this weapon was originally a flail with large spikes Infernal Drop During Flying Bird Flip p or i
S
on each end, but over the course of history, came to feature bladed Ancient Dragon Kick While Running on Water p
A E
A IE Rising Phoenix While Running on Water i
J
N M
N M
surfaces instead. It is swung very much like an Asian nunchaku, but
I E
N
N NN no historical evidence suggests that the two weapons are related. Wandering Drum At Water Surface p
EE
Disturbed Heavens At Water Surface i
The Vigoorian Flail saw very little use as an official weapon of war. Flowing Rainwater Underwater p
S The records

Divine Vigoorpoint to itwhich
Games, being were
a favored weapon of
an extremely participants
bloody in the
gladiatorial Golden Lily Underwater i
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
contest popular amongst Imperial Vigoorian royalty in the 13th and LEVEL 2 COMBOS NOTATION
T S
T IS Dragon Slaughter ppp6+pppppp
MM 14th centuries. In this role, the flail was undoubtedly responsible for
the deaths of countless brave combatants. Opened Path pppppi
Wandering Destruction ppppi
E The famed Ninja Ryu Hayabusa first began using the Vigoorian Flail Pale Light pppi
H
H
T
T a year ago, while on an excursion to the Vigoor Empire during the
F A
JA Foe Destroyer ppii
O
O N
IN Dark Dragon Blade Incident. When asked his opinion of the weapon, Insane Raven piii
H
H N
T N
A
P
P he stated, “Not bad.” He seems rather fond of them. Insane Devil 6+ppppp
Interrupted River 6+pppi
The Good: The Vigoorian Flail is the happy median between
S
Shining Heavens iii
E the Tonfa and the Kusari-gama. It matches the attack speed of
L
T
Scraping Heavens Kick While Running pp
T both weapons, while maintaining the power of the Tonfa and
A Blazing Inferno While Running ii
B
B
S a longer reach than the Tonfa. It doesn’t have the extreme Nine Heavens 47896321+i
S
O
O attack range of the Kusari-gama, but its increased attack Slanted Heavens While Blocking ii
B
B
power more than makes up for it. Against opponents with Insane Raven While Jumping Towards Enemy ii
long reach, where the Tonfa fails, the Vigoorian Flail shines Insane Raven While Wall Running pi or ii
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
due to its extended range.
R O LEVEL 3 COMBOS NOTATION
C RR
E T
S T
S The Bad: Overall, the Vigoorian Flail is a very solid weapon. Furious Strike ppp6+pppppipppp
The only minor issue it has is that it doesn’t have the range of Izuna Drop (Throw) ppp6+pppppipppi
L the Kusari-gama. Therefore, against large numbers of Piercing Mountain ppp6+pppppiiiiii
L
U E
K S opponents, the Kusari-gama is generally the better choice.
Piercing Mountain piiiiii
S
S A
L B Rising Serpent 6+ii
A A
A A
T T The Bloody: The Level 3 version of the Vigoorian Flail has Heaven’s Surprise Kick While Running ppp
S A
Y D
D
R Strong Attack combos that not only greatly increase Storm Breaker While Running pppi
C
C
its range of attack, but also lift Hayabusa high into Piercing Mountain While Jumping Toward Enemy iiiii
the air, giving opponents very few opportunities
Piercing Mountain While Wall Running piiii or iiiii
24 Mountain Crane On Wall pi or ii
to counterattack.
Mountain Crane During Flying Bird Flip pi or ii

AND NINP O

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
I
N
T
Arrows from the Fiend’s Bane Bow shoot slightly slower than R
PROJECTILE WEAPONS Hayabusa can throw Shurikens, but they are considerably
O
D
U
C
more powerful. T
I
O
N
When airborne, Hayabusa can shoot arrows and automati-
cally aim at the closest enemy in the direction he’s facing. T
T
T
H
T
H
E H
H
E
This is especially useful against a crowd of aerial opponents, N W
N
I A
A
when taking them out as quickly as possible is of the utmost N Y
N
J
A O
A O
importance. Repeatedly jump into the air to fire shots, which F
will not only aim at the closest enemy, but also to make it
N
N
much harder for Hayabusa’s enemies to aim at him. It is also I
N
N
J
A
A
possible to use a melee weapon combo that transitions into
I
T
T
the air, then shoot an arrow instead of continuing the melee E
M
M
S
combo. This tactic is very useful when battling against land-
based and aerial opponents. N
N
Projectile weapons cannot be upgraded like melee weapons. A I
A N
N
N J
A
A
The weapons vary in attack power and speed, as well as the Howling Cannon D W
N E
N E
amount of ammunition each can hold. Ammunition for each N A
I
N A
P
O
O
O O
P N
R
weapon can be restocked at the Muramasa Shop or found in Y
containers and on corpses scattered throughout the game.
Some projectile weapons are best used to combat airborne T
T
R N
R
opponents, while others have the ability to stun an attacking A N I
I
N N
N N
opponent. I J
N A
N A
G
Fiend’s Bane Bow

E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
HOWLING CANNON DETAILS

M
M
Power: 7 I
S T
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
Speed: 1 N
S
Location: Chapter 6
History: A large matchlock rifle with unparalleled range and power. P
P
A
N T
N H
H
Just over a meter in length, with a fifty centimeter bore, it I
N O
N O
J
A F
A
FIEND’S BANE BOW DETAILS stretches the definition of “firearm.” Its origins can be traced back T
T
H
H
E
to the 16th century, where its fearsome range and sheer destructive
Power: 5
capability earned it the nickname “nation-crusher.”
B
B
Speed: 3 O
O
Modified and improved over many years into an even more S
S
Location: Chapter 2 potent weapon, its booming sound and violent recoil demand B
B
A
T
T
History: A powerful bow decorated with carvings of twin superb mental focus and physical strength. L
E
S
Dragons. At first glance, the Howling Cannon seems like it would be
The silent nature of the bow makes it an indispensable weapon the projectile weapon of choice in almost any situation. How-
T S
T S
R E
R
for Ninjas due to their propensity for covert operations. The Fiend’s ever, upon closer examination, the weapon has one major O C
P R
drawback. It has a very slow initial attack speed, which can H E
T
Bane Bow, developed in the Hayabusa Village, is a state-of-the-art E S
I
E
S &
&
compound bow based on traditional Eastern design. Its accuracy mean the difference between life or death against the hordes
rivals that of a modern rifle. Made primarily from high-tensile- of Fiends Hayabusa encounters. On the bright side it makes
C
C
strength carbon fiber, the bow’s projectile range and velocity are quite a punch and can be much more useful than Hayabusa’s R
D Y
D
A S
unequaled despite its light weight. Against a human target, it is easily other projectile weapons in the right situation. It’s best used T T
A A
A A
B L
accurate to 500 meters, and its arrows are capable of penetrating when several enemies are coming at Hayabusa from a A S
S
S K
E U
40-millimeter bulletproof armor plating. distance. This gives Hayabusa plenty of time to L
L
The Fiend’s Bane Bow is generally reserved for use against pull the weapon out and fire several
rounds before the enemies
airborne opponents. However, it can also be used to interrupt
close in. 25
an opponent’s attack from a distance, similar to the Shuriken.

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
The Art of the Flame
D
O
R
T
R Phoenix
N
IN
I Shuriken ART OF THE FLAME PHOENIX DETAILS
F
AA SHURIKEN DETAILS
O
O N
Y JN
A
A I Power: 1
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
Speed: 5
Location: Chapter 1
S
M
E
M History: It is no exaggeration to say that this weapon epitomizes
T
IT
AA
the Ninja.
J
N
IN Shuriken are implements designed to cause injury when thrown
NN
at an enemy, and most Ninja carry them at all times. This particular
Y type of Shuriken, which boasts six blades, is officially known as
R
N OO
OO P a Roppoken, or six-sided star, and is of the Kuruma-ken (round)
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
category of Shuriken that spin when thrown. Due to the disposable
AA
J
IN A
N N
A nature of these weapons, expensive materials are rarely used in Location: Chapter 6
NN
their construction. However, they are crafted with great precision History: This ninpo summons the spirits of sacred Phoenixes to fly
to stabilize their trajectory when thrown, thereby increasing accuracy. about the caster and protect him with their holy flame.
G
A N
A N The Shuriken is Hayabusa’s default projectile weapon. It has Phoenixes are associated with the element of fire and are well
J I
N
N N
N
I I the lowest damage output of all the projectile weapons, but known for their ability to rise reborn from their own ashes. In
N A
N R
R
T
T
Hayabusa has an infinite supply of them. Three Shurikens Chinese mythology, the Phoenix is one of the four creatures of
can be thrown at a time in an attempt to delay an oppo- good fortune and represents the concept of peace. With this
S
nent’s attack. When thrown just before an opponent attacks, ninpo equipped, the caster can find peace even in the midst of a
A E
A IE
J
N M
N M
a Shuriken can temporarily stun the opponent, halting their fierce battle.
I E
N
N NN attack and giving Hayabusa an opportunity to begin a combo
EE The Art of the Flame Phoenix is similar to the Art of the Wind
or any other offensive maneuver. This is especially useful Blades. However, instead of a single, destructive attack that
when an opponent pauses briefly during a combo in prepara-
S tion for a finishing blow. inflicts damage on any opponent within a circular radius, the
N
Art of the Flame Phoenix inflicts a relatively small amount of
M
M OO
A I
A damage. To compensate for lower damage, several Phoenixes
E S
T S
IS
T
MM NINPO ARTS fly around Hayabusa as he moves about. Each Phoenix inflicts
a moderate amount of damage to any enemies it comes in
contact with before dissipating. The Phoenixes also absorb
E
H
H damage from projectile attacks they come in contact with. This
T
T
F A
JA
O
O N is the only ninpo that allows Hayabusa to move around freely
IN
H
H N
T N while the ninpo is active.
A
P
P
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S The number of Phoenixes that fly around Hayabusa is
S directly proportionate to the level of the ninpo spell.
O
O
B
B
At Level 1, three Phoenixes fly around Hayabusa. One
additional Phoenix is added with each level increase.
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
There are four different ninpo magic abilities that can be
R O
C R
E TR found throughout the game. Each has a very specific use in
S T
S
combat and can be extremely destructive when used properly.
L
However, ninpo is not a super attack that can be used to clear
L
U E a group of enemies with ease. It takes skill, proper timing,
K S
S
S A
L B and precision aim to use ninpo effectively. Similar to melee
A A
A A
T T weapons, ninpo can be upgraded from Level 1 to
S A
Y D
D
R Level 3 with the Jewel of the Demon Seal item.
C
C
26

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
AND NINP O
I
N
T
R
The Art
The A of
rt o f the
t h e Inferno
Inferno The Art of the O
D
U
C
Piercing Void T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
ART OF THE INFERNO DETAILS A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
Location: Chapter 1 ART OF THE PIERCING N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
VOID DETAILS O
O O
P N
O
R
History: This
flaming mass ninpo uses the
of pyrokinetic power
energy at aofdesired
telekinesis to hurl a
target. Y
Location: Chapter 9
The Art of the Inferno is highly effective against enemies in front
History: Simply put, this ninpo allows the caster to project a T
T
R N
R
of the caster. Those unlucky enough to fall victim to this ninpo are A N
black hole. I
N N
N
I
N
completely engulfed in flame. The fire it unleashes is no ordinary I
N A
N
J
A
flame; akin to the flame of a Dragon’s breath, it is no surprise that Its angle of effect is quite narrow, but this serves to concentrate G
records fail to mention anyone surviving the intense heat of the its destructive power, creating a devastating projectile that can
Inferno. penetrate through multiple targets before dissipating.
E
E
This penetrating ability is the biggest appeal of the Art of the N N
N N
E N
The Art of the Inferno is a very powerful attack, however, it M I
M N
Piercing Void. I J
is somewhat limited by its attack radius. This ninpo will not E A
E A
S
hit any opponents behind or to either side of Hayabusa. Its This ninpo focuses the telekinetic energy created by the
radius is limited to enemies directly in front of Hayabusa. centripetal vibrations of the caster’s lower dantian (Ki focal point),
There is a short amount of time in which you can aim the then directs the shape of the energy using gravitational waves M
M
propagated by the caster’s conscious spirit. This creates a I T
S
S T
attack, but if you are surrounded by enemies, this ninpo will S E
A
A
I
O M
O M
only clear out opponents in a single direction. In addition, it gravitational abnormality, forming a rotating black hole trapped N
S
stops moving upon impact with an enemy, and inflicts dam- inside a repulsing spiritual force field. Because this force field is
age on any enemy within a small radius of the impact. It is somewhat permeable, extreme fluctuations of space-time occur
near the surface of the ninpo projectile that pulverize any nearby P
P
best used in hallways or other enclosed areas where it is more A
N T
N H
H
difficult for opponents to attack from multiple directions. living matter. I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
The Art of the Piercing Void is very similar to the Art of the T
T
H
H
E
Inferno. Both have a very limited attack radius, focusing
exclusively on opponents directly ahead of Hayabusa. What
B
B
O
O
The number of enemies that can be targeted with the separates these two ninpo spells is the fact that the Art of the S
S
Art of the Inferno is directly proportionate to the level Piercing Void does not stop upon impact with an opponent.
B
B
A
T
of the ninpo spell. At Level 1, only a single enemy can Instead, it continues through multiple opponents, inflicting T
L
E
be targeted. One additional enemy can be targeted with damage on any that cross its path, before dissipating. S
each level increase. This ninpo works extremely well in narrow corridors, but is
virtually useless in large, open areas. T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
27

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
MELEE WEAPONS
O
RR
T
N
IN
Fuma Kodachi
I
The Art of the
F
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A
A I
NN
Wind Blades
W
W
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D FUMA KODACHI DETAILS
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
Power: 2
NN
ART OF THE WIND BLADES
Speed: 4
G DETAILS
A N
A N
J I
Range: 1
N
N N
N
I I
Location: Chapter 3
N A
N R
R
Location: Chapter 11
T
T History: This ninpo amplifies sharp waves of vacuum
created by lightning-fast movements of the arms.
History: A pair of short swords of the sort used by legendary Ninja.
The blades of vacuum radiate from the caster, slashing to pieces Kodachi is a catch-all term for any short Japanese sword. Easy to
S
A E
A IE manipulate, they are ideal weapons for rapid slashing attacks to take
J any organic matter in the vicinity. Clearly, this ninpo is most useful
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN when the caster is surrounded by enemies. Although not designed the initiative and keep an enemy on his toes.
EE
for pinpoint attacks, its lethality should not be underestimated. In They are particularly suitable as complements to physical attacks,
the remote chance that a victim survives, undoubtedly they will allowing one to weave kicks and slices into a combo offensive that
S have lost at least one of their extremities, leaving them with little denies an enemy the chance to counterattack. Forged with blades as
N
M
M O
A I
A
O remaining offensive capability. thin as possible for lightness, what they lack in reach they make up
E S
T S
T IS for with damage in close-range attacks.
MM The Art of the Wind Blades has a short range of attack, but
what it lacks in range it more than makes up for in radius. The name comes from the legendary Fuma clan, a famed group of
E
Any enemy within close proximity to Hayabusa will take medieval Ninja that favored these weapons.
H
T significant amounts of damage. Unlike the Art of the Inferno, The Good: Ayane’s Fuma Kodachi is very similar to Haya-
F A
J
O N this ninpo attacks opponents
I busa’s Vigoorian Flail, only it doesn’t have quite the same
H N
T in front of, behind, or to
A speed of attack. It’s very good against large groups of weaker
P
either side of Hayabusa. enemies because Ayane can speed through them with many of
S It is best used when being her quick attack combos. Many of the Fuma Kodachi combos
E
L
T attacked by a large number include Ayane’s trademark kick attacks which give her slightly
T
A
B
S of enemies from all around more range.
S Hayabusa.
O
B The Bad: Where the Fuma Kodachi is lacking is in range
and attack power. Its lack of range does not allow Ayane to
a
AYANE
AYANE use the Lightwing Izuna in the same way Hayabusa can use
u
his Izuna Drop combo. On many occasions the combo will
hi
miss even if the first few attacks connect. This leaves Ayane
m
stranded in the air, which can be dangerous against opponents
st
with projectile attacks. The limited attack power also means
battles take longer, and against strong Fiends this drastically
limits Ayane’s offensive abilities.
The Bloody: Many of Ayane’s Fuma Kodachi combos resemble

her combos from Dead or Alive, except that now they’re quite
a bit more bloody, thanks to the use of her weapons.
28
Protected b
Protect by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

AND NINP O

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
I
N
FUMA KODACHI COMBOS When thrown, the iris flower spins and ignites a fuse, which upon T
R
O
COMBOS NOTATION impact is brought into contact with explosive material mounted on D
U
Power Blade p C
the grip, detonating it. T
I
Violet Fireblade pppppp O
N
Godfoot Axe i
The top features reversed spikes designed to make the kunai
Erupting Sea Fire iii difficult to remove quickly after impact, enhancing its effectiveness. T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Supreme Twin Blades 6+ppp This is a weapon of both beauty and brutality. N W
N
I A
A
Descending Eclipse ppii The Flash Kunai has a wide variety of uses. Offensively, the N Y
N
J
Vortex Blade pp6+pp] A O
A O
Flash Kunai is used to inflict heavy damage without the F
Twinbrace Blade pppii
need to charge the attack. The Kunai stick to opponents, then
Divine Crush Blade ppppi N
N
explode shortly afterward. Be cautious when using these, I
N
N
Aeolian Dustblade pppppi J
as enemies do not cease their attack once struck by a Flash A
A
Lightwing Izuna pipppppi I
T
T
Kunai. The short period of time before the explosion can cost E
Dance of the Gods Hold i M
M
S
Dance of the Divine Wind Ultimate Technique Ayane significant amounts of damage if you relax and assume
Dance of Divine Fury Ultimate Technique 2 the enemy has been taken care of. The Flash Kunai can also N
N
A I
A N
N
Raging God Izuna i During the Dance of Divine Fury be used while dodging attacks if Ayane is on the move when N J
A
A
D W
Phantom Tempest 6+ii a Flash Kunai is thrown. N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
Misty Shadow Combo Blade While Running pp O
O
O O
P N
R
Phantom Tempest While Running ii
Phantom Waltz 47896321+i NINPO ARTS Y
Falling Orchid Guard While Blocking p

Moonshadow Ring While Blocking i The Art of the T
T
R N
R
A N
I I
Heaven Cut While Jumping p N N
N N
Wind Slice While Jumping ii

Ra g ing Mountain
Raging Mo unt a in God
God I
N A
N
G
J
A
Zephyr Cut While Jumping Forward p

Afterglow Bracer While Jumping Forward 6+i
God’s Crushing Fury While Jumping Forward 6+ii E
E
N N
N N
E I
Dark Star While Wall Running p or i M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
Violet Fireblade On the Wall ppp S
God’s Crushing Fury On the Wall ppi
Outshining Divine Bracer On the Wall i
Wind Slice During Flying Bird pi M
M
I T
T
Outshining Divine Bracer During Flying Bird i S
S
S E
I A
A
O
O M M
N
PROJECTILE WEAPONS S
Flash Kunai P
P
A
ART OF THE RAGING MOUNTAIN N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
GOD DETAILS A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Location: Chapter 11
History: A powerful ninpo spell that pulverizes enemies with a B
B
O
O
S
shock wave. S
B
B
A
T
The Art of the Raging Mountain God is a secret Tenjin technique. T
L
Chanting the words and performing the gestures imbues one’s fists E
S
with the aura of all nature and creation, allowing them to release an
earthquake-like shock wave that pummels opponents. T S
T S
R E
R
O C
The actual amount of aura generated is directly proportional to P R
H E
T
the psychic energy of the user; a powerfully focused individual can E S
I
E
S &
&
FLASH KUNAI DETAILS use it to move heaven and earth, while a less spiritually advanced
individual may find themselves sucked into the raging vortex of pure C
C
Power: 3 D Y
D
R
energy generated by their own spell. A S
T T
Speed: 4 A A
A A
B L
A S
S
Location: Chapter 11 S K
E U
L
L
History:
flower Explosive kunai darts equipped with spinning iris
fuses
29

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T Traditionally used by women, many naginata are of a “Tomoe”
C
U
D type, with a short grip for ease of use. But the Heavenly Dragon is a
O
RR
T
N
longer “Shizuka” type, allowing Momiji to utilize an integrated combi-
IN
I Ayane’s Art of the Raging Mountain God is one of the best
nation of centrifugal force and physical prowess to cut down broad
ninpo spells in the game. It covers great large distance and at-
F
AA
swaths of opponents with every swing.
O
O N
Y JN tacks enemies all around Ayane. It can be used in close-quar-
A
A I The blade and pole are said to have been carved from the tailbone
W
W NN ters combat against a horde of opponents, or as you approach
E E
HH a large group before they get close enough to attack Ayane. of a Dragon. The weapon boasts unparalleled strength and flexibility
H
H T
T T
T
The destructive power decreases the farther away an opponent with a light weight, allowing delicate cuts of the sort impossible with
is, but at the very least it knocks down opponents, allowing a normal naginata.
S
MM Ayane to safely close in on them and finish the job.
E
T
It is a sacred relic passed down from generation to generation of
IT
A
J
A Dragon Shrine maidens.
N
IN
NN
MOMIJI T Good: Momiji’s weapon is very similar to Hayabusa’s
The
Lunar Staff with a few traits from the Eclipse Scythe. It has
L
Y
R good range and the attack speed allows Momiji to handle
g
N OO
OO P
P NN sswarms of opponents with ease. Many of the combos are
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D similar to the Eclipse Scythe combos, only with slightly less
AA
J
IN A
N N
A power and a bit more range. The addition of an Izuna Drop
NN
combo allows Momiji to use tactics similar to Hayabusa’s
Dragon Sword, but with the added range of the Heavenly
G
A N
A N
J I Dragon Naginata.
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T The Bad: The speed of the Heavenly Dragon Naginata is the
only real downfall of the weapon. It’s faster than some of
Hayabusa’s slower weapons, but it can be tough to deal with
S a horde of enemies. The lack of a Flying Swallow attack also
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M hurts Momiji’s ability to get out of tough situations with ease.
N
N N
E
N
E MELEE WEAPONS However, with some patience it is possible to use her double-
jump attacks as a replacement. Enemies die a little slower, but
Heavenly Dragon
it still gets the job done.
M
M
S
N
OO
Naginata The Bloody: The Heavenly Dragon Naginata’s Izuna Drop
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS combo impales an opponent in midair, then thrusts them to
MM
the ground before Momiji struggles to pull the pole arm out of
the lifeless body.
E
H
H
T
T
HEAVENLY DRAGON NAGINATA COMBOS
F A
JA COMBOS NOTATION
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N Windcradle p
A
P
P Sparrow Wind pppp
Cloudmover i
S Dancing Maple iii
E
L
T Cyclone Spin ppi
T
A
B
B
S
S
Windraiser pp6+pp
O
O Hawk’s Strike pp6+pi
B
B
Moonlight Wheel pppi
HEAVENLY DRAGON NAGINATA Three Thousand Winds ppppi
&
& S DETAILS Mosquito Leap pii
S E
IE
T H Falcon Heaven Scraper pippp
E P
R O Power: 3
C R
E TR Izuna Falcon pippi Note to Copyedit: This is not listed
S T
S
Speed: 3 as a throw in the in-game move list the first time
L Range: 4 it’s mentioned, but it is listed the second time.
L
U E Three Thousand Winds 6+ppi
K S Location: Chapter 5
S
S A Halo Slice 6+pi
L B
A A
A A
Windswept Moon Hold i
T T
S A
History: Momiji’s favorite pole arm, carved from a Dragon tailbone.
Y D
D Windswept Pines in Moonlight Ultimate Technique
R
C
C
Wind Dancing in Moonlight Ultimate Technique 2
Cyclone Spin While Running pp
30 Peals of Thunder While Running i
Moonshadow 47896321+i

AND NINP O

NINJA WEAPONR Y
Y
I
N
COMBOS NOTATION land-based and aerial opponents and is also very useful because T
R
O
Wabisuke While Blocking p many of Momiji’s combos are slower than Hayabusa’s. The D
U
Lonesome Cry While Blocking pp C
additional of aerial shots allows her to hang in the air a bit T
I
O
Grasscutter While Blocking i longer than her normal combos. N
Burning Heavens While Jumping p
Falcon Heaven Scraper While Jumping pppp T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Izuna Falcon (Throw) While Jumping p
Mosquito Leap While Jumping i NINPO ARTS N W
N
I
N Y
N
A
A
Pikestand While Double-Jumping p The Art of the J O

A O
A
F
Meteor Glow While Double-Jumping i Crimson Lotus
Comet’s Tail While Double-Jumping Hold i N
N
I
N
N
East Wind While Wall Running p or i J
A
A
Flower Petal On the Wall p or i I
T
T
E
Pikestand During Flying Bird p M
M
S
Sun, Moon and Stars During Flying Bird i
N
N
A I
A N
N
PROJECTILE WEAPONS N J

D W
N E
N
A
A
E
N A
I
N A
P
Heavensong Bow O
O O
P N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
ART OF THE CRIMSON LOTUS G
DETAILS
Location: Chapter 5 E
E
N N
N N
E N
M I
M N
History: A ninpo spell that incinerates the enemy with a vortex I
E A
E
J
A
S
of fire.
Gesturing the characters “rin,” “byo,” “to,” “sha,” “kai,” “jin,” “retsu,”
“zai,” and “zen” in sequence activates the spell, transforming the M
M
I T
T
HEAVENSONG BOW DETAILS leaves dancing within the magic circle into an inferno of fireballs that S
S
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
incinerate and consume all enemies in their path. The divine flames N
Power: 5 S
burn only the wicked, leaving those pure of heart unscathed.
Speed: 3
The Art of the Crimson Lotus is nearly identical to Hayabusa’s
P
P
Location: Chapter 5 Art of the Inferno. It is a very powerful attack, however, like A
N T
N H
H
History: A Japanese bow traditionally carried by Dragon Shrine- the Art of the Inferno, it is limited by its attack radius. It I
N O
N O
J
A F
A
Maidens. only hits enemies directly in front of Momiji. There is a short T
T
H
H
E
amount of time in which you can aim the attack, but if you
From times of old, the Heavensong Bow has played a central role
are surrounded by enemies, this ninpo will only clear out
in the Heavensong rite, in which shrine maidens pluck the bowstring B
B
O
O
like an instrument to drive away evil spirits. opponents in a single direction and will only target up to S
S
three enemies at a time. It is best used in hallways or other
B
B
A
T
The astounding power of arrows launched by its resilient, woven- enclosed areas where it is more difficult for opponents to T
L
leather bowstring is like a miracle unto itself, and the bow, carved E
attack from multiple directions. S
from a sacred tree, is wrapped with a cloth given to Momiji by the
children of the village, in prayer for her safety. T S
T S
R E
R
O C
The Heavensong Bow is identical to Hayabusa’s Fiend’s Bane P R
H E
T
Bow in every way. When airborne, Momiji can shoot arrows E S
I
E
S &
&
and automatically aim at the closest enemy in the direction
she’s facing. This is especially useful against a crowd of aerial C
C
R
opponents, when taking them out as quickly as possible is of D Y
D
A S
T T
the utmost importance. Repeatedly jump into the air to fire A A
A A
B L
A S
S
shots, which will not only aim at the closest enemy, but also S K
E U
L
make it much harder for Momiji’s enemies to aim at her. It is
L
also possible to use a melee weapon combo that transitions
into the air, then shoot an arrow instead of continuing the
melee combo. This tactic is very useful when battling against 31

PRIMA
IMA
OFFICIAL
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Rachel’s Type 666 Heavy Machine Gun projectile weapon,
D
O
R
T
N
R
IN
I
RACHEL which
h gives her additional range.
Th Bad: The Eclipse Scythe works for Hayabusa because

The
F he can change to different weapons as the situation calls for
AA
O
O N
Y JN them.
h Rachel is not so lucky because the Inferno Hammer is her
A
A I
W
W NN
only melee weapon. This puts her in a bad situation against
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T hordes of enemies because the slow attack speed of the Inferno
Hammer limits her ability to deal with large numbers of
S opponents. Like the Eclipse Scythe, against small numbers
MM
E of opponents this generally isn’t an issue. However, against
T
IT
AA greater numbers, it is very difficult to launch an offensive and
J
N
IN
NN gain any sort of momentum.
Y The Bloody: Several of Rachel’s Inferno Hammer combos

R
N OO
OO P end with her projectile weapon, almost as if she couldn’t be
P NN
AA I
E
W
A
E N
W
A
N
D MELEE WEAPONS bothered to swing the heavy weapon one last time to finish off
J
IN A
N N
A the opponent.
NN
Inferno Hammer INFERNO HAMMER COMBOS
COMBOS NOTATION
G Right Fang p
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N Viper Bite pppp
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T Serpent’s Coil ppii
Vermillion pppo
Hydra’s Rage pppi
S Serpent’s Rampage ppppi
A E
A IE
J Snakeyes ppppo
N M
N
I E
M
N
N N
E
N
E Savage Snake pip
Viper Twist pii
Trauma Hammer 6+ppp
S Venom i
N Max Pain iii
M
M OO
A I
A
E S Leviathan Hold i
T S
T IS
MM
INFERNO HAMMER DETAILS Midgard Ultimate Technique
Power: 3 Jormungandr Ultimate Technique 2
E
Cutting Edge 6+i
H
H Speed: 2
T
T Fanged Hammer While Running pp
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
Range: 4 Deadly Venom While Running i
H
H N
T N Ouroboros 47896321+i
A
P
P
Location: Chapter 8
Naga’s Reverse While Blocking p
History: Rachel’s favorite warhammer, massive and powerful. Sidewinder While Blocking i
S
E
L It was fashioned by treating the head of an ancient warhammer Deathshot While Blocking po
T
T
A with a graphene coating and fitting it with a new steel grip. Tongueslip While Reverse-Flanking o
B
B
S
S
Slicer While Jumping p
O
O
Though powerful when swung normally, with added centrifugal Serpent Hammer While Jumping i
B
B
force it devastates anything unfortunate enough to be in its way. Serpent Hammer While Wall Running p
The head is forged from an exotic substance that rivals osmium for Stinger While Wall Running i
&
& S sheer density. Legend has it that it was formed when a molten piece
S E
IE Serpent Hammer On the Wall p
T H
E P
R O of obsidian from a fiery inner circle of Hell plunged into the river Stinger On the Wall i
C R
E T
S T
S
R Cocytus, quenching and crystallizing it into its current form. Dragnic Hammer During Flying Bird p or i
The Good: The Inferno Hammer is very similar to Hayabusa’s
L
L Eclipse Scythe, although not quite as powerful and with
U E
K S
S
S A slightly longer range. Against weaker opponents it won’t
L B
A A
A A Note: Rachel’s Reverse-Flanking is the same as
T T knock them back with every attack like the Eclipse
S A
Y D
D Hayabusa’s Reverse Wind
R Scythe does. However, it swings faster than the
C
C
Eclipse Scythe, making it more useful against a
large number of opponents. Several of the
32 Inferno Hammer combos end with the use of

NINJA WEAPONR Y
AND NINP O
Y
I
N
T
PROJECTILE WEAPONS NINPO ARTS R
O
D
U
C
T
Type 666 Heavy The Magic of Raging I
O
N
Machine Gun Aphrodite
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
TYPE 666 HEAVY MACHINE GUN THE MAGIC OF RAGING Y
DETAILS APHRODITE DETAILS
Power: 3 Location: Chapter 8 T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N N
Speed: 3 History: A spell that eviscerates enemies with the thorns of N
I J
N A
N A
deadly roses. G
Location: Chapter 8
History: An anti-Fiend machine gun inscribed with special The blood-loving roses from the hereafter spawn a whip of thorns
markings. that spins at breakneck speed, tearing nearby enemies E
E
N N
N N
to shreds. E I
M N
M N
Most would consider it unwieldy, but Rachel’s slender arms are I
E A
E
J
A
The demonic roses that dance above the carnage are described as S
more than a match for this monster. Barrel and ammunition are
stamped with an anti-Demon icon called an “Elder Sign,” boosting its being the crimson tears of the Goddess Aphrodite in tales of old.
power when used against lower-level Fiends. Designed for rapid fire, The primary advantage of Rachel’s Magic of Raging M
M
it utilizes a blowback system for low recoil. An elegant, uncompro- Aphrodite ninpo is that it hits opponents all around her. It I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
mising, superbly made firearm. also has decent range for such an encompassing attack. I
O
O M M
N
Unfortunately, the range is still somewhat limited compared S
Rachel’s Heavy Machine Gun works well as a quick projectile
weapon attack. It packs a decent punch for a weapon of its to more linear ninpo such as Hayabusa’s Art of the Wind
speed, and it has a long range of attack. Rachel can also end Blades. If an opponent is not within relatively near proximity P
P
A
of Rachel, the ninpo will not hit them. Use it in a crowd of N T
N H
H
several Inferno Hammer combos with a burst from the Heavy I
N O
N O
enemies or when close to a slow-moving boss, but do not J F
Machine Gun. However, where the Heavy Machine Gun falls A
A
T
T
H
H
short is in the fact that its normal firing option is to shoot attempt to use it against faster enemies or enemies that are E
in short bursts instead of a continuous stream of bullets. spread out.

B
B
For best results, fire the Heavy Machine Gun’s short bursts O
O
S
S
in rapid succession to create a continuous-fire effect. Make
B
B
A
T
sure you’re not surrounded by enemies; Rachel is vulnerable T
L
while shooting the Machine Gun, and takes longer to put the E
S
weapon away and block than most other characters.
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
33

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
ninja training
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN Ryu Hayabusa and his comrades have many advanced techniques learned throughout their adventures
A I
A
W
W NN in Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2. These techniques fall into three basic categories: offensive, defensive, and
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T environmental. Learn how and when to use these techniques to make battles significantly easier,
maximize your karma score and gain access to out-of-reach areas to find hidden items.
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA circumstances, defensive techniques allow you to avoid an
J
N
IN
NN BASICS attack or regroup to a safer location. Some defensive tech-
niques have the ability to inflict damage on an opponent,
Y
R
N O
O
O
O P
OFFENSIVE which can transition directly into an offensive technique.
P N
A
E
W
N
A I
E N
W
N
D
TECHNIQUES
AA
IN A
J
N
NN
N
A
ENVIRONMENTAL
TECHNIQUES
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
S
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N
E
E
S Many of the techniques you learn are limited to a strictly

N
M
M OO offensive use. Such techniques have very little defensive
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS purpose and should be used almost exclusively while attacking A few techniques do not have a generally offensive or
MM
an opponent. In some cases, offensive techniques can be used defensive purpose. These techniques fall into the environ-
for defensive purposes, but for the most part, an offensive mental category. Environmental techniques are used to gain
E
H
H technique is used to inflict damage on an opponent. access to hard-to-reach areas. In some cases you must use an
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN environmental technique to continue your progress through
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
DEFENSIVE the game. If you get stuck and seem unable to progress, look
around to see if one of the environmental techniques can be
S
TECHNIQUES of use.
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
TECHNIQUE
EFFECTIVENESS
Although there is a wide range of techniques in Ninja Gaiden
&
& S
S E
IE Sigma 2, some are more effective than others. Highly effective
T H
E P
R O techniques work well in almost any situation, and even when
C RR
E T
S T
S they are not be the best technique to use, they nevertheless
tend to help the situation more than worsen it. Moderately
L
L effective techniques work well more often than not, but there
U E
K S
S
S A are generally better techniques that can be used. Techniques
L B
A A
A A with low effectiveness are generally very limited in their
T T
S A
Y D
D In many instances throughout the game, you are ability to get you out of a tough spot.
R
C
C
simultaneously attacked by large numbers of
opponents. It is on these occasions that
34 defensive techniques are best used. Under most

NINJA TR
NINJA TR AINING
AINING
I
N
T
R
O
Some enemies use grabbing techniques against you. When D
TECHNIQUES this happens, use the Escape Technique to push the enemy
U
C
T
I
O
off and prevent your character from taking further damage. N
COUNTERATTACK Not all grabs can be broken by this technique. Grabs from
stronger enemies cannot be escaped.
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
TECHNIQUE N W
N
I
N Y
N
A
A
FLYING BIRD J

A O
A O
F
TECHNIQUE N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
Execution: Press Quick Attack or Strong Attack while blocking T

T
R N
R
an enemy strike to counter it. A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
Type: Defensive N A
N A
Execution: Jump against a wall and press Jump repeatedly to G
Effectiveness: Moderate scale two opposing walls.
Description: Use this to create a chance to fight back. Type: Environmental E
E
N N
N N
Combined with the Furious Wind Technique, this provides E I
Effectiveness: High M N
M N
I J
an extremely solid defense against most attacks. While the E A
E A
S
Furious Wind Technique requires very little timing to properly Description: This allows you to reach higher ground without
execute, the Counterattack Technique requires precise timing. resorting to a ladder.
If you attempt to use this technique too early, you will be The sole purpose of this technique is to reach higher ground. M
M
I T
S
S T
vulnerable to attack. Likewise, if you execute the technique Almost any time you find a narrow vertical corridor, this S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
too late, you will not be able to initiate a counterattack. technique can be used. Listen to the grunting sounds your N
S
Practice this technique during the early chapters of the game character makes as he jumps from wall to wall. A slightly
to perfect the timing. different grunt is heard during the final jump that leads out
P
P
of a vertical corridor. Use this cue to know when to stop A
N T
N H
H
ESCAPE tapping Jump. Oftentimes you’ll reach the top of an area,
then mistakenly jump back down, so pay close attention to
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
this cue to know when to stop jumping.
B
B
O
O
FLYING SWALLOW
SWALLOW S
S
B
B
A
T
TECHNIQUE T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
Execution: Rapidly Press u,i,o,p,A or D D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
Type: Defensive B L
A S
S
S K
E U
Effectiveness: Moderate L
L
Description: When an enemy grabs you, use this technique to
escape their grasp.
35

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I Execution: While jumping forward press Strong Attack to attack Rachel’s version of the Furious Wind is referred to as
F
enemies from above. the Reverse Flank and can be executed while near an
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
Type: Offensive opponent instead of while blocking an attack.
W
W NN
E E
HH Effectiveness: High
H
H T
T T
T
Description: Any foes in your path will be torn through. Use in OBLITERATION
crowded areas.
S
M
E
T
M
Any time you’re in a bind against a multitude of enemies or
TECHNIQUE
IT
AA during a boss battle, this is the technique to use. The technique
J
N
IN
NN differs depending on the currently equipped weapon and the
character you’re playing, but in most cases the Dragon Sword’s
Y
R Flying Swallow is the best version to use. Hayabusa flies
N OO
OO P
P NN through the air, covering a good distance, and inflict damage
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D on any opponents in his path. Hayabusa is vulnerable during the
AA
IN A
J
N N
A initial jump, however, once the technique has been executed,
NN
he cannot be harmed until the animation of the Flying Swal-
low concludes. Use this technique multiple times in rapid suc-
G
A N
A N cession to inflict damage on large numbers of enemies while
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
staying safely outside of their attack range. Some enemies,
T
T
especially bosses, will block this attack. If that happens, wait
until the enemy is in the middle of an attack to use this tech- Execution: Press Strong Attack near an enemy that has lost an
nique to ensure they cannot block it. arm or leg to finish them off.
S
A E
E
JA I Type: Offensive
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N
E
E FURIOUS WIND Effectiveness: High
TECHNIQUE Description: Injured enemies can be extremely dangerous.
S Obliterate them quickly!
N
M
M OO The Obliteration Technique is as gruesome as it is useful.
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS There are two important traits to remember about this tech-
MM
nique. The first is that during the animation of the technique,
you are invulnerable to harm. You cannot be attacked and the
E
H
H
T
T
animation cannot be interrupted, thus you are invincible for a
F A
JA short period of time. Second, this technique instantly kills any
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N opponent, including bosses. Use it in crowded battles against
A
P
P a large number of opponents to finish off enemies while
avoiding attacks. As soon as the technique comes to an end,
S
E
Execution: Block + Left Analog Stick while blocking an enemy attack.
L shift directly into a combo string to take advantage of your
T
T
A
Type: Defensive invincibility.
B
B
S Effectiveness: High
S
O
O
B
B
Description: When your defense has been broken, use this to REVERSE WIND
swiftly avoid any further damage by dashing away.
&
& S
S E
IE This technique is very similar to the Reverse Wind Technique.
TECHNIQUE
T H
E P
R O The only difference is that this version of the maneuver is
C RR
E T
S T
S executed while blocking an enemy attack. The advantage
gained with the Furious Wind Technique is that it is possible
L
L to perform a special sidestep attack by pressing an attack
U E
K S
S
S A button during this technique. When executed properly, you
L B
A A
A A
T T dodge an enemy attack while blocking, then execute
S A
Y D
D
R an attack during the evasive technique that’s almost
C
C
guaranteed to hit the opponent. This attack can also
lead into combos or other offensive techniques.
36

NINJA TR
NINJA TR AINING
AINING
I
N
Execution: Block + Left Analog Stick T
R
Type: Defensive
ULTIMATE TECHNIQUE O
D
U
C
T
I
Effectiveness: Moderate O
N
Description: Performs a quick dash in the direction indicated by

T
T
T H
H
T
H H
the E E
and Left
finishAnalog
them Stick.
off. Use it to dodge enemy attacks, or to get close N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
The Reverse Wind Technique is best used when closing in on A O
A O
F
enemies from a distance. Enemies that use projectile attacks
generally try to stay at a certain distance. Use the Reverse N
N
I
N
N
Wind to avoid their projectile attacks while you close the J
A
A
distance to attack from within melee range. The speed of the I
T
T
E
M
M
technique is fast enough to dodge projectiles as soon as they S
are launched, however, you do not dash very far. Multiple
N
N
Reverse Wind Techniques may be needed to avoid the numer- Execution: Hold Strong Attack to charge, then release. A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
ous attacks of projectile users. This technique works especially Type: Offensive W
N E
N E
well against bosses, when it is necessary to continuously N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
dodge their attacks. Effectiveness: Moderate Y
Description: If successful, your enemies will suffer. A longer
charge time increases its power. While charging, absorb Essence to
T
T
quicken it. R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
Hold Block while tapping the Left Analog Stick in the di- This is an extremely useful technique, but you must be N A
N A
G
rection you wish to dodge to maintain your guard while cautious about when you use it, as you can take damage while
you use this technique multiple times consecutively. charging this technique. There are two different versions of
the technique. The Ultimate Technique 1 is executed without a E
E
Rachel’s version of the Reverse Wind is referred to as N N
N N
full charge, while your character is glowing blue. You unleash E I
M N
M N
the Rollthrough. I J
a short combo attack that cannot be interrupted by weaker E A
E A
S
enemies. The Ultimate Technique 2 uses a full charge, when
SHADOWLESS your character glows red. You launch into a long combo
FOOTSTEPS attack that can only be interrupted by strong enemies and

bosses. Gathering Essence lowers the charge time require-
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
ments. This is referred to as the Ultimate Guidance Technique. N
S
Two Yellow Essence orbs, or one Blue or Red Essence orb,
result in a fully charged Ultimate Technique 2.
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Hold Strong Attack as soon as you land from a jump to
gain an instant charge. This greatly shortens the amount of
B
B
time required to reach a fully charged Ultimate Technique. O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
Execution: Jump toward a wall, then hold the Left Analog Stick in T
L
E
the desire direction to run along the wall. S
Type: Environmental
When using Essence to quicken the charge, the value of T S
T S
Effectiveness: High R E
R
O C
the Essence absorbed is lowered. Yellow Essence does not P R
H E
T
Description: Your character runs horizontally across a wall earn as much currency, Blue Essence doesn’t restore as E S
I
E
S &
&
making places that seem out of reach accessible. much health and Red Essence doesn’t restore as much Ki.
This is one of the most frequently used techniques in your C
C
R
D Y
D
arsenal. Almost any time there is a crevice to cross or an item A S
T T
A A
A A
in an out-of-the-way area, the Technique of Shadowless B L
A S
S
Footsteps is the method that must be used. Your character S K
E U
L
runs along the wall for a short distance, which can also be L
used as a defensive tool to evade enemies or gain the advan-
tage of the high ground. You can jump at any time during
this technique, which can lead into any of your aerial attacks.
37

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
WIND
WIND PATH
RR
T
N
IN
I UNRIVALED SOARING
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN Execution: Press Jump while jumping over an enemy.
NN
Execution: While running on a wall, press Jump, then hold the Type: Defensive
Y
R
N O
O
O
O P
Left Analog Stick in the direction you wish to move to run along the Effectiveness: Moderate
P NN
A
E
A I
E N
N
next wall. Description: Pass through a crowd of enemies by jumping on
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N
NN
N
A Type: Environmental their heads.
Effectiveness: High This technique allows you to jump from one opponent to the
Description: No place is out of your reach! next, using their heads as footstools. Use this technique to
G
A N
A N move through a horde of enemies without taking damage. It is
J I When Shadowless Footsteps isn’t enough to continue along
N
N N
N
I I also possible to initiate any aerial attack during this technique.
N A
N R
R the desired path, Unrivaled Soaring is the answer. This is
T
T Shift from the Wind Path directly into Flying Swallow to
basically an extended version of Shadowless Footsteps that
attack opponents from above.
encompasses multiple adjacent walls. Start with Shadowless
S Footsteps on one wall, then jump and continue along the next
E
E
A
JA I
N
I
N
N M
M
E
N N
N
adjacent wall with the Unrivaled Soaring Technique. WIND
WIND RUN
E
E
THE TECHNIQUE OF
M
M
S
N
OO
THE INVISIBLE PATH
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
Execution: Quick Attack + Jump
A
P
P
Type: Defensive
S Effectiveness: Moderate
E
L
T
T
A Execution: Run on a wall, press Jump and then hold Description: A fast, evasive jump.
B
B
S
S
the Left Analog Stick in the direction you wish to While very similar to a standard jump, the Wind Run is much
O
O move to continue running along the opposing wall.
B
B more evasive. Your character cannot be harmed by most
Type: Environmental attacks during the animation of the Wind Run. Use this to get
&
& S out of a crowd of enemies without taking damage. Like the
S E
IE Effectiveness: High
T H Wind Path, it is also possible to execute any aerial attack
E P
R O
C RR
Description: Use the environment to your advantage to reach during the Wind Run.
E T
S T
S new heights!
L As the third and final extension to Shadowless Footsteps, the
L
U E Invisible Path continues where Unrivaled Soaring leaves off.
K S
S
S A Most battles can easily be won with repeated use of the
L B Use this technique to jump from wall to wall and traverse
A A
A A
T T Wind Run followed immediately by the Flying Swallow.As
S A narrow pathways. This is very similar to Unrivaled
Y D
D
R
C
C Soaring except that instead of jumping to the soon as you land from the Flying Swallow, initiate another
adjacent wall, you jump to the opposite wall. If the Wind Run and repeat the process. This strategy makes
technique is started on the right wall, you would it very difficult for opponents to inflict damage to your
38 character.
jump to the left wall to execute this technique.

NINJA ENEMIES
I
N
T
NINJA ENEMIES
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
Hayabusa and his team battle against a wide variety of enemies throughout Ninja Gaiden Sigma 2.
Most enemies have a large selection of abilities and can be difficult to fight unless you understand how T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
to avoid or defend against these abilities. This chapter covers every enemy and what they can do. N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
• The last hit of most enemies’ combos results in
BASICS
F
a guard stun. This is indicated by your character

throwing arms into the air, abandoning their blocking N
N
I
N
N
BATTLE STRATEGIES animation. When this happens, you cannot block J
A
A
I
for a short period. Use the Reverse Wind to avoid T
T
E
While some enemy encounters require specific strategies,es, M
M
attacks during a guard stun. S
most of the time general strategies can be used to dispatch of
N
N
the enemies encountered throughout the game. A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
• When in doubt use the Wind Run into the Flying N E
N
W
Refer to the “Path of the Ninja” chapter for any battle- E
Swallow. This basic strategy works in almost any N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
situation. specific details for enemy encounters. Y
• Against groups of weaker enemies, use the Izuna Drop

(pipppi) repeatedly. After the final attack in the CLASS T
T
R N
R
A N
combo, the first attack in the next Izuna drop combo I I
N N
N N
There are two different enemy classes in Ninja Gaiden I J
may miss, but frequently the second attack connects N A
N A
G
Sigma 2: weak and strong. Weak enemies generally can be
with the closest opponent, resulting in a near endless
stunned by any strong attack. In addition, they can be
combo string.
enemies are significantly harder to stun and will often
E
E
• Use the Reverse Wind technique combined with N N
N N
interrupt your attacks with an attack of their own. These E I
M N
M N
projectile attacks as enemies are closing in from a enemies cannot be knocked into the air unless you’re I
E A
E
J
A
S
distance. Once they are within melee range, focus on using Enma’s Fang, and the Reverse Wind technique
combos that start with weak attacks when fighting should be used to avoid their counterattacks used during a
multiple enemies at a time. combo string. M
M
I T
S
S T
• Use the Wind Path to reach higher-priority enemies S E
A
A
I
O
O M
and avoid weaker opponents without taking damage. RANGE N
S
M
• Any combo that leads into a throw renders Hayabusa

Certain enemies can attack from a distance, while others
invincible during most of the throw animation. P
P
can only attack from a close range. Enemies with a long A
• Hayabusa is invincible during the Obliteration attack range can generally attack as soon as they see you, N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
technique. no matter how far away they are. A moderate attack range J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
• During crowded battles, use combos to injure indicates that an enemy does not have to be right on top of E
multiple opponents, then use successive Obliteration you to attack, but they cannot attack from across the screen
B
B
techniques to keep Hayabusa invincible for extended either. They can generally attack from just outside the O
O
S
Dragon Sword’s attack range. Enemies with a short attack S
periods of time.
B
B
A
T
• There is virtually no delay at the end of an Oblit- range can only attack when they are close to you. T
L
E
S
eration technique. In a group of enemies, do not
hesitate after performing an Obliteration technique. PRIORITY
PRIORITY
Immediately proceed to your next attack. T S
T S
R E
R
Frequently you must fight multiple enemies during a single O C
P R
• Against large numbers of stronger enemies, use the battle. This is where the priority rating is most useful. Focus H E
T
E S
I
E
Dragon Sword Divine Flying Swallow (Level 3 Flying S &
&
on the enemy with the highest priority rating, as they are
Swallow) continuously to inflict significant damage the most dangerous enemy in the group and should be
C
C
while staying out of harm’s way. taken out first. If multiple enemies have the same priority R
D Y
D
A S
• Against a large number of opponents, the Ultimate rating, defeat strong enemy types before weak enemy types T T
A A
A A
B L
technique leaves Hayabusa vulnerable during its charge and any enemies with a projectile attack before A S
S
S K
E U
period. Essence orbs dramatically shorten the charge enemies that do not have a projectile attack. L
L
time of the Ultimate technique, so use the Ultimate
technique only when there is Essence around to
absorb. 39

N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
ABILITIES
ABILITIES
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN Almost every enemy in the game has at least one unique ability,
A I
A
W
W NN similar to Hayabusa’s techniques. Knowing which abilities an
E E
HH
H
H T enemy possesses and how to defend against them is the key
T T
T All enemies have the ability to use a throw at
to not only defeating an enemy, but handling large numbers
S of enemies at a time. Most enemies gain new abilities as you BLACK SPIDER CLAN
close range.
MM progress through the game. When an enemy gains a new

E
T
IT
AA ability, their appearance changes. For example, Melee Ninja in
J
N
IN later chapters are red and black in color and have an explosive
NN
kunai similar to Ayane’s Flash Kunai.
Y
R
N OO ENEMY ABILITIES CHART
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N Ability
WW
Enemy Description
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Acid Drip Bone Scorpion Acid drops from the enemy that inflicts a small amount of damage.
NN
Cannonball Chainsaw Bazooka Zombie When at a distance, the Chainsaw Bazooka Zombie shoots a cannonball
G from it’s canon arm. A single cannonball causes guard stun.
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N Charge Attack Dragon Demon, Centaur, Marionette Demon The enemy uses a lunging attack from outside melee attack range.
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T Explosive Death Mecha Soldier When the Mecha Ninja is killed, the resulting explosion inflicts damage
to Hayabusa.
S Explosive Kunai Melee Ninja, Ninja Dog The Ninja Dog and Melee Ninja in later chapters throw an Explosive
A E
A E
J I Kunai from a distance or at close range.
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
E
E Flame Column Ninpo Ninja After an incantation, the Ninpo Ninja creates a narrow column of flame
that engulfs your current position.
S Flight Flying Demon, Half-Dragon Demon, The enemy can hover in the air and occasionally attack while airborne.
N Mecha Soldier
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS Kamikaze All Ninja Once an enemy has lost a limb they use an unblockable attack to blow
MM
themselves up and inflict damage at the same time.
E
Long-Range Dive Attack Flying Demon The Flying Demon dives at Hayabusa from the air. This attack is relatively
H
H
T
T
A
A
slow in execution.
F J
O
O I
N
N
H
H N Long-Range Throw Demon Spawn The Demon Spawn jumps toward Hayabusa from outside melee attack
T N
A range. Upon reaching Hayabusa, the Demon Spawn uses an
P
P
unblockable throw.
S
E Projectile Attack Beastmen, Death Worm, Demon Spawn, Enemies with a projectile attack have the ability to fire a projectile from a
L
T
T Flying Demon, Half-Dragon Demon, Heavy distance. Projectiles are generally fireballs, but can vary depending on
A
B
B
S Artillery Ninja, Lesser Demons, Light Artillery the enemy.
S
O
O
B
B Ninja, Marionette Demons, Mecha Soldier,
Ninpo Ninja, Projectile Ninja, Tactical Ninja
&
& S Short-Range Fire Breath Demon Spawn, Dragon Demon, The Demons shoot fire from their mouths that covers a
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
Half-Dragon Demon distance slightly longer than the attack range of the Dragon Sword.
C RR
E T
S T
S Teleportation Ninpo Ninja The Ninpo Ninja and Lesser Fiend teleport around the battle area when
Hayabusa is at a distance. During a teleport, these enemies cannot
L
L
U E
be attacked.
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
Speed, power, and priority are rated on a scale from 1 to
5, with 1 being the lowest and 5 being the highest.
40

NINJA ENEMIES
I
N
T
ENEMIES
R
LIGHT ARTILLERY NINJA DETAILS O
D
U
First Seen: Chapter 9 C
T
I
O
Class: Weak N
Artillery Reach: Long T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Ninja Speed: 4 N W
N
A
A
I
N Y
N
Power: 4 J O
A O
A
F
Priority: 3
N
N
Abilities: Kamikaze, Projectile Attack I
N
N
J
A
A
Light Artillery Ninja are almost identical to Tactical Ninja, I
T
T
E
except that they use a single-shot rocket launcher instead of a M
M
S
standard gun. The rockets have the ability to knock Hayabusa
N
N
out of the air and inflict on him a good deal of damage. These A I
A N
N
N J
D A
Ninja should be taken out as quickly as possible and take A
W
N E
N E
priority over most enemies. N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
HEAVY ARTILLERY NINJA DETAILS
First Seen: Chapter 10 Melee Ninja Y
Class: Weak T
T
R N
R
A N
Reach: Long I
N N
N
I
N
J
I
N A
N A
Speed: 4 G
Power: 5
Priority: 4 E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
E A
E
J
A
S
An upgrade from the Tactical Ninja, these Heavy Artillery
Ninja shoot rockets similar to the Light Artillery Ninja, except
that they shoot several rockets simultaneously. This makes M
M
I T
S
S T
them more dangerous than the Light Artillery Ninja and S E
A
A
should be approached with extreme caution. When
First Seen: Chapter 1 I
O
O M M
N
S
these Ninja are encountered, there is almost always some Class: Weak
sort of cover available. Use this cover to avoid their attacks Range: Short
P
P
and hit them with arrows between attacks or use Shadowless A
Speed: 4 N T
N H
H
Footsteps on a nearby wall and then hit them with a Flying I
N O
N O
Swallow when you get close. Power: 2 J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Priority: 1
Light Artillery Ninja
Abilities: Kamikaze, Projectile Attack B
B
O
O
The basic Melee Ninja is the most common enemy in the S
S
game. The Melee Ninja attack with either a standard katana, B
B
A
T
T
similar to the Dragon Sword, or a claw weapon similar to the L
E
S
Falcon’s Talons. They do not have any notable abilities, aside
from a kamikaze attack that is used at close range when they
T S
T S
are wounded and the ability to throw shurikens. When R E
R
O C
P R
fighting against multiple Melee Ninja, pay close attention H E
T
E S
I
E
to any enemies that have missing limbs as the kamikaze S &
&
attack cannot be blocked. You must either use the Reverse
Wind to dodge the attack, or finish off the opponent with an C
C
R
D Y
D
Obliteration technique or any standard attack. From Chapter A S
T T
A A
A A
6 onward, Melee Ninja gain the ability to use explosive B L
A S
S
S K
shuriken. E U
L
L
41

N
O
IO
T
C Range: Long
U
D
O
RR
Speed: 4
T
N
IN
I
Ninja Dog Power: 3
F
AA
Priority: 4
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
NN
Abilities: Flame Column, Projectile Attack,
W
W
E E
HH Teleportation
H
H T
T T
T
Anytime you encounter a Ninpo Ninja, take this enemy out
S
before you focus on the other enemies in the area. Ninpo
MM Ninja have the ability to shoot flaming projectiles from long
E
T
IT
AA range, as well as create a column of flame that heavily
J
N
IN damages Hayabusa. However, they only use these attacks
NN
when they are left alone, as both attacks take time to
Y execute. When you approach them, they may teleport away
R
N OO
OO P to give themselves more time to use their ninpo magic. In this
P NN
AA I
EE N
N instance, use the Flying Swallow to catch them while they
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N
NN
N
A NINJA DOG DETAILS attempt an escape.
First Seen: Chapter 2 Executor
cutor
G Class: Weak
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I Range: Long
N A
N R
R
T
T Speed: 5
Power: 2
A
S
A E
E
J I
Priority: 2
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N Abilities: Explosive Shuriken
E
E
The Ninja Dogs attack quickly, so use the Dragon Sword or
Falcon’s Talons to match their speed. Stay on the move as you
S battle against them. If you remain stationary too long, they
N
M
M OO throw explosive shuriken that inflict moderate damage. Focus
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS on one Ninja Dog at a time until each has been defeated. They
MM EXECUTOR DETAILS
are very weak in early chapters and it does not take many
attacks to defeat them, but they are also very evasive and, in First Seen: Chapter 9
E
H
H
T
T
later chapters, they can take a few more hits before they die. Class: Strong
A
A
F J
O
O I
N
N Use quick weak attacks and avoid the longer execution time Reach: Long
H
H N
T N of strong attacks.
A
P
P Speed: 3
Ninpo Ninja Power: 4
S
E
L
T
NINPO NINJA
I J DETAILS
D TAIL Priority: 3
T
A
B
B
S Abilities: Explosive Death, Flight, Projectile Attack
S
O
O
B
B Executors are similar to Tactical Fiends in many ways. When
left alone, they fire a stream of bullets at Hayabusa. Against
&
& S multiple Executors, this stream is nearly endless. In addition,
S E
IE
T H
E P
they have the ability to fly for short periods of time. When
R O
C R
E TR they are airborne, use the Flying Swallow to take them out.
S T
S
This technique is also useful against multiple Executors to
L
keep Hayabusa on the move and avoid their attacks.
L
U E Weapons combos that knock weaker enemies into the air do
K S
S
S A
L B not work on these stronger Fiends, however, using weaker
A A
A A
T T combos followed by the Reverse Wind to quickly move away
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C from the Fiends works well. When an Executor has been
First Seen: Chapterr 1 defeated, the explosion that follows injures Hayabusa if he is
Class: Weak
too close. Defeat them and quickly move away to avoid the
42 explosion.

NINJA ENEMIES
I
N
T
R
Projectile Ninja TACTICAL NINJA DETAILS O
D
U
PROJECTILE NINJA DETAILS First Seen: Chapter 9 C
T
I
O
N
Weak
Range: Long T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
4 N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
Power: 3 J
A O
A O
F
Priority: 1
N
N
N
N
J
A
A
Treat Tactical Ninja like you would Projectile Ninja. When left I
T
T
E
alone, they shoot their guns at Hayabusa, stunning him on M
M
S
impact. Use the Reverse Wind or simply jump to avoid their
N
N
attacks. The Reverse Wind is also useful to quickly close in on I
N
N
A J
A
N A A
First Seen: Chapter
hapter 1 them, while potentially inflicting damage to multiple enemies D W
N E
N E
Class: Weak at a time. Stay on the move against large numbers of Tactical N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P O
N
Range: Long Ninja to prevent being stunned by their fire. Be cautious R
Y
around injured Tactical Ninja, as they have the same
Speed: 4 Kamikaze technique as the Melee and Projectile Ninja.
T
T
Power: 2 R N
R
A N
I I
N N
N N
Priority: 2 DEMONS I
N A
N
G
J
A
Abilities: Kamikaze, Projectile Attack

Chainsaw Bazooka
Projectile Ninja are very similar to Melee Ninja. In fact, at
close range, they pull out a katana and fight almost exactly
Zombie E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
like a Melee Ninja. However, it’s at a distance where these CHAINSAW BAZOOKA ZOMBIE I
E A
E
S
J
A
enemies are most deadly. Take out any Projectile Ninja first DETAILS
when you encounter a group of Ninja to avoid their attacks.
Once they have seen Hayabusa, they begin to shoot flaming M
M
arrows at him. They do not cease firing until Hayabusa closes I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
in on them. At this point, they pull out a katana and use a N
S
technique similar to the Reverse Wind to get out of melee
range and escape back to projectile range. Use the Reverse
Wind or Flying Swallow to catch them if they move out of P
P
A
N T
N H
H
melee range. When Projectile Ninja lose a limb, they may I
N O
N O
J F
crawl on the ground, but will still shoot projectiles if left A
A
T
T
H
H
alone, and they have the same kamikaze attack as the Melee E
Ninja. Finish them off quickly once they’ve been injured.

B
B
O
O
Tactical S
S
B
B
A
T
Ninja First Seen: Chapter
a 12 T
L
E
S
Strong
Long T S
T S
R E
R
O C
1 P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
Power: 5 S &
&
Priority: 4 C
C
R
Abilities: Cannonball D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
The Chainsaw Bazooka Zombie has a chainsaw for B L
A S
S
S K
one hand and a canon for the other. At a E U
L
L
distance, they shootguard,

breaks Hayabusa’s a cannonball that
43

N
O
IO
T
C Flying Demon
U
D
O
RR
T leaving him temporarily open to attack. When this attack
N
IN
I
is not blocked, it interrupts almost anything Hayabusa is
F
AA
doing at the time and knocks him to the ground. At close
O
O N
Y JN range, these enemies are not much of a threat outside of their
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
standard throw. However, since they are some of the slowest
H H
H TH
T T
T enemies in the game, the throw is telegraphed and can easily
be avoided. When you see a Chainsaw Bazooka Zombie raise
S a foot, quickly use the Reverse Wind to move out of the way
MM
E
T
IT and avoid the throw that follows. Against a large group of
AA
J Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies, use the Flying Swallow with the
N
IN
NN Dragon Sword, or virtually any of the attacks from Enma’s
Fang or the Eclipse Scythe to dwindle their numbers. When
Y
R
FLYING DEMON DETAILS
N OO fighting large groups, do not stay on the ground too long to
OO P
P N
A
N
A I avoid the cannonball shots. First Seen: Chapter 3
EE N
N
W
A
W
A
D
IN A
J N
A
N
NN Demon Spawn Class: Strong
Reach: Long
DEMON SPAWN DETAILS
Speed: 3
G
A N
N
A
J I
N
N N
N
Power: 3
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T Priority: 2
Abilities: Flight, Projectile Attack, Long-Range
Dive Attack
S
A E
A E
J I The Flying Demons shoot fireballs from a distance and peri-
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N odically lunge at Hayabusa. Their attacks are relatively slow in
E
E
succession, but they almost always attack in groups. Use the
Fiend’s Bane Bow and jump into the air to automatically aim
S at the closest Flying Demon. If you use the first-person view, a
N
M
M OO single arrow will take down any Flying Demon.
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM First Seen: Chapter
hapter 3 Half-Dragon Demon
Class: Strong
E
H
H
T
T
Reach: Moderate
rate
A
A
F J
O
O I
H
N
N
H N
Speed: 2
T N
A
P
P Power: 4
Priority: 4
S
E
L
T
T
Abilities: Projectile Attack, Long-Range Throw,
A
B
B
S Short-Range Fire Breath
S
O
O Demon Spawn shoot two fireballs in rapid succession when
B
B
fighting from a distance. They are also classified as strong-
type enemies, meaning they are not easily stunned and can
&
& S
S E
IE attack Hayabusa during a combo string. The Flying Swallow
T H
E P
R O technique works well to close in on them quickly, while in- HALF-DRAGON DEMON DETAILS
C RR
E T
S T
S flicting damage on multiple enemies at a time. At close range, First Seen: Chapter 6
do not use any combos that lead into aerial attacks, as these
L
L
Class: Strong
U E
enemies cannot be knocked into the air. When left alone, they
K S
S
S A use the short-range fire breath technique or the fireball Reach: Moderate
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
projectile from a distance. In addition, as they Speed: 3
Y D
D
close in on Hayabusa, they use the long-range
R
C
C Power: 4
throw technique. If one is seen approaching, be
prepared to use the Reverse Wind to avoid the
Priority: 3
44 long-range throw. Abilities: Projectile Attack, Flight, Short-Range
Fire Breath

NINJA ENEMIES
I
N
A direct upgrade of the Demon Spawn, the Half-Dragon can move underground similar
si ila to
to a Ninpo
i p Ninja.
Nin a. The
T e Lesser
esser T
R
O
Demon’s abilities are almost identical to its lesser brethren. Fiends disappear underground and move toward Hayabusa. D
U
Instead of shooting two fireballs from a distance, the Half- C
Watch their trail on the ground and use the Reverse Wind to T
I
O
Dragon Demon shoots three at a time. In addition, instead move away as soon as they get close. If you do not move, N
of using a long-range throw, the Half-Dragon has the ability they use a throw as soon as they reappear. The slightly stron- T
T
of flight similar to the Mecha Soldiers. When they are in the T H
H
T
H H
ger Lesser Demons are a dark purple color and can sometimes E E
air, use the Flying Swallow to bring them down. The Flying N W
N
require more than one Izuna Drop to finish them off. They I A
A
N Y
N
Swallow also works well to keep Hayabusa constantly on can also continue to fight even after their heads have been J
A O
A O
F
the move and out of reach of the Half-Dragon Demons. At severed, so do not drop your guard if this happens.
close range, do not use combos that lead into the air, as these
N
N
enemies cannot be knocked into the air unless you’re using Marionette Demon I
N
N
J
A
A
Enma’s Fang. After a single combo, use the Reverse Wind I
T
T
or Flying Swallow to move away from the Half-Dragons to E
M
M
S
avoid a counterattack. If they begin to wind up for an attack,
cease your combo attack and immediately use the Reverse N
N
A I
A N
N
Wind to avoid their attack. N J
A
A
D W
N E
N E
N A
I A
Lesser Fiend N
P
O
O O
P
N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
MARIONETTE DEMON DETAILS

First Seen: Chapter 15 M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
Strong I
O
O M
A
A
M
N
Long S
4
P
P
A
Power: 5 N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
Priority: 4 J
A F
A
T
T
H
H
Abilities: Projectile Attack, Charge Attack E
The Marionette Demons are some of the toughest enemies B

B
O
O
in the game. Their Projectile Attack cannot be blocked and S
S
leaves Hayabusa open to their charge attack that B
B
A
T
T
LESSER FIEND DETAILS frequently follows and inflicts a significant L
E
S
amount of damage.
First Seen: Chapter 7
They also attack in groups, making it even more difficult to
Class: Weak avoid the projectile attacks. In addition, their metal bodies T S
T
R E
R
S
O C
Reach: Short P R
make them strong against Hayabusa’s weapons. Use the H E
T
E S
I
E
Speed: 4 Flying Swallow as much as possible to stay on the move and S &
&
in the air. This makes it much easier to avoid their projectile
Power: 2 C
C
attacks. Once their numbers have decreased, either continue R
Priority: 1 with the Flying Swallow technique, or switch to the Eclipse
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
Abilities: Projectile Attack Scythe or Enma’s Fang to inflict as much damage as B L
A S
S
S K
possible and take them out in fewer attacks. E U
The Lesser Fiend is essentially the demon version of a Melee L
L
Ninja. Lesser Fiends are one of the weakest demons and
appear often after chapter 7. If left alone for too long they
will use a fireball projectile attack. From a distance they 45

N
O
IO
T
C
U BEASTMEN DETAILS
D
O
R
T
R First Seen: Chapter 6
N
IN
I Water Demon Class: Strong
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN WATER DEMON DETAILS Reach: Short
A I
A
W
W NN Speed: 4
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T Power: 4
Priority: 2
S
MM Abilities: Long-Range Throw
E
T
IT
AA The Beastmen do not have any unique abilities aside from a
J
N
IN
NN basic long-range throw, but they are very strong and difficult
to stun. Use the Falcon’s Talons to inflict a great deal of
Y
R damage with minimal effort and stay close to them at all
N OO
OO P
P NN times to limit the use of their long-range throw. Since it is
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D difficult to stun them, be cautious of a counterattack that
AA
IN A
J
N N
A could come at any time. Be prepared to use the Reverse Wind
NN First Seen: Chapter 6
when they begin to counterattack.
Class: Weak
G
A N
A N
J I Reach: Short Centaur
N
N N
N
I I CENTAUR DETAILS
N A
N R
R Speed: 5
T
T
Power: 2
S
Priority: 2
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
Abilities: Projectile Attack
N
N N
N
E
E
On water, the Water Demons can be difficult to fight due to
Hayabusa’s limited array of attacks in this situation. Move
S
to solid ground to attack these enemies whenever possible.
N From chapter 13 on, Water Demons are red in color and have
M
M OO
A I
A
E S the ability to use a projectile attack. Stay at close range to
T S
T IS
MM prevent them from using their projectile attack and use any
combo to dispatch them. They are weak enemies, but they
E cannot be knocked into the air. However, they are almost
H
H
T
T always stunned by any combo that transitions into the air, so
A
A
F J
O
O I
H
N
N
H N
it is still safe to use aerial combos on these enemies. If there is Class: Strong
T N
A
P
P
no solid ground to be found, run in tight circles to avoid their Reach: Moderate
projectile attacks and close in on them. Then use the Falcon’s
Speed: 3
S
E
Talons water attacks to finish them off.
L
T
T
Power: 3
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
LYCANTHROPES Priority: 3
Abilities: Charge Attack
Beastmen Centaurs’ primary special move is a charge attack that knocks
&
& S Hayabusa down or breaks his guard. They attack in groups
S E
IE
T H
E P and generally circle around Hayabusa, using their spears to
R O
C RR
E T attack from a moderate distance. Use the Flying Swallow to
S T
S
close in on them and attack with the Dragon Sword at close
L range. It is also possible to use the Kusari-gama from a
L
U E
K S moderate range to counteract their spears. If they are charging
S
S A
L B
A A
A A at Hayabusa, do not use any attacks other than ninpo or the
T T
S A
Y D
D Flying Swallow. Wait until they rear up on their hind legs
R
C
C
before attacking with anything else. Their spears also give
them a slightly longer throwing range than most other enemies
46 have, so be cautious as they begin to close in on you.

NINJA ENEMIES
I
N
OTHER ENEMIES BONE SCORPION
O DETAILS T
R
O
D
First Seen: Chapter 7 U
C
Bats Class: Weak
T
I
O
N
Reach: Short
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Speed: 3 N W
N
A
A
Power: 1 I
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
F
Priority: 2
Abilities: Acid Drip N
N
I
N
N
Bone Scorpions are relatively weak compared to most of the J
A
A
I
T
T
other enemies in the game. However, they almost always E
M
M
attack in large numbers and can be an annoyance. At a S
distance, use the Kusari-gama to keep these enemies at bay N

N
and prevent them from attacking. At close range, if they get A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
BAT DETAILS an attack off, they have the ability to briefly stun Hayabusa, N E
N E
preventing him from attacking. If they close in, continue N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
First Seen:: Chapter 3 to use the Kusari-gama, or switch to the Falcon’s Talons or Y
Class: Weak Vigoorian Flail if you have trouble initiating an attack. When
Reach: Short Bone Scorpions attack from above, they use an acid drip that T
T
R N
R
can stun Hayabusa. Use the Kusari-gama to knock them off of A N I
Speed: 4 I
N N
N
I
N
J
the ceiling and prevent them from using the acid drip. N A
N A
G
Power: 1
Priority: 1 Death Worm
Abilities: None E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
There are two types of Bats. The first are basic Bats that I J
E A
E A
S
are the weakest enemies in the game. Take them out with
standard shurikens from a distance, or use the Dragon Sword
or Kusari-gama to defeat them at close range. Their attacks M
M
do not stun Hayabusa, but it can be difficult to determine if I N
S
S N
S I
N
N
I
O J
O
Hayabusa is being attacked because there are no signs other N A A
S
than a depleting health gauge. As soon as you hear them
approaching, start throwing shurikens to determine their
direction, and attack as soon as they are within range. The P
P
A
N T
N H
H
larger Bats have the same abilities as normal Bats, but inflict I
N O
N O
J F
significantly more damage with their attacks. Use the Flying A
A
DEATH WORM DETAILS T
T
H
H
Swallow to prevent them from attacking, while simultane- E
ously taking them down. First Seen: Chapter 12
B
B
Class: Strong O
O
Bone Scorpion S
S
Reach: Moderate B
B
A
T
T
Speed: 1 L
E
S
Power: 3
Priority: 2 T S
T
R E
R
S
O C
Abilities: Projectile Attack P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
The Death Worm sprouts from underground, generally in
small ponds. It cannot move once it has sprouted,
C
C
but if Hayabusa is outside of their attack range, R
D Y
D
A S
they will burrow underground again and sprout T T
A A
A A
B L
closer to him. A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
47

N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
SPINY FIEND DETAILS
O
R
T
N
R
When they first appear they only have the ability to attack First Seen: Chapter 12
IN
I
with moderate range and use a throw. However, later in the Class: Weak
F game they gain the ability to use an acid spit projectile attack
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A that inflicts significant damage. They almost always appear Reach: Short
W
W NN
Speed: 2
E E
HH
with other enemies. During their first appearance, take out the
H
H T
T T
T other enemies first, then address the Death Worms. However, Power: 1
when they gain the ability to use a projectile attack, dispatch
S
Priority: 2
MM of them quickly or defeat the accompanying enemies under
E
T
IT cover so you’re not being attacked by the Death Worms. Use
Abilities: None
AA
J Enma’s Fang or the Eclipse Scythe to take them quickly, but Spiny Fiends are very similar to Bone Scorpions. They do not
N
IN
NN the Dragon Sword works as well if the other two weapons are have any long-range attacks other than a lunging throw that
only level 1. can be blocked from a moderate distance. Use the Kusari-
Y
R
N OO gama from a distance then switch to the Falcon’s Talons or
O P
O
P N
A
E
N
A I
E N
N
Blood Eel Vigoorian Flail at close range if you have trouble initiating an
WW
D
AA attack with the Kusari-gama.
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
Undead Fish
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
S
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
E
E
BLOOD EEL DETAILS
S
N Class: Strong
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
Reach: Short
MM UNDEAD FISH DETAILS
Speed: 3
E
Power: 3
H
H Class: Weak
T
T
A
A
F J
Priority: 2
O
O I
N
N Reach: Moderate
H
H N
T N
Abilities: None
A
P
P Speed: 3
The Blood Eel does not have any special abilities and
can only attack with a throw at close range. Use the Howling Power: 2
S
E
L
T Cannon from a distance to make quick work of any Blood Eel Priority: 3
T
A
B
B
S
S
you come damage
moderate across. Ifand
onelaunches
does catch you in aacross
Hayabusa throw, it area.
the inflicts Abilities: Long-Range Throw
O
O Undead Fish are very weak, but can be an annoyance if they
B
B Fight Blood Eels with your back to a wall to avoid getting
are not taken out quickly. They always attack in groups, but
caught from behind.
&
& S
can be seen from a distance. Use a combination of a projectile
S E
IE
T H
E P Spiny Fiend weapon and the Dragon Sword to take out any and all
R O
C RR
Undead Fish in the area. When you shoot one with a projectile
E T
S T
S
weapon, any other Undead Fish around you will swarm in to
attack. Shoot one, then use any of the Dragon Sword’s quick
L
L
U E attack combos. The Undead Fish also use a throw that tracks
K S
S
S A
L B Hayabusa from a deceptive range. Also note that Undead Fish
A A
A A
T T can be found underwater, floating high above Hayabusa in the
S A
Y D
D
R air, or at eye level. When you see a single Undead Fish, look
C
C
all around the area to ensure you have spotted and killed all
of them.
48

T EAM
EAM MISSIONS
I
N
team missions
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
MISSION BRIEFING H
T
H
T
T
T H
H
E E
N W
N
A
A
DIFFICULTY
DI UL LEVELS KARMA POINTS
I
N Y
N
J O
A O
A
F
AND
AND MEDALS N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
O
O O
P N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
There are 35 missions in Team Missions mode, ranging in A N I
I
N N
N N
difficulty from Acolyte (easy), Warrior (normal), Mentor I J
N A
N A
G
(hard), Master Ninja (very hard), and Ultimate Ninja (insanely Your karma score is a rating of how well you perform
hard). Acolyte and Warrior are fairly straightforward and during combat. Every time you defeat an enemy you receive
can be completed by an average player, who can score gold karma points. You will receive a bonus to your karma points E
E
N N
N N
medals with relative ease. Mentor increases the difficulty by consecutively defeating multiple enemies, executing E I
M N
M N
I J
quite a bit, but a skilled player can still cruise through these combos, and using special techniques such as the Oblitera- E A
E
S
A
missions. tion Technique. At the end of each mission your karma score
determines the medal you’re rewarded with. You can receive
When you reach the Master Ninja missions, the increase
in difficulty is completely different compared to the increase a bronze, silver, or gold medal, based on your karma score. M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
from Acolyte to Warrior and Warrior to Mentor.. Only the I
O
O M M
N
best Ninja Gaiden players will be able to earn gold med- S
als on these missions, and even they will not find it an easy
Focus on using Obliteration and Ultimate techniques
task. Ultimate Ninja missions continue the trend by offering P
P
to maximize your karma score. While having a high A
five insanely difficult missions that require a master’s touch N T
N H
H
combo count looks impressive, combos earn the least I
N O
N O
just to complete. Earning a gold medal on an Ultimate Ninja J F
amount of karma score and are therefore the least A
A
T
T
mission is something of legend, even for the top Ninja Gaiden H
H
important aspect of raising toward earning gold medals. E
players inn thee world.
or . When en you reach
r eac thiss level
e ve of
o skill,
s , you
you
can consider
s der your
yourself
elf onee off the best. B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
49
Protected
r by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Master Ninja and Ultimate Ninja missions, what is already an
U
D
O extremely difficult mission becomes nearly impossible to
RR
T
N
IN
I KARMA SCORE complete, let alone earn a gold medal.
F
Bonus Karma Points Action
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A
A
W
W
I
NN
Killing Spree 3000 Kill multiple enemies
consecutively without RES CUING
RESCUING
E E
HH getting hit.
H
H T
T T
T
Instant Kill 3000 Kill an enemy with a single
combo or attack.
S
MM Obliteration Technique 3000 Kill an enemy with an
E
T
IT
AA
Obliteration Technique.
J
N
IN Ultimate Technique 1 2000 Kill an enemy with an Ultimate
NN
Technique 1.
Y
R
Ultimate Technique 2 5000 Kill an enemy with an Ultimate
N OO
Technique 2.
OO P
P NN
AA I
E
W
E N
W
N Enemy Kill 1000 Kill an enemy.
D
AA
J
IN A
N N
A Combo Hit Total x 10 Perform a combo.
NN
There are no items in Team Mission mode, but enemies drop
G
PARTNERING WITH Essence in the same way they do during the main game, and
A N
N
JA I
N
N
N N
I I
N
N A
AI
AI VS. MULTIPLAYER
MULTIPLAYER occasionally Essence will randomly appear. If either character
dies, the other can rescue them by getting close to their
R
R
T
T
CO-OP lifeless body and pressing o. You can only rescue another
player while your character is in a neutral state. If you are in
S a blocking stance, or in the middle of an attack you cannot
A E
A E
J I
N M
N E
I
M rescue another player.
N
N NN
E
E
On Acolyte and Warrior missions there is no limit to the
number of times you or your partner can be rescued. However,
S
if one character is not rescued within 10 seconds, they can no
N
M
M OO longer be rescued and the game is over. During Mentor, Master
A I
A
E S Ninja and Ultimate Ninja missions, you and your partner can
T S
T IS
MM
only die up to five times before the mission is a failure.
E
H
H
T
T
F A
J
A
PARTNER CHARACTER
CHARACTER
O
O N The Team Mission mode was designed with cooperative
IN Hayabusa is the best character to use in Team Mission mode
H
H N
T N play in mind. As the name suggests, you cannot play these
A
P
P missions solo. Either you select a computer-controlled because he has the widest variety of weaponry and the most
partner, or you can take the game online and find someone attacks and combos for each weapon. He has an answer to
S almost every situation presented in Team Mission mode. While
E
L
T
to play with. Unfortunately, if you’re stuck with a comput-
T
A
you can play as two Hayabusa characters, when playing with
B
B
S er-controlled
time completingpartner, you and
missions will earning
have a much more difficult
gold medals. This a computer-controlled partner you may want to mix things up
S
O
O and add a little variety.
B
B is especially true on the Master Ninja and Ultimate Ninja
missions, where the difficulty is pumped up to the extreme. Hayabusa
& S
&
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T If you have a human-controlled partner, you can coor-
S T
S
dinate attacks and let the other person know where you’re
L at, what you’re fighting and how much health you have. The
L
U E
K S computer-controlled partner does not do any of this, and if
S
S A
L B
A A
A A they die more than five times on any missions other than
T T
S A
Y D
D Ultimate, the game is over. On Acolyte, Warrior,
R
C
C
and Mentor missions, a skilled player can make it
through with gold medals despite the limitations
50 of the computer-controlled partner. However, on

T
TEAM
EAM MISSIONS
I
N
Once you have unlocked all of Hayabusa’s weapons for Team Rachel T
R
O
Mission mode, you’ll find there is no other character that D
U
can handle the waves of enemies better. With four levels of C
T
I
O
combos for each melee weapon and two different projectile N
weapons to choose from, the other three characters simply
T
T
don’t compare to Hayabusa. Even if you aren’t versed with his T H
H
T
H H
E E
many weapons, the Dragon Sword or True Dragon Sword are N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
more than enough to complete each mission and are superior J O
A O
A
F
in almost every way to Ayane, Momiji and Rachel’s melee
weapons. Even the computer-controlled Hayabusa acts more
N
N
like a human player than any of the other three. I
N
N
J
A
A
Ayane I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Rachel is your best bet if you need a computer-controlled
N
N
partner and you want someone other than Hayabusa. She has A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
good attack range, plays smarter than Ayane and Momiji, and W
N E
N E
survives longer when facing off against hordes of opponents. N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Her arsenal of attacks is still limited, making her fall short of R
Y
Hayabusa, but she’s the best option outside of the super Ninja.
T
T
RECOMMENDED R N
R
A N
I
N N
N
I
N
J
MELEE WEAPON I
N A
N
G
A
Unless otherwise stated in the “Mission Analysis” section of

this chapter, the Dragon Sword and True Dragon Sword are E
E
Ayane’s short range and limited attack power make her the N N
N N
the best weapons for virtually every mission. This is because E I
M N
M N
worst choice of the three new characters for almost every I
E A
E
J
A
almost all missions force you to fight against a variety of S
mission. In addition, the computer-controlled Ayane doesn’t
opponents and the two Dragon Swords are the best all-around
seem to know what to do in any situation and almost always
weapons in the game. Some enemies are better fought with
dies faster than any other character. Her only saving graces a weapon that has a higher attack power such as the Eclipse M
M
are a power ninpo spell and her Flash Kunai, but with a lim- I T
S
S T
Scythe or Enma’s Fang, but these weapons fall short of the S E
A
A
ited ability to use ninpo without the aide of Ki-replenishing I
O
O M M
Dragon Swords when facing a mob of angry Melee Ninja, or N
items, and the fact that most ninpo usage will be a combined S
any other agile opponent. It’s rare to find missions where the
ninpo spell, this isn’t enough to put her above the other
Eclipse Scythe or Enma’s Fang work well against every
characters. P
P
opponent you face. A
N T
N H
H
I
Momiji N O
N
A
A
O
J F
RECOMMENDED T
T
H
H
E
PROJECTILE WEAPON B
B
O
O
The Fiend’s Bane Bow should be your most often used projec- S
S
B
B
A
T
tile weapon.
in the It can view,
first-person interrupt
manyattacks
flyingfrom faster enemies,
opponents and
can be taken T
L
E
S
down with a single shot. Momiji’s Heavensong Bow is virtu-
ally identical to Hayabusa’s Fiend’s Bane Bow, and Ayane’s
T S
T S
Flash Kunai work well to stun opponents and give you a R E
R
O C
P R
moment to regroup, but Rachel’s Type 666 Heavy Machine H E
T
E S
I
E
Gun doesn’t have enough firepower to make up for the slow S &
&
rate at which she can shoot.
Momiji has more reach than Ayane and tends to play smarter C
C
R
D Y
D
when controlled by the computer, but she’s still lacking in A S
T T
A A
A A
weaponry and combat experience. Her limited assortment of B L
A S
S
S K
attacks and slower attack speed do not help her during the E U
L
L
hectic battles of
can overcome TeamofMission
many mode. While
these adversities witha sheer
human player
skill, the
computer-controlled Momiji does not do much, aside from
51
getting in the way.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO ENEMY PRIORITY
T
C
U
D
Enemy Priority
O
R
T
R If you and your partner use ninpo at the same time in Melee Ninja 1
N
IN
I close proximity, it creates a combined ninpo that has a Tactical Ninja 1
F
wide radius of attack and inflicts significant damage on Lesser Fiend 1
AA
O
O N
Y JN most enemies. A computer-controlled partner automati- Flying Demon 2
A
A I
W
W NN cally uses ninpo when you do as long as they’re not in
E E
HH
Water Demon 2
H
H T
T T
T
the middle of another action. Make sure you’re close to
your computer-controlled partner if you want to use Beastman 2
S a combined ninpo attack. For best results in attaining a Worm Fiend 2
MM Bone Scorpion 2
E combined ninpo with a computer-controlled partner, use
T
IT
A
J
A ninpo immediately after rescuing them or being rescued. Spiny Fiend 2
N
IN
NN Ninja Dog 2
Demon Spawn 3
Y
R
N OO
RECOMMENDED
R EC OM M EN DED NINPO
N IN P O Half-Dragon Demon 3
OO P
P NN
A
E
A I
E N
In most cases you will use the combination ninpo spell, which Light Artillery Ninja 3
N
WW
AA
D is the same no matter who your partner is or which ninpo
J
IN A
N N
A spells you select. However, in the off chance you use a stand- Ninpo Ninja 4
NN Marionette Demon 4
alone ninpo spell, Hayabusa’s Art of the Inferno is the best
because it targets three enemies at a time. In almost every
Chainsaw Bazooka Zombie 4
G
A N
N
JA I mission you face large numbers of opponents, so the more Mecha Soldier 4
NN N
N
I I
NN A
R
R enemies you can hit with a single ninpo spell the better. Ayane’s Heavy Artillery Ninja 4
T
T
Art of the Raging Mountain God ninpo is also good for this Boss 5
purpose, but its lack of range is slightly limiting. Momiji’s
S Art of the Crimson Lotus ninpo is identical to the Art of the
A E
A E
J I Inferno, and Rachel’s Magic of Raging Aphrodite ninpo has
N M
N EM
I
N
N NN the worst range of them all.
E
E
Enemy priority is rated on a scale of 1 to 5, with 1
being the lowest priority and 5 being the highest.
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A Combined ninpo
E S
T S
T IS
MM
BOSS ENCOUNTERS
At the end of some missions you will battle against a boss
E character. These boss fights are almost exactly the same as
H
H
T
T when you encountered the bosses during the main game.
F A
J
A
O
O N
IN However, this time around, you do not have any items to
H
H N
T N
A
P
P ENEMY PRIORITY
PRIORITY help you through the fight, and in some cases you must fight
against multiple bosses at once. Unless otherwise noted, follow
The main strategy when playing through a vast major- the strategies in the “Boss Battles” chapter to make it through
S
E
L ity of the missions is to prioritize the enemy targets. You
T each boss encounter.
T
A
B
B will
S
but ifbeyou
facing a multitude
let the of opponents
most dangerous from
enemies every you’ll
wander, angle,
MISSION
M ISSION ANALYSIS
S
O
O
B
B have a much more difficult time surviving and earning
gold medals. Take out the most dangerous opponents first,
& S
& then focus on the weaker enemies. Some enemies, such as Most missions can be completed with a gold medal by
S E
IE
T H
E P the Spiny Fiends, are easy to defeat, but dangerous if left focusing on defeating enemies following the priority chart
R O
C R
E TR alone, therefore they have a higher priority rating than and using Obliteration and Ultimate Techniques instead of big
S T
S
some other enemies, whom you might assume would be combos. However, there are some missions that require more
L more dangerous. in-depth strategy.
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
52

T
TEAM
EAM MISSIONS
I
N
T
R
ACOLYTE 01 WARRIOR 01 O
D
U
Description: Seek and destroy the Black Spider Ninja! Description: Destroy the giant statue on the rooftop platform! C
T
I
O
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Projectile Ninja Enemies: Melee Ninja, Light Artillery Ninja, Giant Statue (Boss) N
ACOLYTE 02 WARRIOR 02 T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
Description: Eliminate the Tactical Ninja! Description: Smash the Giant Statue! N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
Enemies: Ninja Dogs, Tactical Ninja, Light Artillery Ninja Enemies: Lesser Demons, Statue of Liberty (Boss) A O
A O
F
ACOLYTE 03 WARRIOR 03 N
N
I
Description: Eliminate the Black Spider Ninja from the Castle of Description: Destroy the giant Fiend in the Colosseum! N
N
J
A
A
the Dragon! Enemies: Water Demons, Bone Scorpions, Undead Monster (Boss) I
T
T
E
M
M
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Projectile Ninja, Ninpo Ninja S
WARRIOR 04 N
N
ACOLYTE 04 Description: Destroy the Greater Fiend of Lightning! I
N
N
A J
A
N A A
Description: Destroy the Fiends from the Underworld! Enemies: Lesser Fiends, Alexei (Boss)
D W
N E
N E
N A
I A
Enemies: Lesser Demons, Demon Spawns N P
O
O O
P O
N
R
ACOLYTE 05 WARRIOR 05 Y
Description: Eliminate the Greater Fiend of Blood!
Description: Eliminate the Werewolves! Enemies: Melee Ninja, Ninpo Ninja, Water Demons, T
T
R N
R
A N
Enemies: Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies, Flying Demons, Beastmen Elizébet (Boss) I
N N
N
I
N
I J
N A
N A
G
WARRIOR 06
Description: Destroy the Dragon on the snowfield!
For this mission, go against the enemy priority chart Enemies: Tactical Ninja, Light Artillery Ninja, Fire Dragon (Boss) E
E
N N
N N
E I
and take out the Flying Demons first, before focusing M N
M N
I J
WARRIOR 07 E A
E A
on the other enemies. Use the Fiend’s Bane Bow and S
first-person view to defeat them with a single arrow. Description: Exterminate the Fiends amidst the skyscrapers!
Enemies: M
M
Ninja
Fiends, Global
Dogs, Water Demons, Lesser Demons, Spiny
Fiend (Boss) I T
S
S T
S E
ACOLYTE 06 I
O
O M
A
A
M
Description: Cleanse the City of Water of Fiends!

WARRIOR 08 N
S
Description: Smash the winged Greater Fiend!

Enemies: Lesser Demons, Water Demons
Enemies: Lesser Fiends, Zedonius (Boss) P
P
A
ACOLYTE 07 N T
N
I
H
H
Description: Hunt and destroy all forces on the flying fortress! WARRIOR 09 N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
Description: Eliminate the evil Ninja from the City of Water! H
H
E
Enemies: Light Artillery Ninja, Tactical Ninja, Mecha Soldiers
Enemies: Projectile Ninja, Melee Ninja, Tengu Brothers (Boss)
ACOLYTE 08 B
B
O
O
S
S
Description: Eliminate all Tactical Ninja
B
B
A
T
Enemies: Tactical Ninja, Light Artillery Ninja T
L
E
S
ACOLYTE 09 Clear the Projectile Ninja lining the second floor of
the surrounding buildings before focusing on the Melee
Description: Eliminate all Black Spider Ninja! T S
T
R E
R
S
Ninja. During the boss battle, focus on one boss until he O C
P R
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Projectile Ninja is defeated, then move on to the other boss. Ignore the H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Projectile Ninja during boss battle and defeat them after
ACOLYTE 10
both bosses have been defeated.
Description: Seek and destroy Fiends in the ruins! C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
Enemies: Lesser Demons, Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies, T T
A A
A A
B L
Marionette Demons, Spiny Fiends A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
53

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T Ninpo does not work on Evil Genshin, so feel free to use
N
IN
I WARRIOR 10
it all before the boss battle.
F Description: Destroy the Black Spider Fiend!
AA
O
O N
JN MENTOR 05
Y
A
A I
NN
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Mid-Boss Shadow Ninja Rasetsu (2), Final
W
W
E E
HH
Boss Shadow Ninja Rasetsu (2) Description: Destroy the pair of giant Fiends!
H
H T
T T
T
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Ninpo Ninja, Demon Spawn, Half-Dragon
Demon, Giant Brute Fiend (2) (Boss)
S
MM
E
T
IT This battle starts off with a fight against several Melee
AA
J Ninja and two mid-boss Shadow Ninja Rasetsus similar
N
IN
NN to the version fought in Chapter 2. Defeat them and In this mission, more so than most others, it is essential to
two boss Shadow Ninja Rasetsus appear with several kill the Half-Dragon Demons and Ninpo Ninjas as quickly
Y
R
N OO more Melee Ninja. These Shadow Ninja Rasetsus are as possible or your computer-controlled partner will die .
OO P
P NN
AA I similar to the version fought at the end of Chapter 1,
EE N
N At the end of the mission, focus on one Giant Brute Fiend
WW
D
AA but significantly more powerful. Let your partner fight
J
IN A
N N
A
one Shadow Ninja Rasetsu while you fight the other, at a time.
NN
just keep an eye on your partner’s health gauge. With MASTER NINJA 01
G
N
N
Hayabusa, wait for the Melee Ninja and bosses to get Description: Eliminate all Fiends in the Colosseum!
A
JA I close together, then use the Izuna Drop combo on the
NN N
I I
N
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Ninpo Ninja, Heavy Artillery Ninja, Genshin
NN A
R
R Melee Ninja to damage the bosses.
T
T
MENTOR 01
S
A E
A
J I
E Description: Eliminate all Black Spider Ninja! Before the battle against Genshin, a chest with Blue
N M
N EM
I Essence appears. If you are playing with a computer-con-
N
N NN
E
E Enemies: Melee Ninja, Ninpo Ninja, Projectile Ninja
trolled partner, it is very important that watch your health
gauge and take as little damage as possible during the first
S
wave of enemies. When the chest appears, open it, then
N
Do not use ninpo until at least the third wave of enemies. quickly jump away so your partner receives all of the Blue
M
M OO
A I
A
E S Essence. Be very cautious because missiles and throws
T S
T IS At this point the battle becomes much more difficult
MM inflict 50 percent damage to your character.
because your health gauge is running low and the enemies
are relentless.
E
MASTER NINJA 02
H
H
T
T
F A
J
A MENTOR 02 Description: Destroy the dragons flying in the canyon!
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N Description: Exterminate all Tactical Ninja. Enemies: Final Boss Shadow Ninja Rasetsu (2), Flying Demons
A
P
P
Enemies: Tactical Ninja, Worm Fiends, Spiny Fiends, Chainsaw
S
E
Bazooka Zombies
L
T
T A combined ninpo mainly takes out the Flying Demons. It
A
B
B
S has very little effect on the Shadow Ninja Rasetsus.
S
O
O
B
B
This is a very shor t mission. To earn a gold star you must MASTER NINJA 03
kill each enemy as quickly as possible.
& S
&
Description: Destroy all Greater Fiends!
S E
IE
T H
E P Enemies: Alexei
R O
C R
MENTOR 03
E TR
S T
S
Description: Exterminate the Fiends in the city!
L
L
Enemies: Tactical Ninja, Heavy Artillery Ninja, Giant Brute
U E Ninpo has no effect on Alexei, and blocking many of his
K S Fiend (Boss)
S
S A
L B attacks results in taking significant damage. Stay as close as
A A
A A
T T
S A
MENTOR 04 possible to prevent him from using his long-range attacks.
Y D
D
R
C
C Description: Defeat the fallen Ninja, Genshin! Using Reverse Wind to evade his combo attack, then
Enemies: Tactical Ninja, Light Artillery Ninja, Evil Genshin (Boss) immediately unleash a combo. If he uses his Whirlwind at-
tack, use a ninpo to avoid it without taking damage.
54

T
TEAM
EAM MISSIONS
I
N
T
MASTER NINJA 04 R
O
D
Description: Defeat 100 Fiends! U
C
T
I
Enemies: Melee Ninja, Tactical Ninja, Demon Spawns, Water Take out the Melee Ninja as soon as possible, then each O
N
Demons, Light Artillery Ninja, Heavy Artillery Ninja, Beastmen player should focus on a different Giant Statue.
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
ULTIMATE NINJA 04 N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
The red Water Demons are so powerful that a single Description: Defeat the mysterious Master Ninja! A O
A O
F
Izuna Drop will not defeat them. Enemies: Master Ninja (2) (Boss)
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
MASTER NINJA 05 I
T
T
E
M
M
Description: Eliminate all Fiends from ground and sky! This is a special battle against two clones of Hayabusa. S
Enemies: Genshin, Elizébet One clone is using a Level 3 Dragon Sword, while the N
N
A I
A N
N
other is using Level 3 Falcon’s Talons. Both clones have all N J
A
A
D W
of the abilities Hayabusa has, but inflict significantly more N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
damage than Hayabusa.To defeat them it is imperative that
P
O
O O N
O
Each player should focus on a separate enemy and keep you play as defensively as possible and use the counterat- R
Y
them as far apart as possible. tack to inflict most of your damage. If you’re playing with
a computer-controlled partner, stay close or else your T
T
R N
R
partner will not rescue you. If you’re playing with a human A N I
ULTIMATE NINJA 01 I
N N
N
I
N
J
partner, each of you should fight a different clone and N A
N A
G
Description: Defeat the four Greater Fiends! keep them far away from each other.
Enemies: Alexei, Elizébet, Volf, Zedonius
ULTIMATE NINJA 05 E
E
N N
N N
Description: Destroy the mysterious Master Ninja! E I
M N
M N
J
I
E A
E A
Enemies: Master Ninja (3) (Boss) S
Play extremely defensively by attacking only when an
opening is clearly visible. Otherwise you should be block-
ing and using the Reverse Wind technique to avoid the M
M
I T
S
S T
plethora of attacks that constantly rain down from the This is very similar to Ultimate Ninja mission 04, except S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
four opponents. that now you must battle against three clones of Hayabusa. N
S
One clone is using a Level 3 Dragon Sword, another is
ULTIMATE NINJA 02 using Level 3 Falcon’s Talons, and the third is using a vari- P
P
A
Description: Exterminate the Black Spider Ninja Clan! ant of the Dragon’s Claw and Tigers Fang. All three clones N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
have all of the abilities Hayabusa has, but inflict significantly O
J
Enemies: Projectile Ninja, Shadow Ninja Rasetsu, Tengu Brother A F
A
T
T
more damage than Hayabusa. To defeat them you must H
H
E
(1), Melee Ninja play as defensively as possible and use the counterattack
to inflict most of your damage. B
B
O
O
S
S
If you’re playing with a human partner, each of you
B
B
A
T
Ignore the Projectile Ninja in the first wave and focus should fight a different clone and keep them far away from T
L
each other. If you’re playing with a computer-controlled E
exclusively on the Shadow Ninja Rasetsu. Once he has S
been defeated, take out the Projectile Ninja. When the partner, this mission is nearly impossible because there’s
single Tengu Brother appears, use a combined ninpo to no way to defend your partner without dying yourself, and T S
T S
R E
R
if your partner dies more than five times, the mission is a O C
eliminate the Melee Ninja that appear with him. In many P R
H E
T
cases, several Melee Ninja will drop Blue Essence after the failure. Your only hope is to draw the attention away from E S
I
E
S &
&
combined ninpo. your partner and fight all three Master Ninja at the same
time, which is extraordinarily difficult. You must counterat- C
C
R
tack as many attacks as possible, while avoiding any throw D Y
D
A S
attempts, which will kill you in a single attack. T T
ULTIMATE NINJA 03 A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
Description: Smash the Giant Statues! E U
L
L
Enemies: Giant Statue (2) (Boss)
55

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
path of the ninja

C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A I
A
W
W N
E E
H
N
H
BASICS
H
H T
T T
T
The details for each new enemy appearance provide a
Ninpo
in ma magicc
S quick summary of the enemy. For complete information
MM is a very
E on each enemy, refer to the “Ninja Enemies” chapter. In
T
IT
AA powerful
J addition, the contents of containers and corpses may
N
IN tool. It can
NN change if you already hold the maximum quantity of
be used to
the item.
Y
R
get Hayabusa
N OO
OO P out of almost
P NN
AA I
EE N
N any situation.
WW
D
AA
IN A
J N
A However,
CHAP T
TER OCITY
NE:
NE:
N
NN the number of times ninpo can be used is limited by the Ki
gauge and the number of Devil’s Way Mushroom items avail- SKY TOKYO
G able. Therefore, the only time ninpo usage is recommended
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N throughout this chapter is when it is needed to complete the
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T task at hand.
Sky City Tokyo Details
A
S
E
E
ESSENCE AND ITEM
JA I
N
I
N
N M
M
E
N N
N
CALLOUTS
E
E
There are Muramasa Shops and Earth Statues scattered
throughout the game. You can purchase health and ninpo
S items at shops and replenish your health at Earth Statues.
N
M
M OO However, Hayabusa can only carry a limited number of items.
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS In each chapter there are multiple locations where items can
MM
be found or health restored without the need to spend hard- Crystal Skulls: 2
earned Yellow Essence. The locations of all health items, as
E Items: Devil’s Way Mushroom, Grains of Spiritual Life,
H
H well as Blue and Red Essence, are indicated in the sidebar of
T
T Herb of Spiritual Life, Life of the Gods, Lives of the
F A
JA each chapter. If you find yourself in a tight spot and ready to
O
O I
NN Thousand Gods
H
H N use ninpo, check the sidebar to see where the next batch of
T N
A
P
P Red Essence can be found. Likewise, if you find yourself at a Ninpo: Art of the Inferno
Muramasa Shop, check the sidebar to see where you can get Weapons: Dragon Sword, Lunar Staff
S
E the next few health items to determine how many supplies
L
T Techniques: Escape, Flying Bird, Flying Swallow, Furious
T need to be purchased.
A
B
B
S Wind, Obliteration, Reverse Wind, Shadowless Footsteps,
S Ultimate
O
O
B
B
CHAPTER DETAILS New Enemies: Melee Ninja, Ninpo Ninja, Projectile
At the start of each chapter is a list of details about the Ninja
&
& S
S E
IE
chapter. These details provide a brief overview of the chapter,
T H Boss: Shadow Ninja Rasetsu
E P
R O
C R
E TR
including the first in-game appearance of items, weapons,
S T
S
ninpo magic, techniques, and enemies, as well as the number
L
of maps for the chapter and any sub- or final bosses. The
L The game opens with a brief cinematic followed by a battle
U E number of Crystal Skulls obtained in the chapter is also listed
K S
S
S A against Melee Ninja. Defeat the first set of Ninja to see another
L B here. These details are followed by specific information on
A A
A A
T T any new enemies found in the chapter. cinematic followed by a second battle against Melee Ninja.
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
56

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
Defeat them and head to the left side of the store to find a T
R
First Appearance: Melee Ninja container that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
O
D
U
C
T
Abilities: Kamikaze, I
O
N
Projectile Attack
T
T
Strategy: The basic T H
H
T
H H
E E
Melee Ninja is the most N W
N
I A
A
common enemy in the N Y
N
J
A O
A O
game. The Melee Ninja F
attack with either a
standard katana, similar N
N
I
N
N
to the Dragon Sword, or J
A
A
a claw weapon similar to I
T
T
E
the Falcon’s Talons. They M
M
S
do not have any notable
abilities, aside from a N
N
A I
A N
N
kamikaze attack that N J
D A
A
Turn around and head to the left, past the store. Break the W
is used at close range N E
N E
baskets on the left, just before the gate, to reveal Yellow N A
I
N A
P
when they are wounded and the ability to throw shurik- P
O
O O N
O
ens. When fighting against multiple Melee Ninja, pay close Essence. Continue through the gate and to the left, down the R
Y
attention to any enemies that have missing limbs, as their stairs. More Ninja appear at the bottom of the stairs. Defeat
kamikaze attack cannot be blocked. You must either use them and continue down the stairs until you reach the door at T
T
R N
R
the Reverse Wind to dodge the attack, or finish off the the end of the pathway. A N I
I
N N
N N
opponent with an Obliteration Technique or any standard I
N A
N
J
A
attack. From Chapter 6 onward, Melee Ninja gain the An Earth Statue is found to the left of the door. Save your G
ability to use explosive shurikens. progress, replenish your health, and continue through the door
and to the left. Another batch of Ninja attack here.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
4 S
13
13 13
13
1
M
M
8 I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
^ 9 I
O
O M M
12 N
S
6 ^
1 13
13
M A P  K E Y 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
P
P
A
10
10 N T
1 N
1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e 1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
H
H
^
I
N O
N O
J F
2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e 1 3  T e c h n i q u e
12 15
15 A
A
T
T
8 3  D e v i l Õ s  W a y  M u s h r o o m 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
H
H
8 13
13 E
13
13
^
71
^ 4  E a r t h  S t a t u e 1 5  A r t  o f  t h e  I n f e r n o  n i n p o
4 B
B
5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p 1 6  L u n a r  S t a f f
O
O
S
16 11
11 S
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s * F i r s t  F l o o r
4 1
B
B
A
7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d  G o d s ^  S e c o n d  F l o o r
T
10
10 3 8 8 T
L
8 E
8  Y e l l o w  E s s e n c e
9  B l u e  E s s e n c e 4 8 S
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
14
14
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
1 P R
H E
T
8 13
13 E S
I
E
5 S &
&
2 4
C
C
8 R
^
D Y
D
1 A S
T T
14
4 8
8 A A
A A
B L
14
14
^ ^
13
13 A S
S
14
14 S K
^
E U
8 L
9 ^
L
1 11
11
8
8 ^
57
57

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
Jump down to the bottom of the area to find another horde
U
D of Ninja. Continue into the next room to find a container that
O
RR holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
T
N
IN
I Defeat them and continue down the hallway to the
next room. Break the basket and barrels to the left of the
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN In the center of the room at the far end is another container. c
container to obtain Yellow Essence. Then ascend
A I
A the stairs on the right side of the room. Go up two
th
W
W NN
E E Open the container to find Blue Essence that replenishes flights of stairs to find a container in the middle of
fli
H H
H TH
T T
T your health. the area on the left. The container holds the Art of the Inferno
ninpo. As soon as you obtain the ninpo, several Ninja attack.
S
M
E
M Defeat them and head up the next flight of stairs. At the top
T
IT of the stairs is another container that holds Red Essence.
AA
J
N
IN
NN Open the container and pass through the door
on the right. As soon as you move through the
Y
R door, throw several Shurikens to hit the incoming
N OO
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
Ninja.
i Defeat the enemies and use Shadowless
EE N
N
WW
D
Footsteps to pass the hole in the floor. If you drop down the
AA
IN A
J
N N
A hole, go up the ladder on the left. Head up the stairs to find
NN
more Ninja. Defeat them and continue down the hallway.
Jump across the hole in the floor to the pole and swing across
G
A N
A N
J I
to the opposite side. If you fall down, use the boxes like stairs
N
N N
N Turn right and head down the next hallway to find another group
I I to climb back up to the top.
N A
N R
R
T
T of Ninja. Defeat them and use the Technique of Shadowless
Footsteps to cross the hole in the floor. If you fall down the Examine the corpse just beyond the hole for an explanation
hole, open the container in the corner for information on the of the Obliteration Technique and continue down the hallway
S
E
E Technique of Shadowless Footsteps and climb the ladder on to find more enemies. Defeat the Ninja and take a left at the
A
JA I
N
IN M
M
E the side of the room to get back up to the top of the area. end of the hallway to find another save point. Examine the
NN N
N
E
E corpse in front of the save point for an explanation of the
Cross the hole and take a left at the end of the hallway. Flying Bird Technique. Use the new technique to scale the
Continue ahead to find a container at the end of the hallway.
S Open it to find an explanation of the Reverse Wind Tech- upward corridor to the right of the save point.
N Begin attacking as soon as you reach the top of the cor-
M
M OO nique. On the left side of the next room is another container
A I
A
E S ridor, as a group of Ninja await you. Take out the enemies and
T S
T IS that holds a Lives of the Thousand Gods item.
MM cross the bridge. Break the barrel at the end of the bridge and
Head out of continue to the left to find another group of Ninja.
E the room and to
H
H Defeat them and drop down into the water. Head to the left
T
T the right side of
F A
JA
O
O I
NN the balcony. A and defeat the enemies at the end of the waterway. Continue
H
H N
T N to the left at the intersection to the elevated platform on the
A
P
P
Crystal Skull is
on the rooftop far-left side of the waterway. In the left corner is a container
S across from you. that holds a Life of the Gods item.
E
L
T Jump from the Head back
T
A
B
B
S right side of the the way you
S
O
O balcony where the ledge sticks out to reach the rooftop and came, pass
B
B
acquire the Skull. Use the Flying Swallow Technique if you under the
have problems making the jump. bridge, and
&
& S
S E
IE continue to
T H
E P
R O the boat at
C RR
E T
S T
S the end of the
waterway.
L
L Open the container on the boat to find an Herb of
U E
K S
S
S A Spiritual Life.
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
58

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
Head to the T
R
far side of this O
D
U
tree and scale C
T
I
O
it to reach the N
platform above.
Continue across T
T
T H
H
T
H H
the platform to E E
N W
N
I A
A
reach the Ninja N Y
N
J
A O
A O
with the explod- F
ing arrows. Defeat him and grab the Crystal Skull on the
N
N
same platform. I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
Go back the other direction and head up the stairs on the E
M
M
S
right. Head back across the bridge and to the left, traveling
down the path. At the end of the path, turn right to initiate a N
N
A I
A N
N
cinematic. Afterward, descend down the stairs to find N J
D A
A
W
more Ninja. N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
First Appearance: Projectile Ninja Y
T
T
Abilities: Kamikaze, R N
R
A N I
I
N N N
Projectile Attack N
I J
N A
N A
G
Strategy: Projectile
Ninja are very similar Jump down and continue on your way. Just after the end of
to Melee Ninja. In the stairs there is a ladder on the right. Head down the ladder
E
E
fact, at close range, and open the container below to find Blue Essence. N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
they pull out a I
E A
E
J
A
Move down the hallway, avoiding the shuriken S
katana and fight
almost exactly like a thrown by the Ninja above. When you pass under
th
Melee Ninja. How- them, several Ninja appear behind you. Defeat the
ever, it’s at a distance Ninja and open the container at the far end of the M
M
I T
S
S T
where these enemies hall to find another Life of the Gods item. Return to the ladder S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
are most deadly. Take and climb up to the top. N
S
out any Projectile
Two more Ninja are ahead, followed by another pole jump.
Ninja first, when you
encounter a group of More Ninja attack after you make the jump. Defeat them and P
P
A
continue on to another pole jump and a save point. N T
N H
H
Ninja, to avoid their attacks. Once they have seen Hayabu- I
N O
N O
sa, they begin to shoot flaming arrows at him. They do not J F
A
A
T
T
cease firing until Hayabusa closes in on them. At this point, H
H
E
they pull out a katana and use a technique similar to the
Reverse Wind to get out of melee range and escape back B
B
O
O
If you fall down to the level below while fighting these S
to projectile range, where their flaming arrows are deadly. S
Ninja, the first set of Ninja you defeated will respawn
Use the Reverse Wind or Flying Swallow to catch them if B
B
A
T
they move out of melee range. When Projectile Ninja lose and attack again. T
L
E
a limb, they may crawl on the ground, but will still shoot S
projectiles if left alone. Also, they have the same kamikaze Save your progress and turn around find a ladder in the
attack as the Melee Ninja. Finish them off quickly once opening on the left. Climb the ladder and open the container T S
T S
R E
R
they’ve been injured. O C
on the right to find an Herb of Spiritual Life. P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Continue in the opposite direction and examine
the corpse for an explanation of the Flying
A Projectile Ninja is on the platform over the pathway that C
C
Swallow Technique. Continue down the hallway
S R
D Y
D
shoots exploding arrows. Head back around the corner to A S
to
o the next open area. Another group of Ninja T T
A A
A A
gain cover from the Projectile Ninja. Quickly defeat the Ninja B L
attack here. Included in this group is the first A S
S
S K
on the ground and move ahead to the second tree on the E U
appearance of Ninpo Ninja. L
L
right side of the path.
59

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O First Appearance: Ninpo Ninja
RR
T
N
IN
I
Abilities: Flame Column, Move to the far
F Projectile Attack, left side.
A
O
O N
Y J Teleportation
A I
A The Giant Statue
W
W N
E E Strategy: Anytime you uses multiple close-
H H
H
T T
T range and long-range
encounter a Ninpo Ninja,
take this enemy out before attacks. At any point in time during the fight, the Giant
S
you focus on the other Statue pulls its hands close to its chest and multiple verti-
MM
E cal pillars of light sprout from the ground. Use a continu-
T
IT enemies in the area. Ninpo
A
J
A Ninja have the ability to ous Reverse Wind Technique to avoid this Light Pillar
N
IN attack.
NN shoot flaming projectiles
from long range, as well as
Y
R create a column of flame
N OO The Giant Statue
OO P that heavily damages
P NN
AA I
EE N
N Hayabusa. However, they moves its hands
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A only use these attacks close to its chest ...
NN when they are left alone,
as both attacks take time
G to execute. When you approach them, they may teleport
A N
A N
J I away to give themselves more time to use their ninpo
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
magic. In this instance, use the Flying Swallow to catch
T
T ... then pillars of
them while they attempt an escape.
light sprout from
the ground.
S
A E
E
JA I If the Giant Statue
N
IN M
M
E
A mid-boss battle follows this attack, so maintaining a
NN N
N rotates both hands
E
E decent amount of health is important. If you need to, use
in a large circle with a light behind it, prepare for the
ninpo here because the mid-boss battle is relatively easy Flame Beam attack. A red beam of light shoots across the
S
and Redthe
Defeat Essence can
Ninja to be found
trigger just afterfollowed
a cinematic the mid-boss
by a battle. screen. Watch its path because a trail of flame follows
N shortly after the red beam. Stay away from the path of the
M
M O
A I
A mid-boss battle against a Giant Statue. beam to avoid the flames that follow.
E S
T S
T I
M
Mid-Boss Battle: Giant Statue Both hands rotate in

E
H
H
T
T
a circle with a light
F A
J Close-Range Abilities: behind the Giant
O
O I
N
H
H N Hand Sweep, Hand Slam
T Statue ...
A
P
P Long-Range Abilities:
Flame Beam, Light Pillar
S
E
L Recommended Weapon:
T
T
A ... then a red beam
B
B
S Dragon Sword, Level 1 shoots across the
S
O
O Strategy: Feel free to use
B
B screen ...
ninpo against the Giant
Statue if you did not use
&
& S it all against the Ninja you
S E
IE
T H
E P fought just before this mid-
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
boss battle. If you do not
have any ninpo remaining, ... followed by a trail
L do not worry because this mid-boss is relatively easy to of flame.
L
U E defeat. When the mid-boss appears, move the far-left side,
K S
S
S A
L B just to the left of his hand.This position avoids most of the
A A
A A
T T attacks that come from the hand on this side of the area.
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
60

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
Enter the O
D
The Giant Statue also uses both of his hands to sweep r
room, break U
C
across the area in separate, widespread Hand Sweep T
the barrels and I
O
attacks. In your current position on the far-left side of the N
basket inside
screen you can avoid many of these attacks. The Giant
and open the T
T
T H
H
T
H H
Statue alsothe
uses E E
hand into airaand
Hand Slam
then attack,
slams it to in
thewhich it raises
ground. one
All of c
container at the N W
N
A
A
far end to find a I
N Y
N
the Giant Statue’s attacks can be used multiple times J
A O
A O
consecutively. Grains of Spiri- F
ttual Life item.
N
N
Move out of the room and into the open area to I
N
N
Hand Slam J
A
A
battle against another horde of Ninja. The open
ba I
T
T
Use the Reverse containers around the outer edge of the area
co E
M
M
Wind technique S
periodically release Yellow Essence. Use this to
repeatedly to avoid N
N
execute the Ultimate Technique 2 multiple times and easily
the Hand Slam, then A I
A N
N
dispatch the enemies. Head to the center of the building to N J
D A
A
attack with Hayabusa’s N E
N
W
find
a container that holds Yellow Essence. E
Strong Attack combo when the hand becomes stationary N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
again. Simply wait for the hand to return to its original Continue to the left where more Ninja break down the wall R
Y
position, then attack with Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combo a attack. Defeat them and continue through the opening
and
(Strong Attack, Strong Attack). When the hand on the left ccreated by the enemies. Go right and continue down the hall- T
T
side retracts, quickly move to the right side to start on the R N
R
way to the open area on the left. Defeat the Ninja here to gain A N I
other hand. When the Giant Statue’s health bar gets low, its I
N N
N N
access to the first Muramasa Shop. This is a yellow light shop
a I J
head collapses to the ground. Quickly move around to its N A
N A
G
head and attack with Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combo to tthat only allows you to purchase items.
finish it off. Jump down
t hole to the
the E
E
N N
N N
E I
right of the
r M N
M N
I J
After the mid-boss battle, the large doors open to reveal a E A
E A
sshop, defeat the S
statue. Examine the statue to obtain the Lunar Staff weapon,
Bats and head
then save your progress at the save point on the right. Head
to the opposite side of the small room to find a container through the door
at the bottom. M
M
with Red Essence. I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Examine the I
O
O M M
N
corpse ahead to S
find another Ninja Notebook entry on Shadowless Footsteps.
Continue down the railed pathways ahead to find two more P
P
A
Ninja. Defeat them and move down to the lower section to N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
find a container that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.. O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
Move out of the room and to the right, then down the
T S
T S
stairs on the left. Examine the corpse at the bottom of the R E
R
O C
stairs for an explanation of the Ultimate Technique. P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Continue across the bridge to find another group of Fiends.
Defeat them and continue across the bridge to find another
C
C
corpse that holds a Ninja Notebook entry on the Obliteration R
Go back up and use Shadowless Footsteps to cross the D Y
D
A S
Technique. T T
opening. Head all the way to the end of the path to find a A A
A A
B L
A S
S
Head to the building across the way and examine the container that holds another Herb of Spiritual Life. S K
E U
L
corpse inside for an explanation on the Ultimate Guidance L
Technique. Just ahead and to the right of the corpse is a
scroll on the way. Attack the scroll to remove it from the wall
61
and reveal a hidden room.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
Descend back down two flights of stairs to the open room
U
D with the elevators. Move to the right of the elevators and enter
O
RR the door on the left side of the hallway. Examine the corpse to
T Open the container and go back in the direction
N
IN
I find the Ninja Notebook entry for the Flying Bird, then climb
yo came to find an opening on the left side of
you
F up the ladder on the left side of the room to find a small
AA
O
O N
Y JN th
the pathway. Drop downNinja
and examine theentry
corpse corridor. When you reach the end of the corridor, use the
A I
A on the right for another Notebook for
W
W NN Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall and reach the top.
E E
HH Furious
rious Wind.
Wi d. Continue down the pathway and Ninja attack
H
H T
T T
T from both directions. When you reach the room at the top, Ninja attack from the
left. Defeat them and move to the other side of the room to
S Take out the group of enemies and continue down the
MM find another item-only Muramasa Shop. This is the last shop
E path to trigger a cinematic. Stay alert as another group of
T
IT before the boss fight, so stock up on any health items you may
A
J
A Ninja attack as soon as the cinematic comes to an end. Take
N
IN
be lacking. A container to the left of the shop holds a Grains
NN
down the Ninja and access the save point in the room. Slice
of Spiritual Life item.
open the potted plant in the opposite corner to obtain Yellow
Y
R Essence, then pass through the door to the right of the save Head around to the opposite side of the room
N OO
OO P
P NN point. Continue to the left into the open area, then continue and through the opening in the wall to find a save
an
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
heading left to the stairs. Take the staircase on the left down point. Save your progress and continue up the
p
AA
IN A
J
N N
A to find a container at the bottom. stairs on the right. At the top of the stairs is an-
st
NN
other group
other rou of
o Ninja. Defeat them and head through the door
on the far side of the room for another cinematic that leads
G
A N
A N
J I
into a boss fight against the Shadow Ninja Rasetsu followed by
N
N N
N
I I a second boss battle against the Giant Statue again.
N A
N R
R
T
T
S
BATTLE
A
S
E
E
JA I S
S
N
I
N
N M
M
E
N N
N O
OShadow Ninja Rasetsu
E
E
B
B
S Close-Range Abilities: Unblock-
N
M
M OO able combos and single hits, as well
A I
A Open the container to find a Devil’s Way Mushroom item
E S as a throw
T S
T IS
MM
and continue up the stairs. More Ninja await at the top of the
fourth flight of stairs. Use the Flying Swallow Technique as Long-Range Abilities: Wind |
you approach the top of the stairs to gain the upper hand as Projectile Technique, Regenerating
E
H
H
T
T the battle begins. Roar, Long-Range Stomp
F A
JA
O
O I
NN Recommended Weapon: Dragon
H
H N Defeat the enemies and break open the plants on either side
T N Sword, Level 1
A of the elevators to find Yellow Essence. Return to the stairs
P
P
and continue up to find another container at the top. Open Strategy: The Flying
S
E the container to find another Herb of Spiritual Life.. Swallow technique does not work
L
T well, so rely on close-range combat
T
A
B
B
S to vanquish the Shadow Ninja. Stay
S close to prevent him from using his
O
O
B
B Wind Projectile technique. From a distance, Rasetsu consecutively
shoots multiple Wind Projectiles that inflict damage even if they
&
& S are blocked. He also pauses to roar, which slightly replenishes his
S E
IE
T H health gauge. If you allow him to stay at a distance, he jumps into
E P
R O
C R
E TR the air and comes down on top of Hayabusa or makes a mad
S T
S
rush toward you. If he uses either attack, use the Wind Run to
avoid it.
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R Wind Projectile
C
C
62

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
Long-Range Stomp I
The Giant Statue O
N
At close range, use the moves its hands close
first few attacks of the to its chest ... T
T
T H
H
T
H H
Piercing Dragon’s Fang E E
N W
N
I A
A
combo (i,i,i,i,i ), N Y
N
J
A O
A O
followed immediately by a Reverse Wind or Furious Wind. F
Many of Rasetsu’s combos can be blocked, but it is best to ... then pillars of
continuously dodge to avoid his attacks. Rasetsu also has light sprout from the N
N
I
N
N
deceptively long range with his basic melee attacks and ground. J
A
A
combos, so be cautious even if you’re outside of Hayabusa’s I
T
T
E
melee range. M
M
If the Giant Statue S
rotates both hands in a large circle with a light behind it, N

N
prepare for the Flame Beam attack again. Remember to A I
A N
N
Throw N J
D A
A
watch the path of the red beam so you know where the trail N E
N
W
E
When Rasetsu reaches of flame will erupt. N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
approximately 20apercent R
health, he takes knee Y
for a brief moment. Both hands rotate in

Use this opportunity to T
T
R N
R
a circle with a light A N
execute an Obliteration Technique and finish the fight. I
N N
N
I
N
behind the Giant I J
N A
N A
Statue ... G
S
BATTLE
S
S E
E
O
OGiant Statue ... then a red beam
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
J
I
B
B
E A
E A
S
shoots across the
screen ...
Close-Range Abilities:
Sweep, Hand Slam, Hand
Hand Throw M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
Long-Range Abilities: Flame O
O M M
N
Beam, Light Pillar S
... followed by a trail
Recommended Weapon:
of flame. P
P
Dragon Sword, Level 1 A
Use the Reverse N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
Strategy: The Giant Statue Wind technique
O
J F
A
A
attacks again, but this time it T
T
repeatedly to avoid the H
H
E
has quite a bit more health than Giant Statue’s attacks, then attack with Hayabusa’s Strong
before. It uses all of the same Attack combo when either hand becomes stationary again. B
B
attacks and adds a new throw attack. Use a similar strategy O
O
When the hand on the left side retracts, quickly move to S
S
to beat it, when it first appears, move the far left side, just to the right side to start on the other hand. When the Giant B
B
A
T
the left of his hand to avoid most of its hand attacks. If either Statue’s health bar gets to approximately 50 percent, its head T
L
hand reaches back, move toward the foreground to avoid the collapses to the ground. Quickly move around to its head
E
S
Hand Throw if it uses the attack. and attack with Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combo. If you can
deplete all of its health, an Obliteration Technique will follow, T S
T S
R E
R
however this is extremely difficult given the amount of time O C
Move to the far left P R
you have before the Giant Statue raises its head again. At H E
T
E S
I
E
side again. this point it replenishes a portion of its health gauge and the S &
&
Just like before, at any fight continues until its health is low and its head drops again.
C
C
point in time the Giant You should now be able to use an Obliteration Technique to R
D Y
D
Statue pulls its hands finish it off and complete the chapter. A S
T T
A A
A A
close to its chest and B L
A S
S
multiple vertical pillars of light sprout from the ground. Use a S K
E U
L
continuous Reverse Wind technique to avoid this Light L
Pillar attack.
63

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I M A P  K E Y
F 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A I
CHAP TEOF
T R THE
WDR :
OAGON
5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p
A
NN
W
W
E E
HH
THE CASTLE THE DRAGON 6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
H
H T
T T
T 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
S 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
MM
E
T
IT
* F i r s t  F l o o r
AA
J
N
IN
^  S e c o n d  F l o o r
NN
1
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A
J I
N
Castle of the Dragon Details
N
N
I I
N A
N R
T
Crystal Skulls: 2
Weapons: Falcon’s Talons 14
14
S Techniques: Counterattack
A E
JA I New Enemies: Ninja Dog
N
IN M
E
NN N Boss: Genshin
E 1
Maps: 6
S After
Afterr the
he cinematic
ci e atic at the start
start of
of the chapter, head straight
N
M
M O
A I
A
O
and examine the corpse to find another Ninja Notebook entry 17
17
E S
T S
T IS
MM for the Flying Swallow. Turn right after you examine the
corpse to engage a group of Melee Ninja. 11
11
4
E Defeat them and continue down the path. Head left down
H
H
T
T
F A
JA the stairs and into the open area. Look to the right to see the
O
O I
NN
H
H N first appearance of Ninja Dogs.
T N 6
A
P
P
S
First Appearance: Ninja Dog
12
^
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S Abilities: Explosive Shuriken
S
O
O Strategy: The Ninja Dogs attack quickly, so use the
B
B
Dragon Sword or Falcon’s Talons to match their speed. 1
Stay on the move as you battle against them. If you remain 14
14
&
& S
S E
IE stationary too long, they throw explosive shuriken that
T H
E P inflict moderate damage. Focus on one Ninja Dog at a time
R O
C RR
E T until each has been defeated. They are very weak in early
S T
S
chapters and it does not take many attacks to defeat them,
L
L
but they are also very evasive and, in later chapters, they
U E can take a few more hits before they die. Use quick weak 14
14
K S
S
S A
L B attacks and avoid the longer execution time of strong
A A
A A
T T attacks.
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
64

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
After the first Ninja Dog is taken care of, two more appear T
Examine the corpse on the ground for an explanation on R
O
from around the corner ahead, so be on your guard. Defeat D
the Counterattack Technique. Access the save point in the U
C
the Ninja Dogs, then access the Muramasa Shop in the corner. corner, then head up the stairs and to the left, down the T
I
O
This is the first blue-light Muramasa Shop, which allows you N
hallway to encounter a group of Ninja. A Projectile Ninja is
to perform weapon upgrades. Upgrade your Dragon Sword at the end of the hallway. Jump through the initial group to T
T
T H
H
T
H H
and purchase any items you may be running low on. take down the projectile wielder first. E E
N W
N
I A
A
Turn right at the end of the hallway and go into the build- N Y
N
J
A O
A O
ing on the right. Inside, there are two containers. The first F
container on the right holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.

Blue-light N
N
I
N
N
Muramasa At
At the end of the building is a small section that J
A
A
Shop. houses
o a new weapon, the Falcon’s Talons. I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
Pick
ck u
up the
the A I
A N
N
N J
D A
weapon and A
W
N E
N E
head toward N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
the door R
Y
to engage
Head through the door and onto the bridge to battle
a group of
against another horde of Fiends that includes several T
T
Ninja. Defeat R N
R
A N
ninpo Fiends. Defeat the Fiends and continue to the end I
N N
N
I
N
them and I J
of the bridge. There is a container on the left just before N A
N A
continue G
the next door. Open it to find another Life of the Gods
through the door you came in and into the open area to bat-
item. The door here is firmly shut, so continue back the
tle against more Ninja. Take out the Ninpo Ninja before the
way you came, past the Muramasa Shop. E
E
N N
N N
others. When all of the enemies have been killed, examine E I
M N
M N
the corpse in the middle of the area for the Ninja Notebook I
E A
E
J
A
Head to the opposite end of the open area to find another S
entry on Ultimate Guidance.
corpse and Ninja Notebook entry for Reverse Wind. Continue
past the corpse and to the left to battle another group of Continue on in the direction the Ninja attacked from. The
Ninja. Beyond the enemies is another corpse that holds an building on the left as you came out of the first building is M
M
I T
S
S T
Herb of Spiritual Life. the relic room, but the door is currently locked. Examine the S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
corpse just beyond the open area to learn of the Izuna Drop N
S
Move past the corpse and down the stairs combo, then follow the stairs until you engage two Ninja.
on the left into the water. A Crystal Skull is
o Dispatch them quickly, then head to the guard tower ahead
found just to the left of the stairs, submerged P
P
and use the Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall and de- A
N T
N H
H
underwater. feat the Projectile Ninja. Jump to the opposite guard tower to I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
find a container that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. T
T
H
H
E
Open the container and continue down the path
to find more Ninja. Quickly run back around the
to B
B
O
O
S
corner to avoid the Projectile Ninja at the end of
co S
B
B
A
T
the path. Defeat the Melee Ninja and use the
th T
L
Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall of the guard tower at E
S
the end of the path and defeat the Projectile Ninja.
Defeat the enemies and make your way farther down the T S
T S
R E
R
O C
path and up the stairs on the left. Defeat the Ninja at the top P R
H E
T
of the first flight of stairs and access the save point to save E S
I
E
S &
&
your progress. Take the stairs to the left of the save point to
Ignore the Skull for now and run along the far left edge of find a Muramasa Shop. C
C
R
D Y
D
the water to avoid attacks from the Projectile Ninja ahead. A S
T T
A A
A A
Use the Flying Swallow to take him out, then dive down to B L
A S
S
S K
retrieve the Crystal Skull. Return to the platform that the E U
L
Projectile Ninja was on and head up the pathway to battle L
more Ninja Dogs. Defeat them and continue into the next
open area.
65

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T Pass through the doorway and turn right
C
U at the top of the stairs. Do not stop moving
D
O
R
T
R here because a Projectile Ninja attacks from
N
IN
I iinside the building. You cannot engage him
F 1 14
14
right now so continue moving and examine
r
AA
O
O N
Y JN t corpse to learn about the Guillotine
the
A I
A
W
W NN Throw. Head into the small corridor on the
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
lleft, just after the doorway. There is a con-
ttainer at the end of the corridor that holds
S an Herb of Spiritual Life.
a
MM
E
T
IT
AA 9
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
11
11
G 4 Go out of the corridor and up the stairs.
A N
A N
J I When you reach the top of the stairs,
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R another group of Ninja attack. In addition
a
T
T 5
tto the Melee Ninja, Ninja Dogs appear.
Defeat them and examine the corpse in the
D
S
E
E
eentryway ahead to find the Notebook entry
A
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
M A P  K E Y
for the Ultimate Technique.
f
NN N
N
E
E 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
4  E a r t h  S t a t u e
S
N
9  B l u e  E s s e n c e
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
T S
T IS
MM 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN W
Whenen youou are r
ready y to
to continue,
on nu , he
head toto the left
lef t of the save On one side of this area is a flaming pile of wooden planks.
H
H N
T N point,
p t, into
t thee smalll corridor.
c r do . Go o to the end
n of thee corridor
orridor
A Climb the planks to the rooftop and fight against two more
P
P
and
nd use
se tthee Fly
Flyingg Bird Te Technique
ch ique to sscale
cale the wall and reach Fiends, including another Ninpo Ninja. Stay away from the
S
the top of the area. Defeat the Ninja at the top with a focus edge of the rooftop. If you fall off, the Fiends continue to
E
L on the Projectile Ninja. Ascend the stairs and examine the
T respawn every time you climb back up to the roof.
T
A
B
B
S corpse on the left to find another Ninja Notebook entry for
S Counterattack. Take the enclosed wooden pathway to another
O
O
B
B
enemy encounter. Take out the Projectile Ninja before the rest
and continue along the path. Access the container at the end
If you have trouble staying on the roof, jump through the
&
& S of this small area, to the left of the doorway. Blue Essence can
S E
IE flaming hole as soon as possible and continue the fight in
T H
E P be found inside.
R O the hallway below.
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
66

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
2 T
I
O
N
^ 
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
M A P  K E Y
A O
A O
F
4 N
N
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
3 A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
M A P  K E Y
W
N E
N E
2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
N A
I
N A
P
12 P
O
O O N
O
R
3  D e v i l Õ s  W a y  M u s h r o o m
Y
1 8  F i e n d Õ s  B a n e  B o w
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
4 18
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
Defeat
e eat tthee enemies
enem es an
and jump
u p through
t r oug the
t e flaming
m ng holee in
n N
S
the roof. When you land in the hallway inside, another set of
Stand so that
Melee Ninja attack, in addition to Projectile Ninja at the far
you can see both P
P
end. Take out the Projectile Ninja first, then dispatch with the A
windows. N T
N H
H
other enemies. Save your progress at the save point at the far I
N O
N O
J F
end of the hallway. A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Head to the opposite end of the hall and take the Fiend’s
Bane Bow that can be found to the left of the stairs. B
B
O
O
S
When you After taking out the Projectile Ninja, the Shadow Ninja S
B
B
A
T
have the bow, Rasetsu confronts you once again. He uses the same attacks T
L
walk up the stairs as in your first encounter with him, but this time you have a E
S
and to the end of Level 2 Dragon Sword, which makes the fight significantly
the hall and drop easier. Use the same strategies as before to make quick work
T S
T S
R E
R
down into the of the Shadow Ninja. O C
P R
H E
T
room below. As E S
I
E
S &
&
soon as you land,
Projectile Ninja C
C
R
appear in the windows above to the left and right. Stand so D Y
D
A S
T T
you can see both windows, then face the Projectile Ninja you A A
A A
B L
A S
S
want to shoot and use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to quickly take S K
E U
them out. When a Projectile Ninja appears in the other win- L
L
dow, tap the Left Analog Stick in that direction so Hayabusa
doesn’t move very far and shoot the next Fiend. Continue this
process until all of the Projectile Ninja have been defeated. 67

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I ... to reach the
Defeat the
balcony on the left.
F Shadow Ninja,
AA
O
O N
Y JN then go out the Stay away
A I
A
W
W NN small wooden from the balcony
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T gate directly to avoid getting
ahead and knocked back to
S continue right, down the hallway, to find a container that the bottom and shoot arrows at the Projectile Ninja on the
MM
E holds a Devil’s Way Mushroom. opposite side when you can. Once all of the enemies are
T
IT
A
J
A defeated, cut open the wall on the room’s opposite end and
N
IN
NN
continue through the doorway to find a corpse. Examine the
corpse for a Devil’s Way Mushroom item.
Y
R
N OO Jump over the wooden panel in the floor just
OO P
P NN
AA I beyond the corpse and move into the next room.
b
EE N
N
WW
D
AA On the left is a wooden shelf with a Crystal Skull.
O
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
Head back down to the opposite end of the hallway and

S examine the corpse under the stairs to find a Grains of
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E Spiritual Life item.
NN N
N
E
E
Go up the stairs and to the right toward the wall
just ahead. More Ninja break through the wall and
ju
S
att
attack as you approach. Defeat the enemies and
N continue moving forward. Cut down the wall to
co
M
M OO
A I
A Pick up the Skull, then slice open the wall at the end of this
E S the right to reveal a staircase and a save point. As you
T S
T IS
MM
room. Take out any Ninja that you may have missed with your
approach the save point, another Ninja drops down and attacks.
arrows. When all enemies have been eliminated, the dragon
Defeat him, save your progress, and continue up the stairs.
head in the middle of the room opens to allow access beyond
E
H
H Slice open the wall on the right at the top of the stairs. Use it. Head back to the balcony where you started.
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN Unrivaled Soaring and move to the balcony to the left. Sev-
H
H N
T N eral Ninja attack from the adjacent room as soon as you land.
A
P
P
Defeat the Projectile Ninja first, then take out the rest. Watch
S
out for the Projectile Ninja on the opposite side of the area. At any point during this battle you can shoot the glowing
E
L
T
T
sphere next to the dragon to reveal Blue Essence and
A
B
B
S replenish your health gauge.
S
O
O
B
B
Slice open the
wall at the top of Jump onto the platform and continue into the Dragon’s
&
& S the stairs ... Mouth. Go to the right and save your progress at the save
S E
IE
T H
E P
point. Open the container at the hallway’s opposite end to find
R O
C RR a Devil’s Way Mushroom item.
E T
S T
S
Go through the hole in the middle of the wall
L and out onto the rooftop. Several Ninpo Ninja
an
L
U E
K S attack here. Use the Flying Swallow technique to
at
S
S A ... then use
L B
A A
A A Unrivaled dwindle their numbers and avoid their ninpo attacks.
d
T T
S A
Y D
D Soaring ...
R
C
C
68

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
5
M A P  K E Y
T
^
I
O
7 N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
4 N W
N
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
I A
A
N Y
N
J
7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d  G o d s
A O
A O
F
3
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
*  F i r s t  F l o o r
N
N
I
N
N
J
4 ^ A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
A I
N
N J
Defeat the enemies and head
e to
to the left,
eft, up the inclined D A
W
N E
roof
o and
and through
through the
th window
win ow at the top.
the top. When you enter the the N A
I
P
P O
O N
window, several Projectile Ninja attack from the opposite side R
Y
of the room. To avoid their attacks, quickly move around the
balcony to their position.
T
R N
A I
Take down the enemies and open the container in the far 6 I
N N
I J
corner of the room to retrieve a Lives of the Thousand Gods N A
11
11 G
item, then drop down the hole to the right of the container.
A save point
and yellow-light
Muramasa Shop
are found on either
end of this hallway.
Replenish your M
items, save your I T
S
S E
I A
progress, and O
N
M
continue back up the ladder and into the room you just left. S
S
BATTLE
Head to the other side of the room and up the stairs to
S
S P
A
battle against even more enemies. Take a left at the top of the
O
OGenshin N T
I
H
stairs to find a corpse. N O
Examine the corpse for a Life of the Gods item and

B
B J F
A
T
H
E
continue back toward the stairs to the left wall just around Close-Range Abilities::
the corner. Strong and weak combos,
s, B
O
S
Counterattack Technique,, S
B
A
T
Parry Technique T
L
Open the door Long-Range Abilities: E
S
here to trigger a Ultimate Technique,
cinematic, followed Anti-Air Technique S
by a boss battle E
C
Recommended R
E
against Genshin. T
S
Weapon: Dragon
&
Sword, Level 2
Strategy: The battle against
ns Genshin
e C
R
Y
is a battle between two skilled
illed Ninja.
nj . S
T
A
From a distance, Genshin uses
u sa L
S
technique comparable to Hayabusa’s
a a usas K
U
Ultimate Technique as well aas some L
L
form of the Piercing Void ninpo.
69

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
Thunderclap of Catastrophe
RR
T
N
Details
IN
I Both are very damaging and difficult to avoid, so stay as
F
close as possible to Genshin. If he does execute the Ultimate Crystal Skulls: 2
AA
O
O N
Y JN Technique, immediately use the Reverse Wind to move away Items: Jewel of the Demon Seal
A I
A
W
W NN from Genshin as quickly as possible. Some of the attacks in
E E Ninpo: Art of the Flame Phoenix
H H
H TH Genshin’s Ultimate Technique can be blocked, but others
T T
T Weapons: Vigoorian Flail
break through Hayabusa’s guard and inflict damage, so stay
on the move. Techniques: Invisible Path
S
MM New Enemies: Bats, Demon Spawn, Flying Demon
E At close range,
T
IT
AA Genshin can counter Boss: GigaDeath
J
N
IN or parry Hayabusa’s
NN
Maps: 1
attacks. This includes
Y the first attack from
R
N OO either Ultimate Tech- After the cinematic ends, head to the right to find a container
OO P
P NN
A
E
A I
E N nique, halting it com- that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A pletely. FocusAttack,
on the
NN
Undefeatable Demon combo (Strong Attack, Strong
Strong Attack) and Izuna Drop (Quick Attack, Strong Attack,
Quick Attack, Quick Attack, Quick Attack, Strong Attack) as
G
A N
A N your primary source of damage. However, be cautious of a
J I
N
N N
N
I I counterattack or parry. Should this happen, use the Reverse
N A
N R
R
T
T Wind, then continue with either combo.
Do not use the
S
Flying Swallow or any
A E
E
JA I other aerial attacks
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N because Genshin has
E
E
the ability to counter
any aerial attacks
S Hayabusa uses. There Move back in the direction you came and defeat the Ninja
N is a chance that Dogs and Bats that attack. Turn right to go down the street
M
M OO
A I
A Genshin’s counter will miss, but it is far too risky to rely on
E S and access the yellow-light Muramasa Shop by the shops on
T S
T IS
MM this. It is also not possible to use an Obliteration Technique the far right. Continue down the street and turn right at the
against Genshin, despite the level of his health gauge. intersection to find a container with Red Essence at the end of
E the street.
H
H
CHAP T
TER
T
THREE:
T
T
F A
JA Bats attack when you reach the container.
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
THUNDERCLAP
S
E
L OF CATASTROPHE First Appearance: Bats
T
T
A
B
B
S Abilities: None
S
O
O
B
B
Strategy: There are two types of Bats. The first are
basic Bats that are the weakest enemies in the game.
&
& S Take them out with standard Shurikens from a distance,
S E
IE
T H or use the Dragon Sword or Kusari-gama to defeat them
E P
R O
C R
E TR at close range. Their attacks do not stun Hayabusa, but it
S T
S
can be difficult to determine if Hayabusa is being attacked
because there are no signs other than a depleting health
L
L gauge. As soon as you hear them approaching, start
U E
K S
S
S A throwing Shurikens to determine their direction, and
L B
A A
A A attack as soon as they are within range. The larger Bats
T T
S A
Y D
D have the same abilities as normal Bats, but inflict signifi-
R
C
C
cantly more damage with their attacks. Use the Flying
Swallow to prevent them from attacking, while simultane-
ously taking them down.
70

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
M A P  K E Y 1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
U
C
T
1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e 1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
I
O
N
2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
4  E a r t h  S t a t u e 1 9  V i g o o r i a n  F l a i l
T
T H
H
5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p 2 0  A r t  o f  t h e  F l a m e  P h o e n i x  n i n p o
E E
7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d  G o d s *  F i r s t  F l o o r
N W
I A
N Y
9
J O
9  B l u e  E s s e n c e ^  S e c o n d  F l o o r
A
F
12 2
^
N
I
19
19 N
J
A
I
T
E
M
3 4 1 S
20
20
5 14
14
1 10
10 T
R N
A I
I
N N
I J
N A
G
Make quick work of them and head in the opposite direction,,
past the intersection. Open the container behind the bur
burning
ning
car to find the Vigoorian Flail.
Head into the

hallway on the right,
and take out the
Ninja that attack. M

M
Focus on the Projec- I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
tile Ninja first, then I
O
O M M
N
dispatch the others. S
Ignore the stairs for

now and turn right to find a container at the end of the P
P
A
corridor. It holds Blue Essence. Grab the Skull and head back to the opposite end and turn N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
right into the next hallway. At the end of the hallway is a O
J F
A
A
T
T
save point. As you approach, several Melee Ninja appear H
H
E
alongside a single Ninpo Ninja. Take them out, then save
your progress and use the Flying Bird Technique to scale the B
B
O
O
corridor to the left of the save point. S
S
B
B
A
T
At the top of the area several Ninpo Ninja attack, followed T
L
by the first appearance of the Flying Demon enemies. E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Turn around and head up the stairs. When you reach the C
C
R
pathway just before the top, two Projectile Ninja attack from D Y
D
A S
T T
the far right. Use the Azure Swallow (Level 2 version of the A A
A A
B L
A S
S
Flying Swallow) to take out the closest Projectile Ninja, then S K
E U
use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to dispatch the second. Once both L
L
enemies are dead head back to the stairs and go up one more
flight to find a Crystal Skull at the top.
71

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
First Appearance:
Flying Demons
F
A
O
O N
Y J
A I
A Abilities: Flight, Projectile Attack, Long-Range Dive Attack
W
W N
E E
H H
H
T T
T Strategy: The Flying Demons shoot fireballs from a
distance and periodically lunge at Hayabusa.Their attacks
S are relatively slow in succession, but they almost always
MM
E
T
attack in groups. Use the Fiend’s Bane Bow and jump into
IT
AA the air to automatically aim at the closest Flying Demon. If
J
N
IN you use the first-person view, a single arrow will take down
NN
any Flying Demon.
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN Defeat the Ninpo Ninja, then use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to
AA I Return to the vertical corridor on the right and use
EE N
N
WW
D make quick work of the flying enemies. Get moderately close
AA
IN A
J
N N
A to the edge of the roof and use a single jump followed by a the Flying Bird to reach the upper platform again.
NN
shot from the Fiend’s Bane Bow. Jumping into the air allows Move back to the previous platform and climb the ladder
G
Hayabusa to automatically face the Flying Demons and aim, back to the rooftop. Take the cable to the adjacent building
A N
A N
J I and it also makes it much harder for the demons to hit and drop down when you reach the other side. Several Ninja
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
Hayabusa with their fireballs. attack when you drop, including two Projectile Ninja. Jump
T
T
As soon as the Flying Demons head to the left toward the down to the platform just below the one you’re on so the
cable that runs from the building you’re on to the adjacent Projectile Ninja aren’t targeting you from below, then focus on
S the Projectile Ninja first.
A E
E building. Do not use the cable yet, instead head to the ladder
JA I
N
IN M
M
E on the right, just before the cable, and climb down to the
NN N
N Defeat the enemies and save your progress at the save point
E
E
platform below. Move to the right and use Shadowless in the corner. Head to the left of the save point to find a c
Footsteps to get to the next platform. A container here holds ontainer at the end of the platform. Open the container to
S
a Devil’s Way Mushroom item. obtain an Herb of Spiritual Life.
N
M
M OO
A I
A Turn around
E S
T S
T IS
MM
and jump off
the platform
at the opening
E
H
H in the guard
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN rail. Defeat the
H
H N
T N Melee Ninja
A
P
P
that attack. To
S
the left of the
E
L New York Police Department building is a container that holds
T
T
A
B
B
S an Herb of Spiritual Life.
S
O
O Head to the
B
B
right, then make
another right
&
& S
S E
IE turn just past
T H Karma Tip: You can drop down to street level
evel to fight
ht a
E P
R O the building
C RR group of Melee Ninja and one Projectile Ninja. The battle
E T
S T
S and down the
is optional; you can simply head back to the rooftop.
When you have defeated the enemies, head down the side street on
L
L the left to find
U E street to find a container at the end that holds a Grains
K S
S
S A a corpse that
L B of Spiritual Life item.
A A
A A
T T holds the first part of the story of the Four Greater Fiends.
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
72

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
As you Climb the T
R
ladder just O
approach the D
U
corpse, a group beyond the C
T
I
O
of Ninja Dogs corpse to find N
appear. Take another corpse
T
T
them out, exam- that holds a T H
H
T
H H
E E
ine the corpse, Notebook entry N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
turn around for Shadowless J
A O
A O
F
and continue to Footsteps. Jump
the right. Move down the street and into the corner to find a across to the other side, or use the Flying Swallow if you have
N
N
container on the far-left side. Open the container to find the problems making the jump. Once across, open the container I
N
N
J
to obtain Red Essence. Then head down the path. A
A
Art of the Flame Phoenix ninpo. Move toward the car to the I
T
T
right to trigger a cinematic. After the cinematic concludes, E
M
M
W
When you reach the left turn, stop. Do not S
the Demon Spawn make their first appearance.
proceed
r in that direction yet. Instead, use the
N
N
Flying Swallow to jump across and continue
Fl A I
A N
N
N J
First Appearance: Demon going
o straight. There’s a Crystal Skull on the D A
A
W
N E
N
Spawn opposite side of the corridor at the very end. Just before you N A
I
N
E
A
P
P
O
O O N
O
reach the end, jump across or use the Flying Swallow, then R
Y
Abilities: Projectile At- move to the end to pick up the Crystal Skull.
tack, Long-Range Throw,
T
T
Short-Range Fire Breath R N
R
A N I
I
N N N
Stop just before N
I J
Strategy: Demon Spawn N A
N A
the end of the G
shoot two fireballs in
rapid succession when
corridor and
fighting from a distance. jump across to
E
E
They are also classified the other side ... N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
as strong-type enemies, I J
E A
E A
S
meaning they are not
easily stunned and can
attack
comboHayabusa
string. Theduring
Flyinga ... then pick up
M
M
I T
S
S T
Swallow Technique works S E
A
A
the Crystal Skull I
O
O M M
well to close in on them N
at the end. S
quickly, while inflicting damage on multiple enemies at a
time. At close range, do not use any combos that lead into Turn around
and head back P
P
aerial attacks, as these enemies cannot be knocked into the A
N T
N H
H
air. When left alone, they use the short-range Fire Breath to the corridor I
N O
N O
you ignored previously. Turn right and when you reach the J F
technique or the fireball projectile from a distance. In ad- A
A
T
T
H
H
dition, as they close in on Hayabusa, they use the long-rang gate on the left, go into the opening and down the ladder. E
throw technique. If one is seen approaching, be prepared to Run across the platform to the container to find an Herb of
use the Reverse Wind to avoid the long-range throw. Spiritual Life. B
B
O
O
S
S
Continue down the next ladder and proceed B
B
A
T
down the corridor. When you reach the open area, T
L
Take out the enemies, then jump down the hole they E
S
two Projectile Ninja attack from the opposite side
tw
crawled out of.
of the crevice in the floor. Quickly move back out
of
of sight to avoid being attacked, then jump out into the open T S
T S
Save your R E
R
O C
progress at the and use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to attack in the air. As soon P R
H E
T
Earth Statue and as you land, quickly jump back out of sight. Continue this E S
I
E
S &
&
continue past it process until both enemies have been defeated to avoid taking
to engage a pack damage. C
C
R
D Y
D
of Ninja Dogs. A S
T T
A A
A A
Continue down B L
A S
S
S K
the hallway and E U
L
L
to the right.
Examine the corpse just before the ladder to obtain a Jewel of
the Demon Seal.
73

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T When you reach the top, use Shadowless Footsteps along the
C
U
D right wall to reach the platform ahead. Jump up to reach the
O
RR
T pole above and use it to reach the platform on the left. Open
N
IN
I
the container on the platform to find a Lives of the Thousand
F You can reach an Herb of Spiritual Life by taking a small Gods item. Jump back to the pole and head to the left to reach
AA
O
O N
Y JN detour here. Jump down into the water and swim to the the next platform.
A I
A
W
W NN
left to find a corpse that holds a Notebook entry for
E E
HH Drop from the pole, then use Unrivaled Soaring on the right
H
H T
T T
T Unrivaled Soaring. Go up the stairs and use Shadowless
wall to move around and reach the area to the left. As soon as
Footsteps and Unrivaled Soaring to reach the top. Open
S
you land, several Ninja spawn. Ignore the Melee Ninja and use
the container here to obtain an Herb of Spiritual Life,
MM Shadowless Footsteps on the left wall to quickly get through
E
T
IT then go into the opening on the left and drop down to
AA them and over to the Projectile Ninja in the corner, up the
J return to the corridor where you started.
N
IN stairs. Take him out, with a quick Flying Swallow, then take
NN
out the remaining Melee Ninja. Use Unrivaled Soaring to reach
Y Use Shadowless Footsteps on the right wall to the blue-light Muramasa Shop on the top platform. Pick up
R
N OO reach
e the horizontal bar in the middle of the
OO P supplies if needed. You cannot upgrade the Dragon Sword to
P NN
AA I crevice. Swing from the bar to the wall and use
cr
EE N
N Level 3 at this point, so upgrade the Vigoorian Flail instead.
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Shadowless Footsteps again to cross the rest of
Sh You will use the Lunar Staff against the upcoming boss, but
NN the crevice. As soon as you land, several Projectile Ninja only Level 1 is needed.
attack from the other side of the crevice. Alternate between
G jumping arrows and normal arrow shots with the Fiend’s
A N
A N
J I Bane Bow to take the foes out while dodging their attacks.
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Use Shadowless Footsteps on the left wall to reach the other
T
T
side. Stop just short of the end of the path.
Several Melee Ninja drop down to the area below. Stay

S
A E
E
JA I where you are and they’ll come up to attack you. Defeat the
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N enemies and drop down into the area below. Cautiously head
E
E
into the opening in the wall. As soon as you near the next
hallway a Demon Spawn lunges at you. To avoid this, use the
S
Flying Swallow to propel yourself through the opening.
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS Enter the door on the platform, and look to the left. There
MM Approach
is a large fan at the end of the platform. Use the Fiend’s Bane
the opening
Bow to hit the blue circle in the middle of the fan to disable
E cautiously ...
H
H
T
T
it. If you come in contact with the fan blades before disabling
F A
JA them, they inflict significant damage to Hayabusa.
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
Drop down to the water and head through the fan all the
way down to the ladder on the left. Climb up, head left around
S
E
the corner and jump across to the opposite side. Take out the
L
T
T ... and use the fan with the Fiend’s Bane Bow, then use Shadowless Footsteps
A
B
B
S Flying Swallow to along the left wall to reach the pole in the middle. Use the pole
S avoid the Demon
O
O to swing through the fan and drop down into the next room.
B
B
Spawn’s initial
Dive down and head through the opening under the water.
attack.
&
& S Swim up to the surface and save your progress at the Earth
S E
IE
T H Statue in the corner. Head to the structure to the right of the
E P
R O
C RR Earth Statue. Use the Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall
E T
S T
S
Take out the Demon Spawn and travel down the corridor to and reach the top.
L find a save point. Use the Flying Bird Technique to climb up
L
U E to the top. As soon as you reach the corpse, look to the right
K S
S
S A
L B down the narrow opening. Equip the Fiend’s Bane Bow and
A A
A A
T T
S A wait for a Projectile Ninja to appear in your sights. Head to the
Y D
D
R
C
C Take out the enemy and examine the corpse to structure on
learn the technique of the Invisible Path. the right ...
74

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
... and use the Use Shadowless D
U
C
Flying Bird Footsteps along T
I
O
Technique to the right wall ... N
reach the top.

T
T
T H
H
T
H H
At the top, E E
N W
N
get as close to I A
A
N Y
N
J
the right wall A O
A O
F
as you can and walk across to the wall directly in front of
you, then to the left to the end of the walkway. Use Unrivaled N
N
I
... to reach the N
N
Soaring along the right wall to reach a platform with a J
A
A
container. Open the container at the end of the platform to container. I
T
T
E
M
M
find Red Essence. S
Turn around and use Shadowless Footsteps on N

N
A I
A N
N
the left wall to reach the corridor ahead. When
th Head back to the Earth Statue, then continue to the left. N J
D A
A
W
you
o land on the platform, switch to the Vigoorian Jump down into the tunnel and head to the right. Ignore the N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
Flail and continue down the hallway. Drop down
Fl P
O
O O N
O
Melee Ninja and proceed to the far end of the tunnel to take R
to the bottom of the area and engage a horde of Melee Ninja Y
out the Projectile Ninja. Defeat the enemies and use Shadow-
and Ninja Dogs. Almost any of the Vigoorian Flail combos less Footsteps on the subway car on the right to reach the
work extremely well against the Ninja Dogs, and you can use T
T
main car. Continue to the left to the end of the subway car. R N
R
A N I
the Izuna Drop against the Melee Ninja. When you drop down, head toward the end of the tunnel to I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
Defeat the enemies, then continue moving down the corri- engage several Demon Spawn. When all of the Fiends have G
dor. On one end is an area where you can use the Flying Bird been taken care of, a short cinematic plays, followed by a
Technique. Do not go here because that takes you back the boss battle.
E
E
N N
N N
way you came. Instead, head in the opposite direction to the E I
S
M N
M N
BATTLE I J
step-like platforms under the Muramasa Shop. E A
E A
S
S
OGigadeath
Head under
B
M
M
the Muramasa I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Shop ... I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
... to the step-like
B
B
platforms. O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
When you reach the top, examine the corpse to learn about
the technique of the Invisible Path. Turn around and use Close-Range Abilities: Untouchable Body, Face of Death T S
T
R E
R
S
O C
Invisible Path along the right wall to reach the yellow light P R
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attacks, Mini-Death H E
T
Muramasa Shop. Stock up on supplies, then head to the right E S
I
E
Spawns S &
&
to engage a few Melee Ninja and a single Projectile Ninja.
Be careful not to fall down here as you will have to work Recommended Weapons: Lunar Staff, Fiend’s Bane Bow, C
C
R
your way back around again. Dispatch Ninjas and continue Art of the Inferno D Y
D
A S
T T
forward, but be careful not to fall off the path here, as you A A
A A
B L
A S
S
approach the Earth Statue. Save your progress and turn S K
E U
around to use Shadowless Footsteps on the right wall to reach L
L
a container that holds a Life of the Gods item.
75

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C use the Reverse Wind Technique repeatedly to avoid the
U
D
O projectile attack. You can battle GigaDeath by trying to remain
RR Strategy: This is a unique boss that inflicts damage if you
T behind it as often as possible, or by standing your ground and
N
IN
I touch it. The Fiend’s Bane Bow and Lunar Staff are your shooting as many arrows as possible. If you try to stay behind
F
weapons of choice for the battle. The boss moves from one it, the battle takes longer, but it’s a safer strategy. If you stand
AA
O
O N
Y JN end of the tunnel to the other, swaying from side to side your ground, the battle will be over quickly, but you may end
A I
A and rapidly shooting fireballs from its head. You cannot block
W
W NN up using more health items. Repeat these tactics until the
E E
HH consecutive fireballs, but you can dodge them with precise
H
H T
T T
T
boss has been defeated, but be cautious of the Mini-Death
timing. However, the boss can only shoot fireballs when it’s attacks when GigaDeath is below 50 percent health.
facing you. If you stay behind it, the fireballs do not pose a
S
MM threat.
E
T
IT
AA
Face of Death
J
N
IN
NN Untouchable body
The battle against
Y
R
N OO
GigaDeath is a quick fight
OO P At some time if you stand your ground.
P NN
AA I during the battle,
EE N
N
WW It should be down to
D
AA
IN A
J N
A GigaDeath
N
NN
multitude of Mini-Deaths, smaller versions of itself.spawns
Thesea nearly 50 percent health or less by the time it spawns Mini-
Deaths for the first time. When GigaDeath’s health is low, it
Mini-Deaths act like homing missiles. When the Mini-Deaths stops moving and hunches over. When this happens, quickly
G
spawn, defeat them with the Art of Inferno ninpo magic. If run up to its head and use an Obliteration Technique to finish
A N
A N you can no longer use ninpo, a well-timed Bladed Spider
J I the fight.
N
N N
N
I I combo (4,4) with the Lunar Staff also works to deflect
N A
N R
R
T
T the Mini-Deaths and avoid damage. At approximately 50
percent health, GigaDeath uses the Face of Death attack.
If you see GigaDeath pause and shake in place, know that CHAP T
TER
FOUR:
FOUR:
S
A E
E
JA I
the Face of Death is coming. GigaDeath shoots a large face
N
IN M
M
E toward Hayabusa; it moves slower than the Mini-Deaths, A CAPTIVE GODDESS
NN N
N
E
E but homes in just as well. As soon as you see GigaDeath
pause and shake, move behind it as quickly as possible. This
S attack almost

Hayabusa, andalways
has theinflicts
abilityattoleast 50well
inflict percent
over damage to
90 percent
N
M
M OO damage in some situations, so it is extremely important to
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS avoid it at all costs.
MM
E Fireballs
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN
H
H N When the battle
T N
A begins, go into first-
P
P
person view so the
S
E
Fiend’s Bane Bow
L
T
T
automatically locks onto GigaDeath. Shoot as quickly as A Captive Goddess Details
A
B
B
S possible as you carefully watch for GigaDeath to use one of
S
O
O
its many attacks. When GigaDeath approaches, make sure Crystal Skulls: 3
B
B you’re far enough away to avoid its untouchable body. Even
Weapons: Enma’s Fang
if you don’t physically touch GigaDeath, if you’re too close
&
& S you’ll still take damage. Ninpo: Art of the Wind Blades
S E
IE
T H
E P Bosses: Giant Brute Fiend, Alexei, Statue of Liberty
R O
C RR
E T Maps: 5
S T
S
Mini-Deaths
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
When GigaDeath
L B stops to unleash a vol-
A A
A A
T T
S A ley of fireballs, try to
Y D
D
R
C
C get behind it. If you’re too far away to get behind GigaDeath,
76

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M A P  K E Y
1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
F
2 2  A r t  o f  t h e  W i n d  B l a d e s  n i n p o
Keep moving until you reach an open area.

Several Demon Spawn attack at this point. N
N
I
N
N
Defeat the Fiends and move to the left side J
A
A
to find the exit. Climb the stairs and save I
T
T
E
your progress at the save point. Continue up M
M
S
the next flight of stairs where another group
N
N
of Fiends attack. Dispatch the Ninpo Ninja A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
before you focus on the Melee Ninja. W
22
22 N E
N E
3 Head through the door on the wall opposite N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
the stairs you just used to find a container at R
Y
10
10 1 the end of the room. Open the container to
1
find another Herb of Spiritual Life. T
T
R N
R
A N I
Go back through the door and I
N N
N N
I J
4 N A
N A
to the area on the right to find G
another container that holds a
an
second Herb of Spiritual Life.
se
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
After the cinematic at the start of this chapter, switch back to Head to the opposite side of the area and
the Dragon Sword and move toward the Muramasa Shop on tthrough the opening on the right. Take an
the right. As you get close to it, Bats attack from above. Take i
immediately left to find a container at the other M
M
out the Bats, then access the blue-light Muramasa Shop to I T
T
opposite end of the hall. Open the container to find
op S
S
S E
I A
A
upgrade your weapon and restock your supplies. You cannot a Devil’s
’ Way Mushroom item. O
O M M
N
S
upgrade the Dragon Sword or Vigoorian Flail, so upgrade the
Falcon’s Talons instead because they will be used in upcom-
ing chapters. P
P
A
N T
N H
H
Replenish any supplies you need and head down the I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
tunnel. Defeat Melee Ninja that attack and drop down the T
T
H
H
E
hole at the end of the tunnel. Projectile Ninja come at you
from the far end as soon as you land. Jump to avoid their B
B
O
O
initial attack and use mid-air shots from the Fiend’s Bane S
S
Bow to take them out. During this attack, several Melee Ninja B
B
A
T
appear from behind. Finish defeating the Projectile Ninja T
L
E
before moving on to the Melee Ninja. Defeat them all and S
continue down the next tunnel.

T S
T S
Head back the way you came to engage two Projectile R E
R
When you reach the gap between the two subway cars, O C
P R
open the container to the left to find the Art of the Wind Ninja. Take them out then move up the stairs on the left. H E
T
E S
I
E
Blades ninpo. Attack the gate at the top of the stairs to destroy it and S &
&
barrels that block your way. As soon as the gate is gone, two
Continue down the Ninjas attack. Defeat the enemies and continue up the stairs C
C
R
tunnel until you reach D Y
D
to the street. A S
T T
the end of the subway A A
A A
B L
A S
S
car. More Melee Ninja S K
E U
L
attack at this point.
L
Defeat them, then head
to the right to find a
container at the end of the subway car. Open the container to 77
find Red Essence.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
Two Melee
U
D Ninja attack as
O
RR you make your
T
N
IN
I way down the
F Head up alley. Kill them
AA
O
O N
Y JN the stairs to and take the first
A I
A
W
W NN the gate ... left you come to.
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T Turn right at the
next lamp post
S to find a corpse at the end of the narrow alley. Examine the
MM
E corpse to find an Herb of Spiritual Life.
T
IT
A
J
A ... then use an
N
IN
NN
attack to clear
the gate and
Y barrels.
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
M A P  K E Y
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
Head out of the narrow alley and continue to

T
T
t right, then around the corner to the left. Stop

the
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
just after you make the left turn and turn around
j
S
1
A E
E
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
tto face in the direction from which you just came.

JA I 12
N
IN M
M
E There is a Crystal Skull on the catwalk above on
NN N
N
E
E tthe right. Use Unrivaled Soaring to scale the wall
^ 
on the left and gain enough height to reach the

21
21
S 10
10 ccatwalk.
N 4
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
6 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
5
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
E
2 1  J e w e l  o f  t h e  D e m o n  S e a l
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN ^  S e c o n d  F l o o r
H
H N
T N 12
A
P
P
S 1
E
L
T
T Grab the Crystal Skull and continue around the
A
B
B
S c
corner. Turn right as you come out of the alley,
S
O
O tthen make another right and head down the next
B
B
sstreet. More Melee Ninja attack as you make your
&
& S 11
11 4 2 way down the street. Defeat them and open the
S E
IE ccontainer at the end of the street, behind the red
T H
E P
R O barrels, to find Red Essence.
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
Change to the Vigoorian Flail and continue out into the
S A
Y D
D rain where Ninja Dogs attack from all angles.
R
C
C
Defeat the Ninja Dogs and head around the corner
to engage two Ninpo Ninja. Dispatch them and
78 head to the right. Take the alley to the right
of the Coin Laundry building.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
Head back in the direction you came and access the save Turn around T
R
point on the right. Head up the ladder on the left. When you to find a yellow O
D
U
reach the top of the ladder, examine the corpse on the left to light Muramasa C
T
I
O
find a Jewel of the Demon Seal item. Shop. Replenish N
your supplies
Continue
and head back T
T
T H
H
T
H H
down the street the way you E E
to the opening N W
N
I A
A
came. Several N Y
N
in the railing J
A O
A O
Demon Spawn F
on the right.
attack. Kill them and continue to the right, around the
Go through the N
N
corner. Use the small opening immediately to the right as I
N
N
opening, head J
you round the corner to climb to the top of the area with the A
A
to the right and I
T
T
Flying Bird Technique. E
M
M
stop as soon as S
you see the Demon Spawn at the end of the street. Wait for When you
N
N
the Demon Spawn to get close, then take it out quickly with reach the top, A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
the Azure Swallow or Undefeatable Demon combo (iii). take the ladder W
N E
N E
Immediately after the first Demon Spawn is defeated, use to the left if N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
the Fiend’s Bane Bow to take down the Flying Demon in the you missed the R
Y
distance. You need to be fast because another Demon Spawn Crystal Skull.
attacks shortly after the first one goes down, and soon after Otherwise,
T
T
the first Flying Demon goes down, another attacks from much head to the R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
closer range. opening on the I J
N A
N A
left where several Demon Spawn attack. Defeat the Demon G
Defeat all of the enemies and head down to the end of the
Spawn and head down the street to the ladder on the far-left side.
street to find a container that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
Climb the ladder and save your progress at the Earth E
E
N N
N N
Statue at the top of the bridge. Head left to the bridge’s end. E I
M N
M N
I J
Along the way, several Flying Demons attack. Use the Fiend’s E A
E A
S
Bane Bow to drop them and open the container at the end of
the bridge to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item.
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Turn around and move to the opening in the fence on the
left. Across from the opening is another Crystal Skull.
u .
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
Head back in the opposite direction toward the end of the
bridge. More Flying Demons attack. Use the bow to take
T S
T S
R E
R
them down, then continue to the end of the bridge to trigger O C
P R
a brief cinematic followed by a mid-boss battle. H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
Jump across, grab the Skull, and drop down to the street E U
L
L
below. If you drop before you grab the Crystal Skull, do not
worry, you can get back up at a later time. Head around the
corner to reach a container at the end of the street. Open the 79
container to find a Life of the Gods item.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Mid-Boss Battle: Giant Brute Fiend
D
O Focus on its
RR
T Close-Range Abilities: Earthquake Slam, Unblockable
N
IN
I
back leg.
Throw
Repeat these
F
A
O
O N
Y J Long-Range Abilities: Wind Breath, Projectile Attack strategies until
A I
A it reaches
W
W N Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 2
E E approximately
H H
H
T T
T Strategy: This giant boss attacks by swinging its arms, 20 percent
slamming them to the ground (Earthquake Slam), as well as health and drops
S blasting you with a gust of destructive wind from its mouth its head to the ground. At this point, quickly run up to its head
MM
E
T
IT (Wind Breath). Keep your guard up at all times and use the and use an Obliteration Technique to finish it off.
AA Reverse Wind to continuously dodge its Earthquake Slam
J
N
IN
NN and swinging arms. Projectile attacks do not work well on
the Brute, so you must stay close it while avoiding its attacks.
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Projectile
NN
attack
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T 14
4 23
23
S Earthquake
A E
E
JA I Slam 3
N M
M
M A P  K E Y
N
I E
NN N
N
E
E Attack the
leg that is 1
farthest back 4  E a r t h  S t a t u e
S with any 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
N
M
M OO Strong Attack combo (i,i,i), but keep on the move. If you
A I
A
2 3  E n m a Õ s  F a n g
E S focus on its back leg, it will have a difficult time attacking you.
T S
T IS
MM
Do not stay in front of it or else it uses the Wind Breath
technique, which inflicts a significant amount of damage. If
E it moves near the cars or rocks at the far end of the area,
H
H
T
T the camera zooms out and it throws one of these objects Def eat the mid-boss for
Defeat f or another cinematic.
another cinematic. As soon as the
the
F A
JA
O
O I
NN at Hayabusa. Use the Reverse Wind or Wind Run to easily
H
H N
cinematic comes to a close, several Demon Spawn and Flying
ci
T N avoid the slow-moving projectile.
A Demons attack. Ignore the Demon Spawn and focus on the
D
P
P
Flying Demons to dispatch them as quickly as possible. Once
Fl
S the Fiends have been defeated, head to the building and go in
th
E
L
T through the opening.
th
T
A
B
B
S There is an
S
O
O Wind Breath
B
B Earth Statue in
the next room.
th
&
& S Break the glass
Br
S E
IE
T H directly in front
di
E P
R O
C RR of the statue and
of
E T
S T
S
save your prog-
sa
L ress. Head toward
re
L
U E the other side
K S Throw
S
S A
L B of the room and break the glass in front of the large weapon.
o
A A
A A
T T
S A Examine the weapon to obtain the Enma’s Fang.
E
Y D
D
R
C
C
Break the glass and examine the scroll to the left of Enma’s
Fang to find a Vigoor Mythology book.
Fa
80

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
Continue I
N
T
R
through the door O
D
to the left and U
4 ^
C
T
round the first I
O
N
corner. As soon
as you take the T
T H
H
second corner, E E
7 N W
I A
use Shadowless N Y

J O
A
Footsteps on the F
right wall, followed by the Flying Swallow to get a jump on 12 ^
the two Projectile Ninja at the end of the hallway. N

I
N
J
A
Defeat the enemies and continue through the door at the I
T
E
end of the hallway to face several more Ninja, including M
S
several Projectile Ninja. Destroy them and head up the stairs
and to the right. Use Unrivaled Soaring to cross the gap in
the floor and reach a corpse that holds a Devil’s Way
Mushroom item.
T
R N
A I
I
N N
1
^
I J
N A
G
Jump back down to the first floor and go up the stairs M

I T
S
again. When you reach the top, head left and around the S E
I A
O M
corner. Use Shadowless Footsteps to cross the gap in the floor N
S
and continue around the next corner. Be ready for the Demon
Spawn that attacks when you walk in front of the window on
P
the right. A
6 N T
H
I
N O
Defeat the Fiend and head through the broken window. J F
A
T
Jump down to the bottom and battle against several more H
E
Demon Spawn. Face the window you just came through and
head to the left side of the area. On the right, before you M A P  K E Y
B
O
reach the stairs, is a container. Open the container to find an S
S
B
A
T
Herb of Spiritual Life. T
L
E
S
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
Fiends and ascend the flight of stairs on the right and the C
R
next set of stairs on the left. Head to the left side of the D Y
A S
T T
building and defeat the Flying Demons that appear, A A
B L
A S
then move into the entrance on this side of S K
E U
the building. L
L
Go to the opposite side of the area and move up the stairs

to the top. Several Demon Spawn attack here. Defeat the 81

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA 2
2 5
J
N
IN Head back down to the lower floor. Use the Flying Bird
NN
technique to climb the metal structure in the middle of the
Y
R
room then take the stairs up one fight, turn around and use
N OO
OO P Unrivaled Soaring to reach the beams that run across the
P NN
AA I
EE N
N room. Head to the far right corner to find a container that
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
S 14
14
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N
E
E
S
N
M
M OO Head up the stairs to the next level, defeat the Melee Ninja
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS that attack and go out the open door. Use the Fiend’s Bane
MM
10
10 14
14
Bow to defeat the Flying Demons outside. Open the container
on the right to find a Life of the Gods item.
E
H
H
T
T Return inside and continue up the stairs. There is a yellow-
F A
JA
O
O I
NN light Muramasa Shop on the left, once you reach the top of
H
H N
T N
M A P  K E Y
A
P
P 2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
the stairs. Pick up any supplies you may be short on and
continue to the left to find a corpse that holds a Grains of
S
E
Spiritual Life item.
L
1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
T
T Head up stairs in the middle of the room. When
A
B
B
S As soon as you enter the building, several Projectile Ninja yo reach the hole on the right side of the stair-
you
S
O
O
B
B
attack. Take care of them and head into the opening directly well, jump out and use the Flying Bird Technique
w
opposite the entrance. On the left is a container that holds a to scale the wall and reach the next level. If you
to
Lives of the Thousand Gods item. have trouble with this side, you can go back down to the
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P Head up the stairs Muramasa Shop and use the Flying Bird Technique where the
R O
C RR to find a save point. grate has fallen to the floor.
E T
S T
S
Save your progress Examine the corpse
L
L
and jump from the here to find the
U E
K S Earth Statue over second part of the
S
S A
L B the stair railing to
A A
A A Four Greater Fiends
T T
S A land on the beams
Y D
D book. Move up the
R
C
C
that run
room. Head over to the far-right corner across
and jumpthe stairs in the center
of the room to reach
down to the beam that runs along the right wall the top and trigger
82
to find a Crystal Skull. another cinematic followed by a boss battle against Alexei.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
S
but it avoids his attack and allows you to stay close to him in O
BATTLE D
S
S
order to avoid a follow-up projectile attack. You can also use U
C
the Wind Run, but that generally puts you at a distance when T
I
O
Alexi
O
O the Whirlwind Spin attack is over. The Ultimate technique N
B
B
overrides any attack Alexei is attempting to use, including his
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
Whirlwind Spin attack E E
Close-Range the instant charge uponand throws,
landing soabe
from prepared
Wind Run if to usesee
you N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
Abilities: Melee Alexei going into the Whirlwind Spin. J
A O
A O
F
Combos
Long-Range N
N
I
N
N
Abilities: J
A
A
Projectile Attack, Whirlwind Spin I
T
T
E
Whirlwind Spin, M
M
S
Long-Range Throw,
Lightning Strike At close-range Alexei N
N
uses several attack A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
Recommended combos. Use Wind Run to avoid these, then counterattack W
N E
N E
Weapons: Dragon with a Strong Attack combo of your choice. If the Strong N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Sword, Level 2 Attack combo does not stun Alexei, stop mid-combo and R
Y
Strategy: Alexei use Wind Run or Reverse Wind to avoid the combo attack
is not presently at Alexei is about to unleash. If the combo stuns Alexei, follow
up with another Strong Attack combo until Alexei is no T
T
full power, which R N
R
A N I
makes this battle relatively easy. His projectile attacks are longer stunned. Defeat Alexei to trigger a short cinematic, I
N N
N N
I J
followed by a battle against the Statue of Liberty. N A
N A
very difficult to avoid, even with the use of Wind Run. Stay G
as close to Alexei as possible to prevent him from using a
volley of lightning projectile attacks, his Lightning Strike at-
tack, and his extremely damaging long-range throw attack. S
BATTLE E
E
S
S
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
O
OStatue of Liberty E A
E
S
A
Long-Range Throw
B
B
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Close-Range I
O
O M M
N
Abilities: Hand S
Slam, Hand Sweep
Long-Range P
P
A
Projectile Attack Abilities: N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
Projectile Attack, O
J F
A
A
T
T
Lightning Pillar H
H
E
Alexei attacks as
soon as the cinematic Recommended
Weapons: B
B
concludes, so be O
O
S
prepared to block or dodge immediately. Rush toward Dragon Sword, S
B
B
A
T
Alexei to get close to him as quickly as possible. This Level 2 T
L
prevents him from using many of his long-range abilities. Strategy: The E
S
Alexei uses his projectile attacks as soon as you get outside battle against the Statue of Liberty is very similar to the
of the Dragon Sword’s attack range, so it is very important battle against the Giant Statue in Chapter 1. When the battle T S
T S
to keep a continuous flow between the Wind Run and any R E
R
begins stay on the far left side of the screen to avoid the O C
P R
of Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combos. Alexei also uses long- Hand Sweep attack. You can block the Statue’s Hand Slam H E
T
and short-range throws that cannot be blocked and inflict a E S
I
E
and the ground lightning that emanates from the Hand Slam. S &
&
significant amount of damage. Stay on the move as much as Keep your guard up and wait for the Statue to stop using
possible to avoid these. either hand attack, then use a combo on the hand as it is C
C
R
D Y
D
stationary. If it does not appear as though the hand will stop A S
T T
attacking, use the Reverse Wind to move over to the other A A
A A
B L
A S
S
Lightning Strike hand and attack it instead. Always stay at close S K
E U
range to avoid the Statue’s long-range attacks. L
If Alexei uses the L
Whirlwind Spin, charge
an Ultimate Technique.
It will not hit Alexei, 83

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN Lightning Pillar
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
Hand Slam
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
S
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
Long-range projectile attack
NN N
N
E
E When the Statue of Liberty is low on health, it bows its head
one more time. Move toward the head and use an Obliteration
Hand Sweep
S Technique to finish it off and complete the chapter.
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S Projectile attack following both hand attacks at 50
O
O
B
B percent health.
Once the Statue is down to 50 percent health, it drops its
&
& S head slightly and stops attacking for a brief period. Use the
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
first-person view to auto-aim the Fiend’s Bane Bow at the
C RR Statue’s head and attack as quickly as possible. When the Statuee
E T
S T
S
moves again, stay between the two hands and move into first-
L person view to fire off a few arrows in between the Statue’s
L
U E
K S
attacks. At this point, every attack is followed by a ball of light-
S
S A ning projectile attack, so be careful to avoid it with a Reverse
L B
A A
A A
T T Wind before changing to the first-person view.
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
84
Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or ddownloading expressly prohibited..

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
CHAP T
TER FIVE:
T
FIVE: The Shrine-Maiden s Battle

Details
’
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
THE SHRINE-MAIDEN’S O
N
Boss: Tengu Brothers
BATTLE Maps: 1
H H
T
T
T
H
E E
N W
I A
A
N Y
J
A O
O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
After the cinematic, cross over the bridge and N E
N E
4 N A
I
N A
P
ttake out the Melee Ninja that attack. Continue P
O
O O N
O
R
across the bridge to the second wave of Melee
a Y
Ninja that includes a single Projectile Ninja.

Head up the stairs and take out the Projectile T
T
R N
R
A N I
Ninja first, then attack the remaining Melee I
N N
N N
I J
Ninja. Open the container at the bottom of the N A
N A
G
sstairs to obtain a Grains of Spiritual Life item,
tthen continue up the stairs and through the gate.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
1
3
2 M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
4 I
O
O M M
N
S
1
P
P
A
Move into the open area to take on several N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
Melee and Projectile Ninja, followed by another J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
group of Melee Ninja and several Ninpo Ninja. E
IIn the far-left corner is a container that holds
2 an Herb of Spiritual Life. Use this if needed
a B
B
O
O
S
during your battle with the Ninja, otherwise
d S
B
B
A
T
s
save it for the mid-boss battle should you need T
L
additional healing items. E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
M A P  K E Y
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
85

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR H
Head through the hole in the wall and take out
T
N
IN
I the Melee and Projectile Ninja that attack on
th
the other side. Head to the right to find a small
th
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN balcony
a on the left with a container in the corner.
A I
A
W
W NN Open the container
O cont to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item.
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y Once all of the enemies have been defeated, one of the
R
N O
OO P Tengu Brothers appears for a mid-boss battle.
P N
AA I
EE N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J N
N
NN
Mid-Boss Battle: Tengu Brother
G Close-Range Abilities:

A N
A
J I Basic Combos Return in the direction you came and turn right down the
N
N N
I I
N A
N R waterway. Go up the stairs on the left to face off against
T Long-Range Abilities:
Projectile Attack, Long- several Melee and Ninpo Ninja. Cross the bridge and head to
Range Stomp the left to find a container on the right of the path that holds
S Recommended a Devil’s Way Mushroom.
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
Weapons: Heavenly
N
N N
N Dragon Naginata
E
E
Strategy: The Tengu
S
Brother does not have a
N wide variety of attacks.
M
M OO
A I
A At a distance he uses a
E S
T S
T IS
MM
projectile attack consist-
ing of multiple kunai. He
also uses a stomping
E
H
H attack that he can use from close range, but he primarily
T
T
A
A
F J uses it from a distance.
O
O I
N
N
H
H N
T N Stay close to the Tengu Brother and use the Reverse
A
P
P
Wind Technique to avoid his combo. As soon as his
Go back across the bridge and follow the pathway ahead to
combo is completed, use a combo of your choice. After
S a group of Melee Ninja. Defeat them and continue down the
E your combo, continue using the Reverse Wind Technique
L
T path until more Melee Ninja appear. Take them out and save
T until the Tengu Brother completes another combo.You only
A
B
B
S need to get the Tengu Brother down to approximately 50 your progress at the Earth Statue. Continue forward to battle
S
O
O percent health before he teleports away. against several Melee and Projectile Ninja, followed by more
B
B
Melee Ninja with Ninpo Ninja accompanying them, followed
by Demon Spawn, and finally a boss battle against the two
&
& S
S E
IE Tengu Brothers.
T H
E P
R O
Proceed down the path to the Earth Statue. Save your
C RR
E T
S T
S
progress, then go right up the stairs into the next area.
Several Demon Spawn attack. Take them out, then open the
L
L
container in the room to find an Herb of Spiritual Life.
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
86

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
Focus on the blue brother first, ignoring the other brother. O
S
D
BATTLE Stay close to prevent him from using his projectile attack, U
C
S and use the Reverse Wind Technique to avoid his combos
T
I
O
N
OTengu Brothers and unblockable throw. When his combos come to an end,
attack with Momiji’s Dancing Maple combo ( iiii). Be T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
B
careful of the last hit in the combo because it can be difficult N W
N
to dodge. Once the combo starts, use precise Reverse Wind I A
A
N Y
N
J
Techniques to dodge each attack individually instead of A O
A O
F
simply repeating the Reverse Wind carelessly.
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
Projectile attack M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
Close-Range Abilities: Basic Combos, Whirlwind Spin,
Unblockable Throw Stomp T
T
R N
R
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Long-Range Stomp When you have A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
defeated the first N A
N A
Recommended Weapons: Heavenly Dragon Naginata G
Tengu, the second
Strategy: This Tengu Brothers battle is the same as the last one becomes
except that you must now fight both brothers at once. The much easier to deal with and takes considerably more dam-
E
E
brothers have the same attacks as you saw before. If either age from each of your attacks. Collect the Blue Essence that N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
brother begins to spin in a circle, move away as quickly as appears after you defeat the first Tengu Brother, then quickly I J
E A
E A
S
possible. The Whirlwind Spin is difficult to avoid, but has a close in on the second to prevent him from using long-range
relatively short range of attack. A single jump away from the attacks. Follow the same strategy used against the first
enemy is usually enough to get away from the attack. When brother to take down this one quickly and easily.
both brothers are still alive, they will generally use only one M
I T
S T
stomp when they jump into the air. However, once one has S E
I A
O
A
M
M
been defeated, almost every stomp will be followed by a N
second one. They will use the stomps from close range as well.
CHAP T
TER SIX:
SIX: S
P
P
THE AQUA CAPTAL I
A
N T
H
H
N O
O
J F
Basic combo A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
Whirlwind Spin T S

T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
Unblockable throw L
L
87

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
Aqua Capital Details
T
M A P  K E Y
N
IN
I 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
1
Crystal Skulls: 3
F
A
O
O N
Y J Items: Spirit of the Devils, Talisman of Rebirth 4  E a r t h  S t a t u e
27
27
A I
A
W
W N
Ninpo: Art of the Piercing Void
E E
H H
H
T T
T Weapons: Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang, Howling Cannon
New Enemies: Beastmen, Half-Dragon Demons, Undead

S Fish, Water Demons
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
MM
E
T
IT
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
Boss: Water Dragon

AA
J 2 1  J e w e l  o f  t h e  D e m o n  S e a l
N
IN
NN
Maps: 2 2 4  T a l i s m a n  o f  R e b i r t h
5 8
2 5  S p i r i t  o f  t h e  D e v i l s
21
21
Y
R After the opening cinematic, continue
N OO
2 6  A r t  o f  t h e  P i e r c i n g  V o i d  n i n p o
OO P
P NN forward to engage several Beastmen.
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
A 6
A
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
1 7
G
*
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
4
S
A E
A
J I
N M
N
I E
N
N N 5
E 2
First Appearance: Beastmen 26
26
*
S Abilities:
N
M
M O Long-Range Throw
A I
A
E S
T S
T I 25
25
M Strategy: The Beast-
men do not have any
unique abilities aside
E 12
H
H from a basic long-
T
T
A
A 12
F J range throw, but they
O
O I
N
N 10
10
H
H N are very strong and 12
T N
A 4 1
P
P difficult to stun. Use
the Falcon’s Talons to 24
24
S inflict a great deal of
E
L
T damage with minimal
T 5
A
B
B
S effort and stay close
S to them at all times to limit their use of the long-range
O
O
B
B
throw. Since it is difficult to stun them, be cautious of a
counterattack that could come at any time. Be prepared
&
& S to use the Reverse Wind when they begin to counterattack.
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
Head forward and veer to the right just

L
L before you reach the stairs to find a blue-light
U E
K S
S
S A Muramasa Shop.
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
88

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
Upgrade Enma’s R
First Appearance: O
D
Fang, but do not U
Half-Dragon Demon C
T
replenish any I
O
N
supplies at this
Abilities: Projectile Attack, Flight, Short-Range Fire Breath
time. Go up the T
T
T H
H H
stairs but do not Strategy: A direct upgrade of the Demon Spawn, the E E
N W
cross the bridge Half-Dragon Demon’s abilities are almost identical to its I A
A
N Y
J
yet. Instead, lesser brethren. Instead of shooting two fireballs from a A O
O
F
continue forward past the bridge and head around the corner distance, the Half-Dragon Demon shoots three at a time.
Also, instead of using a long-range throw, the Half-Dragon N
N
to the left and down the stairs. Make a U-turn and continue I
has the ability of flight, similar to the Mecha Soldiers. N
N
down the next flight of stairs, then cross the water to the left, J
A
A
When they are in the air, use the Flying Swallow to bring I
head right down the path and turn left at the end. At the far T
T
them down. The Flying Swallow also works well to keep E
M
M
end of the path, next to the boat, is a container that holds Hayabusa constantly on the move and out of reach of the S
Red Essence. Half-Dragon Demons. At close range, do not use combos N
N
that lead into the air, as these enemies cannot be knocked A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
into the air unless you’re using Enma’s Fang. After a single W
N E
N E
combo, use the Reverse Wind or Flying Swallow to move N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
away from the Half-Dragons to avoid a counterattack. If R
Y
they begin to wind up for an attack, cease your combo
attack and immediately use the Reverse Wind to avoid
T
T
their attack. R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
Go back in the direction you came, up both flights of stairs
and across the bridge to the left. Several Beastmen attack
after you cross the bridge.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
Defeat the Beastmen and continue down the street. Break M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
any barrels or crates near the vendors on either side of the S
Cross the water to the right to the boat on the opposite side
to find another Crystal Skull. street to obtain Yellow Essence. Turn left at the end of the
street to find an Earth Statue and a corpse. Examine the
corpse to obtain the Dragon’s Claw and Tiger’s Fang weapon. M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M
Save your N
M
S
progress and
continue up the
stairs to the left P
P
A
of the Statue N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
and through the J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
door. As you head E
through the door,
several Beastmen attack. There is a Crystal Skull on the table B
B
O
O
S
to the right as soon as you go through the door, but take out S
B
B
A
T
the Beastmen before you get the Crystal Skull. T
L
E
Go back the direction you came and up the stairs to the S
bridge you passed earlier. Head over to the Muramasa Shop
if you need supplies. Everything is cheaper now after T S
T S
R E
R
obtaining another Crystal Skull. As you cross the bridge, O C
P R
H E
T
several Beastmen and a single Half-Dragon Demon attack. E S
I
E
S &
&
Switch to Enma’s Fang and take them out, then continue
across the bridge. C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
89

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
First Appearance:
D
O Water Demon
RR
T
N
IN
I
Head to the right, over the next bridge. Beastmen attack
from the right and left. Defeat them and continue moving to
F Abilities:
AA
O
O N
Y JN the right, over another bridge, then make another right turn Projectile
A I
A when the street comes to an end. Move down the alley and
W
W NN Attack
E E
HH into the small opening at the end on the left. Use the Flying
H
H T
T T
T Strategy: On water, the Water
Bird Technique to scale the wall to the balcony above.
Demons can be difficult to
S Examine the fight due to Hayabusa’s limited
MM
E corpse here to find array of attacks in this situa-
T
IT
A
J
A a Talisman of Re- tion. Move to solid ground to
N
IN attack these enemies whenever
NN birth. Jump down,
directly behind the possible. From Chapter 13
Y on, Water Demons are red in
R
N OO
corpse, and turn
OO P color and have the ability to
P N
A
N
A I
left at the end of
EE N
N use a projectile attack. Stay at
WW
D the alley to find a
AA
IN A
J N
A container. Open the container to find an Herb of Spiritual Life. close range to prevent them
N
NN
attack and use any combo to from usingthem.
dispatch theirThey
projectile
are weak
enemies, but they cannot be knocked into the air. However,
they are almost always stunned by any combo that transi-
G
A N
A N tions into the air, so it is still safe to use aerial combos on
J I
N
N N
N
I I these enemies. If there is no solid ground to be found, run
N A
N R
R
T
T in tight circles to avoid their projectile attacks and close
in on them. Then use the Falcon’s Talons water attacks to
finish them off.
S
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
E
E
Defeat them to drain the water in the fountain, then return
to the corpse you just passed. Examine the corpse to find a
S Spirit of the Devils item.

N
M
M OO Head into the
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS fountain to find
MM Go back the way you came, across the bridge, and continue
straight over another bridge to engage several Half-Dragon a tunnel. Move
Demons. Defeat them and continue along your original path, down through the
E
H
H
T
T over a third bridge, until you reach the end of the street. Open tunnel to reach
A
A
F J
O
O I
N
N the container here to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item. the next open
H
H N
T N area. Continue
A
P
P
left out of the
tunnel until you
S
E reach the intersection just beyond a boat. Swim down the
L
T
T
A water alley and make a left into the small area at the end.
B
B
S Dive down to find a Crystal Skull.
S
O
O
B
B
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A Switch back to the Dragon Sword, turn around, and make a
L B
A A
A A
T T right after the first bridge. Ascend the stairs. When
S A
Y D
D
R you reach the fountain you’ll find a corpse, but
C
C
several Water Demons attack. This is the first
appearance of Water Demons.
90

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
Head back to the main waterway, dive underwater, and R
O
swim right through the hole in the gate to continue on your D
U
C
way. Run across the water, following the waterway until you T
I
O
reach the next gate. Dive underwater and go through the ... climb up and N
hole, then swim to the boat on the right near the end of the grab the cable ...
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
waterway. E E
N W
N
I A
A
Jump through the window directly behind the boat to find N Y
N
J
A O
A O
a save point. Head up the stairs and open the container in the F
corner of the room to find the Art of the Piercing Void ninpo.
N
N
I
N
N
Move through J
A
A
the door to the ... head across I
T
T
E
left and then the water ... M
M
S
head right down
N
N
the street to the A I
A N
N
N J
D A
yellow-light A
W
N E
N E
Muramasa Shop N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
at the end. Do R
Y
whatever shopping you may need to do, switch to Enma’s
... then open the
Fang, and then move toward the opposite end of the street.
container. T
T
A horde of Half-Dragon Demons attacks as you approach R N
R
A N
Jump down I I
the stairs. Defeat them and continue up the stairs and across N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
the bridge where several Beastmen and two Flying Demons into the water G
attack. Take out the Beastmen first, then use the first-person and head to the
view of the Fiend’s Bane Bow to dispatch the Flying Demons left and over to the two waterwheels on the far side of the
area. Run across the water to the platform on the far-left E
E
with a single arrow. N N
N N
E I
side. Jump to one of the horizontal bars in the middle of the M N
M N
I J
Go through the opening at the end of the bridge and turn E A
E A
waterwheel and use it to reach the platform at the top. S
right down the hallway. Defeat the two Beastmen that attack
and continue to the end of the hallway to find a container
that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
Jump on the next waterwheel and over to the turning gear.
B
B
A
T
Then go into the opening on the left. Ride the bar to the T
L
opposite side of the room and drop down to the platform E
S
Move through the opening on the right and shoot an arrow with a container on it. Open the container to find a Lives of
at the two glowing objects straight ahead to lower the draw- the Thousand Gods item. T S
T S
R E
R
O C
bridge above. Jump to the top of the platform on the right P R
Head down to the bottom of the room, and continue H E
T
and use the newly accessible cable to cross over the water to E S
I
E
through the doorway to an open area. Head left and up the S &
&
the platform on the opposite side. Open the container here to stairs to engage several Beastmen. Defeat the Beastmen
obtain a Life of the Gods item. and continue to the top of the stairs to find a save point. C
C
R
D Y
D
Save your progress, switch to the Dragon Sword, and head A S
T T
A A
A A
through the opening to the left of the Earth Statue. B L
Shoot an arrow at A S
S
S K
Defeat the Water Demons inside and continue E U
the two glowing L
L
objects ... to
thethe other side
fountain, andofthrough
the room, beyond
the opening at the end.
91

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Head back to
U
D the hallway you
O
RR
T passed before find-
N
IN
I
Move to the right at the intersection and open the container
in the far-right corner of the room to find a Jewel of the ing the Howling
F Cannon. When you
AA
O
O N
Y JN Demon Seal item. reach the hallway,
A I
A
W
W NN Before you go
E E turn left and head
H H
H TH any farther, return
T T
T up the stairs to find a container on the left side of the room.
to the hallway and
Open the container to find an Herb of Spiritual Life.
S go into the room at
MM Stand on the well cover just ahead and use
E the opposite end to
T
IT
AA find a yellow-light th Dragon Sword’s Helmet Splitter (While
the
J
N
IN Jumping
u i) to break the wood and drop into the
NN Muramasa Shop.
Replenish your room below.
ro
Y
R
N OO
supplies and head left at the intersection. Follow the hallway
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
and take down the Half-Dragon Demons that attack. Continue
EE N
N When you reach
WW
D
down the stairs and to the right. Ignore the hallway to the left
AA
IN A
J
N N
A and head straight to the room at the end. Examine the corpse the bottom, switch
NN to the Howling
to obtain the Howling Cannon projectile weapon.
Cannon and head
G Switch to Enma’s to the Earth Statue
A N
A N
J I Fang, leave the
N
N N
N on the left.
I I
N A
N R
R room and wait
T
T
for the Beastmen
to come storming Save your progress and slowly continue down the hallway
S down the hallway. until several Undead Fish appear ahead.
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
Defeat the Beast-
N
N N
N
E
E men, turn left out
of the room and follow the hallway up the stairs to the next
S room. Enter the room at the top of the stairs to find a
N
container on the left that holds Yellow Essence.
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
IS
T
MM
E
H
H
T
T
A
A
F J 1
O
O I
N
N
H
H N
T N 8
A
P
P
4
1
1
* 
11
11 ^
S
E
L
T 12 ^
T
A
5 ^
M A P  K E Y
B
B
S 8
S 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
O
O
B
B 3  D e v i l Õ s  W a y  M u s h r o o m
3
10
10
&
& S 6
* 
S E
IE
* 
^
T H 3
E P ^
R O
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
C RR
E T
S T
S
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
L
L
21
21 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
U E
K S
S
S A
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R 1
2 7  H o w l i n g  C a n n o n
C
C
1 4
2 8  T o n f a
11
11 * F i r s t F l o o r
92 ^ S e c o n d F l o o r

ted.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
First Appearance: D
U
Undead Fish C
T
I
O
N
Abilities: Long-Range Throw T

T
T H
H
T
H H
Strategy: Undead Fish are very weak, but can be an E E
N W
N
I A
A
annoyance if they are not killed quickly. They always N Y
N
J
A O
A O
attack in groups, but can be seen from a distance. Use F
a combination of a projectile weapon and the Dragon
Sword to take out any and all Undead Fish in the area. N
N
I
N
N
When you shoot one with a projectile weapon, any other J
A
A
Undead Fish around you will swarm in to attack. Shoot I
T
T
E
one, then use any of the Dragon Sword’s quick attack M
M
S
combos. The Undead Fish also use a throw that tracks When you reach the container to the left, turn right and
Hayabusa from a deceptive range. Also note that N
N
continue straight until you come across a rectangular array A I
A N
N
Undead Fish can be found underwater, floating high above N J
D A
A
of columns near the far wall. Dive down to find a container W
Hayabusa in the air, or at eye level. When you see a single N E
N E
that holds a Life of the Gods item. N A
I
N A
P
Undead Fish, look all around the area to ensure you have
P
O
O O N
O
spotted and killed all of them. R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
Use the Howling Cannon to take them out, but if they get I J
N A
N A
too close, use a quick attack with the Dragon Sword. Defeat G
the Fiends and continue into the large open room and onto
the brick ring in the middle.
E
E
N N
N N
When you reach the brick ring several more Undead Fish E I
M N
M N
I J
appear. Fire a single shot with the Howling Cannon, then E A
E A
S
immediately use the Flying Swallow to take out all of the
Undead Fish before they can grab onto Hayabusa.
M
M
Dive underwater in the center of the room to find a Stay underwater and continue swimming straight from the I T
T
S
S
S E
A
A
container that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. entrance you came in through until you reach the stairs at I
O
O M M
N
the far end. If you surface, several Undead Fish attack, so be S
sure to stay underwater. When you reach the stairs, climb up
to the top and open the container to find Yellow Essence. P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
Head through tunnel underwater that leads to the next P R
H E
T
area. There is a set of columns to the right and on the far left. E S
I
E
S &
&
Dive down in the middle of the columns to find a container Move toward the center of the columns and stand on the
that hold another Herb of Spiritual Life and a Devil’s Way broken stone pillar. Use the Howling Cannon and Dragon C
C
R
Mushroom. Sword to take out a plethora of Undead Fish. When all of the D Y
D
A S
Undead Fish have been dispatched, a cinematic is triggered, T T
A A
A A
B L
followed by a boss battle against the Water Dragon. A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
93

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
S
O
R
T
R
BATTLE
S
S
N
IN
I
Projectile attack
F
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A I
A
W
W NN Water
B
O
O
BWater Dragon
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA Undead Fish
J
N
IN
NN
Y
Repeat this
R Close-Range Abilities: Tentacle Stab, Tentacle Strike
N OO process until
OO P
P NN the Water Dragon has been defeated.
AA I
EE N
N Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Undead Fish
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Recommended Weapons: Dragon Sword, Level 2,
NN
Howling Cannon
Strategy: The battle against the Water Dragon can be
CHAP T
TER SEVEN:
G
A N
A
N
N
N
J I
N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
fought one of two ways. An agile Ninja can stay on the plat-
form you start on and use the Howling Cannon to hit the
SEVEN:
T
T Water Dragon’s head and inflict enough damage to take it
down in a relatively short period of time. There isn’t a lot THE LYCANTHROPES’
S
of room to move around on the platform, but all of the
Water Dragon’s attacks are fairly easy to evade even on
CASTLE
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E the small platform.
N
N N
N
E
E
If you get knocked off the platform and are forced to
fight in the water, this limits Hayabusa’s abilities. From a
S
distance, the Water Dragon sends Undead Fish to attack
N you and uses a wide-range projectile attack. At close range
M
M OO
A I
A the Water Dragon uses its tentacles to stab Hayabusa,
E S
T S
T IS
MM transitioning next into a throw, or to strike the water to
send a projectile-like wave toward Hayabusa.
E
H
H
T
T
A
A
F J
O
O I
N
N
H
H N
T N Tentacle Strike
A
P
P
Lycanthropes Castle Details ’

S
E
L
T
T
A Crystal Skulls: 3
B
B
S
S Weapons: Eclipse Scythe, Kusari-gama, Tonfa
O
O
B
B
Tentacle Stab New Enemies: Bone Scorpion, Lesser Fiend
Dive Bosses: Undead Monster,Volf

&
& S
S E
IE underwater Maps: 4
T H
E P
R O and attack the
C RR
E T
S T
S Water Dragon’s
underbelly, until
L you see its tentacles begin to attack the water around you.
L
U E
K S At this point, swim back to the surface and run around the
S
S A
L B Water Dragon in a circle until the Tentacle Stab attack has
A A
A A
T T
S A concluded. When the Water Dragon sends Undead
Y D
D
R
C
C Fish toward you, switch to the Dragon Sword and
make quick work of them.
94

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R

O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
1 T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
8 N W
N
4 I A
A
1 N Y
N
J
1 A O
A O
* 
11
11 ^ F
12
N
N
^
5 I
N
N
^
8
M A P  K E Y
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
3
10
10
6 N
N
* 
A I
* 
^
N
A N
3 N J
D A
^ 6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
P
O
O O N
O
R
21
21 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
Y
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
T
T
R N
R
A N
I I
N N
N N
I J
1
2 7  H o w l i n g  C a n n o n
N A
N A
G
1 4
2 8  T o n f a
11
11 *  F i r s t  F l o o r
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
To the r g
rightt of
o w
where
ere you began
egan the
t e boss
oss fight
g t iss a broken
r o en S
rock between two columns. You will use this to initiate the
Flying Bird Technique and reach the top of the columns.
M
M
When you reach I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
the top, head to N
S
the right and move
around the outer
edge of the roof P
P
A
across to the other N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
side. There is a hole J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
in the roof to the E
left. Drop down into the hole and go back in the direction You always see Undead Fish before they attack. As soon
B
B
you came to find a Crystal Skull. as you see Undead Fish, shoot one with the Howling O
O
S
S
Cannon or Fiend’s Bane Bow, then take the rest out
B
B
A
T
with the Piercing Dragon’s Fang Dragon Sword combo T
L
E
(ooooo) as they rush toward Hayabusa. S
Open the container to find Yellow Essence, then continue T S

T S
R E
R
O C
toward the center of the room to find another Muramasa P R
H E
T
Shop. Watch out for Undead Fish in this area of the roof. Use E S
I
E
S &
&
a combination of the Howling Cannon and Dragon Sword to
take them out. You still cannot upgrade any of the weapons C
C
R
D Y
D
you’ve already upgraded to Level 2, so upgrade the Dragon’s A S
T T
A A
A A
Claw and Tiger’s Fang and purchase any supplies B L
A S
S
S K
you may need. To the right of the shop is an E U
L
opening that leads to a series of columns L
Head back to the top of the roof and over to the far-left that you can jump onto
side to find a container hidden in another hole in the roof. reach the next structure.
95

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D First Appearance:
O
R
T
R Bone Scorpion
N
IN
I
Abilities: Acid Drip
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN Strategy: Bone Scorpions are relatively weak compared
A I
A
W
W NN to most of the other enemies in the game. However, they
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
almost always attack in large numbers and can be an an-
noyance. At a distance, use the Kusari-gama to keep these
S
enemies at bay and prevent them from attacking. At close
MM range, if they get an attack off, they have the ability to
E
T
IT
AA
briefly stun Hayabusa, preventing him from attacking. If they
J
N
IN
close in, continue to use the Kusari-gama, or switch to the
NN
You cannot fall off of the columns unless you jump. Run
Falcon’s Talons or Vigoorian Flail if you have trouble initiat-
to the edge of the columns until you can no longer move
Y
ing an attack. When Bone Scorpions attack from above, they
R forward, then jump. This ensures you make the jump and use an acid drip that can stun Hayabusa. Use the Kusari-
N OO
OO P
P NN do not fall into the water below. gama to knock them off of the ceiling and prevent them
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D from using the acid drip.
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Be cautious of the Undead Fish along the path and head
NN across to the next structure. Head left across the top of the
structure to find another series of columns you can use to Take out the
G reach the ledge on the edge of the area. When you reach the Bone Scorpions
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N ledge, head to the left to find a container at the end of the and continue
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T path that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. through the open
area. At the end
Head back in the opposite direction and
of the room is
S ccontinue along the ledge until you reach a gap
A E
A E a corpse to the
J I in the floor. Use Shadowless Footsteps along the
in
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
right.
E
E lleft wall to cross the gap, then defeat the Water
Demons that attack. Continue to the far side of the ledge to Examine the corpse to find a Jewel of the Demon Seal.
find another container that holds Red Essence. Switch to the Vigoorian Flail and continue down the next
S tunnel and through the door and engage the Bone Scorpions
N Head to the right and across to the next
M
M OO that spawn shortly after you enter the room.
A I
A structure and defeat the Undead Fish in your path.
st
E S
T S
T IS
MM Follow the half-circle-shaped structure around to
Fo
the right, then jump on the far side. Jump on the
th
E first two columns, then use the series of columns on the left to Achievement Tip: To unlock the achievement Feat of
H
H
T
T reach a container.
A
A
F J a Hundred Slashes, use Ultimate Guidance to chain
O
O I
N
N
H
H N
T N
together several Ultimate Technique 2 combos with the
A
P
P Vigoorian Flail. Due to the number of Bone Scorpions
that attack, each UT2 registers at least a 20- to 30-hit
S
Open the
E
L
combo. Link three or four of these to achieve a 100-hit
T container
T combo.
A
B
B
S to find a
S Devil’s Way
O
O
B
B
When all of the scorpions have been defeated, a cinematic
Mushroom,
is triggered, followed by a mid-boss battle.
then return
&
& S and continue
S E
IE
T H
E P across the columns in the original direction you were heading.. Mid-Boss Battle:
R O
C R
E T
S T
S
R Undead Monster
Run straight into the building ahead to find an
Ea
Earth Statue. Save your progress and continue
L Close-Range Abilities: Bone Eater, Spin Attack, Un-
L
U E through the tunnel to the right of the save point.
th t.
K S
S
S A
blockable Throw
L B
Engage in battle against Bone Scorpions for thee
E
A A
A A
Long-Range Abilities: Bone Kick
T T first time.
S A
Y D
D
R Recommended Weapons: Dragon Sword, Level 2,
C
C
Howling Cannon
96

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
Strategy: As soon as the boss battle begins, switch back An alternative attack strategy is to attack from the O
D
maximum range of the Azure Swallow combo (While U
to the Dragon Sword and run to the right or left. When C
T
the Undead Monster rears its foot back, use the Wind Jumping Forward d+ii). This takes longer as the Azure I
O
N
Run to avoid the Bone Kick. This inflicts damage at close Swallow combo does not inflict as much damage, but it
range, and acts like a projectile attack if Hayabusa is at a works if you’re having trouble getting close to the Undead T
T
T H
H
T
H H
distance. This is the only attack you have to worry about at Monster. Just be careful not to attack as the Undead E E
Monster prepares one of its attacks because you will not N W
N
a distance, so continue to circle the Undead Monster until I A
A
N Y
N
be able to block it while performing the Azure Swallow. J
you’re behind it. At this point run in and use the Undefeat- A O
A O
F
able Demon combo (iii) on the Undead Monster’s Use either offensive strategy until the Undead Monster
back leg. If it begins to spin, quickly jump away to avoid stumbles back. Use first-person view with the Howling N
N
taking damage. I
N
N
Cannon to fire off several shots at the glowing orb in the J
A
A
Undead Monster’s chest. When it stands back up, repeat I
T
T
E
the process until it is defeated. M
M
S
Bone Kick N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
Defeat the mid-boss and head to the far side of the room D A
A
W
N E
N E
where there’s a small opening. N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Use the Flying R
Y
Bird Technique to
reach the ledge T
T
R N
R
above, then follow A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
Throw it to the gap where N A
N A
G
you must use
Shadowless
Footsteps on E
E
N N
N N
the left wall. Examine the corpse to find the Kusari-gama E I
M N
M N
I J
weapon, then open the container ahead to obtain an Herb of E A
E A
S
Spiritual Life.
Spin attack
Switch to the Vigoorian Flail and defeat the M

M
Bone Scorpions that attack. Continue up the ledge I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
and use Shadowless Footsteps to cross the last
a I
O
O M M
N
gap, then defeat the Bone Scorpions that attack.
ga S
Head through the opening and use the Dragon Sword’s

Flying Swallow or the Vigoorian Flail weapon to clear the P
P
Attack the A
Bone Scorpions inside. There is a container on the left side of N T
N H
H
Undead Monster’s I
N O
N O
the room that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. An Earth Statue J F
A
A
back leg ... T
T
H
H
is on the room’s right side. E
Save your progress and continue through the

B
B
corridor and across a bridge. Use Shadowless
co O
O
S
S
Footsteps to cross any gaps in the floor. Continue
Fo
B
B
A
T
... or use the Azure to
o the end of the tunnel and use the Flying Bird T
L
E
Swallow ... Technique on the wall ahead of you to reach the top of the S
dungeon. Move to the right and attack the guillotine to reveal
a Crystal Skull. T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
... then fire the Attack the C

C
R
D Y
D
Howling Cannon guillotine ... A S
T T
A A
A A
when it stumbles. B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
97

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
... to reveal a
AA
O
O N
Y JN Crystal Skull.
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T Continue
forward to trigger
S a cinematic, then
MM
E
T
IT save your progress at the Earth Statue just ahead. Head up
AA
J the stairs to the right of the Earth Statue to find a blue-light
N
IN
NN Muramasa Shop on the left when you reach the top.
Upgrade the Head back down the ladder and continue down the stairs in
Y
R
N OO Kusari-gama, the direction you came. Go right at the bottom of the stairs,
OO P
P NN
AA I save your progress again if you wish, and then head through
EE N
N replenish your
WW
D
AA the open doorway to the right of the Earth Statue. Defeat the
IN A
J
N N
A supplies at the
NN shop, and then two Lesser Fiends in your first encounter with them and head
head back toward down the stairs and through the door at the bottom.
G the stairs to find a
A N
A N
J I ladder on the left.
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Climb the ladder and head right to find a container that holds
T
T
a Grains of Spiritual Life item.
S
A E
A E
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
E
E
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S 16
T S
T IS
MM M A P  K E Y
E
H
H
T
T
A
A
F J 4
O
O I
N
N 5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
10
10
S
E
L
1 6  L u n a r  S t a f f
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
2
L
L 5
U E
K S
S
S A
L B 4
A A
A A
T T 12
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
98

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
Take out several more Lesser Fiends, then head up the R
First Appearance: O
D
stairs on the right to battle against several Water Fiends as U
Lesser Fiend C
T
you make your way to the top. I
O
N
When you reach the top, equip the Fiend’s Bane Bow and
Abilities: Projectile use the first-person view to take down the Flying Demons T
T
T H
H
T
H H
Attack E E
that attack alongside the Lesser Fiends. Head to the far right N W
N
I A
A
Strategy: The Lesser N Y
N
to spawn more Lesser Fiends and Flying Demons. Defeat all J
A O
A O
Fiend is essentially the F
of the Fiends and go up the stairs and to the left of the
demon version of a building to find a container that holds Red Essence.
Melee Ninja. Lesser N
N
I
N
N
Fiends are one of the Head around to the opposite side of the building J
A
A
weakest demons and to find an Earth Statue in the far-right corner. I
T
T
E
M
M
appear often after Save your progress and climb the ladder to the
Sa S
chapter 7. If left alone right of the Earth Statue. Follow the path around
N
N
for too long they will until you reach a dead end. Defeat the Lesser Fiends here and A I
A N
N
N J
use a fireball projectile D A
A
use the Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall to the left. W
attack. From a distance N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
they can move under- When you P
O
O O N
O
R
ground similar to a Ninpo Ninja. The Lesser Fiends reach the top, Y
disappear underground and move toward Hayabusa.Watch another Lesser

their trail on the ground and use the Reverse Wind to Fiends and two T
T
R N
R
move away as soon as they get close . If you do not move, A N I
Flying Demons I
N N
N N
they use a throw as soon as they reappear.The slightly I J
attack. Take out N A
N A
G
stronger Lesser Demons are a dark purple color and can
the Lesser Fiend,
sometimes require more than one Izuna Drop to finish
then use the bow
them off. They can also continue to fight even after their
to make quick work of the Flying Demons. Use the stairs in E
E
N N
N N
heads have been severed, so do not drop your guard if this E I
the corner to reach the area and follow the path around to M N
M N
happens. I
E A
E
J
A
the left. Defeat the Lesser Fiends that attack and continue S
down the path. When you reach the end, continue down the
far-left ledge to the second flagpole.
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
M A P  K E Y
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
B
B
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
O
O
S
S
1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
B
B
A
T
T
2 8  T o n f a
14
14 L
E
S
12
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
1 2 E S
I
E
S &
&
14
14 1
28
28 5
4 C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
6 L
L
2
4
99
Protected byy copyri

Pr copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copy
copying or downloading expressly prohibited.
ibited..

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Open the container to find a Life of the Gods item and
U
D head through the door on the right. Save your progress at the
O
RR
T Earth Statue on the right, then head to the other end of the
N
IN
I If you drop
hall and through the door on the left. Defeat the Beastman
F
down into the
AA and move up the stairs and around to the far-left side of
O
O N
Y JN courtyard, use the balcony to find a container that holds an Herb of
A I
A
W
W NN the ladder in the
E E Spiritual Life.
H H
H TH corner to climb
T T
T
back up. Jump on
S the pole and climb out to the flag. Swing to the pole in front
MM
E of you and into the window ahead. Defeat the Lesser Fiends
T
IT
A
J
A and Beastmen in the room and head out the door.
N
IN
NN Move straight across the courtyard and examine the corpse
Y
in the middle to find Inukoma’s Notebook. Continue through
R
N OO the open door directly ahead and defeat the Beastmen inside.
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW Go through the opening in the far-left corner of the room,
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A take out two more Beastmen and break the barrels in the
NN
far-left corner to reveal a hidden container.
G
A N
A N Go back down to the first floor and through the open door
J I
N
N N
N
I I to the right of the door you entered. Take down the Lesser
N A
N R
R
T
T Fiends and pass through the open door on the far-right side
Break the barrels ...
of the room to find more Lesser Fiends to kill. Take the door
at the end of the room and defeat the Water Demons and
S
A E
A E Lesser Fiends inside the next room. Open the chest that
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
appears to obtain the Tonfa weapon.
E
E
Continue
through the door
S ... to reveal a at the end of the
N
M
M OO container. room to reach the
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS main room you
MM
were in earlier.
Head up the stairs
E
H
H and to the right
T
T
A
A
F J 1
O
O I
N
N and defeat the
H
H N
T N 4 Beastmen
B e that appear. Go through the
M A P  K E Y
A
P
P 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
door
d o on the left and continue up the next
flight
fl i of stairs, saving your progress at
S
E
L
T
tthee Earth Statue ahead.

T
A
B
B
S Head through the door at the top of the
S
O
O stairs
stai and defeat the Lesser Fiends and
B
B
Beastmen
e inside the room. Attack the last
bookcase on the room’s left side to reveal
&
& S
S E
IE a Crystal
C Skull.
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A 5
T T
S A
Y D
R
D 4
C
C
100

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
Attack the ... and Undead N
bookcase ... Fish appear and T

T
T H
H
T
H H
attack. E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
Head back to
the stairs and move toward the door at the top to initiate
N
N
a cut scene followed by an attack from several Beastman. I
N
N
... to reveal a J
A
A
Defeat the Beastman to reveal a trap door in the middle of I
Crystal Skull. T
T
E
the floor. M
M
S
N
N
Examine the A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
corpse on the W
N E
N E
opposite side of the room to find the third part to the story of N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
the Four Greater Fiends. Continue through the fireplace open- R
Y
ing to the left. Use the Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall
directly ahead as you enter the fireplace. When you reach
T
T
the top, several Lesser Fiends attack. Dispatch them and head R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
through the door to find several more Lesser Fiends. I J
N A
N A
G
Move to the fireplace on the left, near the end of the room,
and use the Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall. Save
your progress at the Earth Statue when you reach the top Head through the trap door and open the container on the E
E
N N
N N
E I
and use the flagpoles just beyond the save point to reach the left to find an Herb of Spiritual Life. M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
next balcony. If you fall, use the nearby ladder to reach the S
top again. Move toward the door at the end of the hall
and save your progress at the Earth Statue along
Continue to the left and defeat the Beastmen as you pass th way. Go through the door to find yourself
the M
M
the stairs. Keep moving straight, ignoring the stairs for now, back out in the courtyard with the water.
ba
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
to find two more flagpoles. They are out of reach from this I
O
O M M
Head straight and to the right, then defeat the Lesser Fiends N
side of the balcony. Drop down to the bottom and use the S
that attack.
ladder ahead to the right to reach the far side of the balcony
where a yellow-light Muramasa Shop awaits. Go down the stairs on the right across the bridge. Continue P
P
A
through the door at the end of the bridge and open the N T
N H
H
Stock up on supplies but be cautious with the two contain- I
N O
N
container on the left to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item. O
J F
A
A
ers to the right of the shop. Sometimes if you open one of T
T
H
H
Pass through the door to initiate a cinematic E
the containers, Undead Fish appear and attack, and the other
container holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. At other times, one fo
followed by a boss battle against Volf.
B
B
container holds a Grains of Spiritual Life item, and the other O
O
S
S
holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. It’s random as to which
B
B
A
T
outcome occurs. However, if you save your progress at the T
L
E
previous Earth Statue, you can reload your game until you S
get two items instead of one item and Undead Fish.

T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Sometimes you
open one of the C
C
R
containers ... D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
101

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
S
D From a distance, Volf roars, then uses his charge. The
O
RR BATTLE only way to avoid the charge is to use the Wind Run as Volf
S
T
N
IN
I approaches. Be cautious as Volf can also use the charge from
F
AA O Volf,
Volf, the Invincible close range, although he does not do so as frequently.
O
O N
JN
BRuler of Storm
Y
A I
A
It’s best to attack Volf from close range with any of the
W
W NN
strong attack combos from Enma’s Fang because the Flying
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T Swallow is difficult to land. Wait for Volf to initiate one of
his combos, then use the Reverse or Furious Wind to move
S just outside of his attack range. At this point, charge up an
MM Ultimate Technique 1 and unleash it as soon as you reach the
E
T
IT
AA necessary charge. Alternately, you can block all but the last
J
N
IN few hits of Volf’s combos, then use the Furious Wind to avoid
NN
the last few hits and immediately charge an Ultimate Tech-
Y nique 1 or use any of Enma’s Fang’s strong attack combos.
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN Scythe combos
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Close-Range Abilities: Scythe Combos, Spin Attack,
T
T
Unblockable Throw
Long-Range Ability: Charge
S
A E
A E
J I Recommended Weapons: Enma’s Fang, Level 2
N M
N
I
M
E Throw
N
N N
N
E
E Strategy: To battle head-to-head against Volf, you must
remain on the move as much as possible. Volf attacks with
multiple Eclipse Scythe combos. If he is spinning, use the
S Wind Run to get away from fast. It is possible to block his
N
M
M OO spin attack, but you’ll still take damage. He follows the spin Any time you are not charging an Ultimate Technique, you
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS attack with at least one Scythe attack, and sometimes two. If must remain on the move. Volf’s throw is extremely damag-
MM
he is using any other Scythe combo, the first few attacks can ing, as is the charge. If you remain stationary, both of these
be blocked without taking damage, but the last two to three attacks can hit Hayabusa with ease. After you defeat Volf, a
E attacks in each combo inflict damage to Hayabusa whether brief cinematic plays and you obtain the Eclipse Scythe.
H
H
T
T you are blocking or not.
A
A
F J
O
O I
N
N Once you have the weapon, a horde of Beastmen attack.
H
H N
T N Stay on the move and only engage the Beastmen if they’re
A
P
P close to you. After a short period another cinematic begins
and the chapter comes to an end. You do not have to defeat
S
E Charge all of the Beastmen to complete the chapter.
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
Spin Attack
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
102

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
TER EIGH T
CHAP T T:
T
W
When the cinematic ends, run straight ahead and take out the R
O
D
Lesser Fiends that attack. Continue forward and turn right
Le U
C
when you reach the end of the street. There is a container on T
I
O
CITY OF THE FALLEN the right here. Open it to find an Herb of Spiritual Life. Make
th N
a left as you come out of the alley.

GODDESS H
T
H
T
T
T H
H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Several Demon Spawn and Half-Dragon Demons attack. Y
City of the Fallen Goddess Defeat them and move left down the next alley. Take out the
Details Lesser Fiends and continue down the alley. Turn right and T
T
R N
R
A N
approach the container on the far-right side. As you get close I
N N
N
I
N
I J
Boss: Greater Fiend to it, two Demon Spawn attack from the left. Make quick N A
N A
G
work of them and open the container to find a Devil’s Way
Maps: 2
Mushroom.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
1
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
M A P  K E Y
S &
&
C
C
3 R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
103

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
W
W NN 4
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN M A P  K E Y
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
A
E
A I
E N
N
5
4
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A 1
NN
2
4
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
Turn around and go to the right of the Earth Statue to find
another container in the corner. Open it to find a Grains of
S
A E
A E Spiritual Life item.
J I
N M
N
I
M
E
N
N N
N
E
E
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T Head to the opposite side of the small area and into the
A
A
F J
O
O I
N
N opening in the wall that the Demon Spawn created. Move to
H
H N
T N
A the left once you get in the opening and turn right into the
P
P
building. Defeat the Lesser Fiends that attack and move to the
S far-right side of the building to find a container that holds an
E Save your progress at the Earth Statue and continue up
L
T
T
Herb of Spiritual Life.
A the stairs to the right. Take out the Lesser Fiends and move
B
B
S into the center of the area to trigger the elevator. Demon
S
O
O
B
B Spawn attack while the elevator is moving up. Defeat them.
Then several Lesser Fiends appear, followed by another set of
&
& S Demon Spawn.
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O When the elevator comes to a stop, another horde of Lesser
C RR
E T
S T
S Fiends attacks. Defeat them, save your progress at the Earth
Statue, and get back on the elevator. Demon Spawn attack,
L
L followed by a group of Lesser Fiends. Afterward, a cinematic
U E
K S plays. When it ends, several Half-Dragon Demons attack.
S
S A
L B
A A
A A Clear them out and circle around the building until you come
T T
S A
Y D
D to a yellow-light Muramasa Shop.
R
C
C
104

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
Unblockable T
T
T H
H
T
H H
throw E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
Replenish your supplies, turn around, and save your Spiral Flight E
M
M
progress at the Earth Statue ahead. Climb the stairs to the left S
taking out the Lesser Fiends on your way to the top. When N
N
A I
A N
N
you reach a gap in the floor, use Shadowless Footsteps along N J
D A
A
W
the wall to the right to cross. At the top, travel to the center While he’s N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
of the roof to initiate a cinematic followed by a boss battle stationary in P
O
O O N
O
the air, you can hit him with any of Rachel’s jumping attacks. R
against Greater Fiend. Y
After the Spiral Flight, he remains on the ground for a short
time. Use this opportunity to attack with a combo of your T
T
S
BATTLE choice until he retreats to the air again. The lower his health
R N
R
A N I
S
I
N N
N N
gauge, the less time he spends on the ground after the Spiral I J
N A
N A
Flight attack and the more you’ll have to hit him in the air. G
O
B E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
Projectile
attack
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
Aerial A
A
T
T
H
H
Charge E
B
B
O
O
Close-Range Ability: Unblockable Throw S
S
B
B
A
T
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Spiral Flight, T
L
Aerial Charge At close range, Marbus may use an unblockable throw, but E
S
Recommended Weapon: Inferno Hammer this is rare and it will not hit you if you continue to move
whenever you’re not attacking him. When the Lesser Fiends
Strategy: This early battle against Marbus is not difficult, T S
T S
reappear, defeat them and continue your strategy to quickly R E
R
O C
save for the Lesser Fiends that fight alongside him. Take them P R
take down Marbus. H E
T
out as quickly as possible while avoiding Marbus’s many E S
I
E
S &
&
attacks. After the Lesser Fiends have been dispatched, stay
close to Marbus while he’s in the air. Use the Reverse Wind C
C
R
to avoid his multi-fireball projectile attack, Spiral Flight, and D Y
D
A S
Aerial Charge. T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
105

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
CHAP T
TER NINE:
N
IN
I
Flying Fortress Daedalus
F
AA
NINE: Details
O
O N
Y JN
A
A
W
W
I
NN THE FLYING FORTESS Crystal Skulls: 2
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T DAEDALUS New Enemies: Light Artillery Ninja, Tactical Ninja,
Executor, Mecha Soldier
S
MM Bosses: Genshin, Flaming Armadillo
E
T
IT
AA Maps: 1
J
N
IN
NN
Y When you arrive at the top of the fortress, immediately run
R
N OO
OO P for cover behind the two blast shields ahead. Use the first-
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW person view of the Fiend’s Bane Bow to take out each gun
D
AA
J
IN A
N N
A turret with a single arrow. There are two gun turrets above
NN
the hanger doors ahead and two on each wing of the plane.
Each turret appears a second time after being destroyed. The
G
A N
A N blast shields do not last long under fire so take them down
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
M A P  K E Y 7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d  G o d s
1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e 8  Y e l l o w  E s s e n c e
S 12
A E
A IE
J 4
N MM
2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
N
I E
N
N NN
EE 3  D e v i l Õ s  W a y  M u s h r o o m 1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
4   E a r t h  S t a t u e 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
S
5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p 2 1  J e w e l  o f  t h e  D e m o n  S e a l
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
T S
T IS
MM 6
6
14
14 1
7
E 1 3 1
H
H
T
T 1 8
F A
JA
O
O N 21
21 5
IN 2
H
H N
T N
4
A 4 12
P
P
S 1
E
L 15
15 3
T 5
T
A 11
11 4 5
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L as quickly as possible. If the blast shields are destroyed, use

L
U E
K S the aerial auto-aim method to avoid taking hits, while still
S
S A
L B
A A
A A attacking the turrets.
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
Destroy all of the batteries and then go toward the
hangar door to initiate a cinematic. At the conclusion of the
cinematic, several Executors attack from the hangar.
106

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
First Appearance: Executor in on them, while potentially inflicting damage to multiple O
D
U
enemies at a time. Stay on the move against large numbers C
T
of Tactical Ninja to prevent being stunned by their fire. I
O
Abilities: Explosive N
Death, Flight, Be cautious around injured Tactical Ninja, as they
Projectile Attack have the same kamikaze technique as the Melee and T
T
T H
H
T
H H
Projectile Ninja. E E
Strategy: Executors N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
are similar to Tactical J
A O
A O
F
Fiends in many ways.
Take
a the e enemi
enemiess ou
out and proceed
roceed to the end
en off the
t hall
all to
When left alone, they
find a container that holds a Jewel of the Demon Seal. N
N
fire a stream of bullets I
N
N
J
at Hayabusa. Against Then, head back A
A
I
T
T
multiple Executors, the way you came E
M
M
this stream is nearly and turn right at S
endless. In addition, the first opportu- N
N
they have the ability to fly for short periods of time. A I
A N
N
nity. When you N J
D A
A
When they are airborne, use the Flying Swallow to take W
reach the next N E
N E
them out. This technique is also useful against multiple N A
I
N A
P
hall, several more P
O
O O N
O
Executors to keep Hayabusa on the move and avoid their R
attacks. Weapons combos that knock weaker enemies Tactical Ninja Y
into the air do not work on these stronger Fiends, attack. Eliminate them and proceed to the end of the hall to
however, using weaker combos followed by the Reverse find a save point. T
T
R N
R
A N I
Wind to quickly move away from the Fiends works well. I
N N
N N
Turn around and go into the door on the left. Open the I
N A
N
J
A
When an Executor has been defeated, the explosion that G
container in the far-left corner of the room to find an Herb
follows injures Hayabusa if he is too close. Defeat them
and quickly move away to avoid the explosion. of Spiritual Life. Open the container in the far-right corner
of the room to obtain a Devil’s Way Mushroom, then head
E
E
N N
N N
through the door on the right. E I
M N
M N
I J
Use the Flying Swallow to avoid the gun shots from these E A
E A
Head into the hallway and S
enemies and be cautious once they have been defeated, as to the left to face more Tactical
to
they explode and can cause damage to Hayabusa. If you are Ninja. Take them out and continue
Ni
caught near one of the Executors when it is about to explode, moving down the hall, all the way M
M
I T
S
S T
keep your guard up to prevent Hayabusa from taking damage. around the area, passing the door,
ar S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
until you reach a dead end with a container. Several Execu- N
Take out the Executors and head into the hangar. There is S
a blue-light Muramasa Shop at the end of the hangar on the tors attack as soon as you pass the door. Take them out,
left. Replenish your supplies, upgrade the Eclipse Scythe, and but make sure you do not enter the room they came out of.
P
P
A
move through the door on the right. Go right and around the Open the container at the end of the hallway to obtain a Life N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
next corner once you are through the door. Several Tactical of the Gods item. Then go back to the door you passed and O
J F
A
A
defeat any remaining Executors. T
T
Ninja attack in the hallway. H
H
E
When all the
First Appearance: Executors have B
B
O
O
Tactical Ninja been defeated,
S
S
B
B
A
T
stand on the lift T
L
Abilities: Kamikaze, to activate it and E
S
Projectile Attack move Hayabusa
Strategy: Treat Tactical
down to the next T S
T S
R E
R
floor. A Mecha O C
Ninja like you would P R
Soldier Fiend attacks when you reach the bottom of the lift. H E
T
Projectile Ninja. When E S
I
E
S &
&
left alone, they shoot
their guns at Hayabusa,
C
C
stunning him on impact. R
D Y
D
A S
Use the Reverse Wind T T
A A
A A
or simply jump to B L
A S
S
S K
avoid their attacks. The E U
L
Reverse Wind is also L
useful to quickly close
107

Pr copyright. Unauthorized
thorized or unl
unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T door on the right side of the room, just before the laser secu-
C
U
First Appearance:
D rity system. Go up the stairs and make quick work of the next
O
RR
Mecha Soldier batch of Tactical Ninja. Go through the door at the end of the
T
N
IN
I hall and take out more Tactical Ninja. On the left side of the
F
Abilities: Flight, room there is a container in the corner that holds an Herb of
A
O
O N
Y J Projectile Attack Spiritual Life.
A I
A
W
W N
Strategy: Mecha
E E In the right corner of the room is a machine that
H H
H
T T
T Soldiers are up-
co
controls the power source for the ship. Destroy the
graded Executors.
two
w consoles on either side of the room and go
S They can fly for a
MM short period of time back through the door you came in.
ba
E
T
IT
AA and are difficult to Defeat the Light Artillery Ninja in the hallway and continue
J
N
IN stun. However, their
NN
through the door at the end. Head right, to the door at the end
explosions do not
of the next hallway. When you reach the next room, do not
Y inflict damage to
R enter the door on the left yet. Instead, go around the corner
N OO Hayabusa. Use the
OO P
P NN
A I
and take out the Tactical and Light Artillery Ninja that attack.
A
EE N
N
Eclipse Scythe or the
WW
D Dragon Sword’s Fly-
AA
J
IN A
N N
A ing Swallow to make First Appearance:
NN
quick work of them. Light Artillery Ninja
G
A N
A N
J I Abilities: Kamikaze, Projectile Attack
N
N N
N
I I Switch to Enma’s’ Fang and take the Soldier out, then defeat
N A
N R
R
T
T
a second Mecha Solider Fiend that attacks and head to the Strategy: Light Artillery Ninja are almost identical to
Tactical Ninja, except that they use a single-shot rocket
door at the far end of the room. Dispatch the Tactical Ninja
launcher instead of a standard gun. The rockets can
S
and save your progress at the Earth Statue. There is a control
A E
A IE
knock Hayabusa out of the air and inflict on him a good
J console just beyond the Earth Statue. Destroy the console and
N M
N
I E
M deal of damage. These Ninja should be eliminated as
N
N NN make sure to destroy the far-left side to reveal a Crystal Skull.
EE quickly as possible; they take priority over most enemies.
S
N Head back to the door you passed before. Save your progress
M
M OO
A I
A
E S and access the yellow-light Muramasa Shop inside, then
T S
T IS
MM continue back around the two corners and through the door
at the end of the hall on the left.
E
H
H
T
T
As you enter the room, several Tactical Ninja attack. Take
F A
JA them out, then examine the corpse in the far-right corner to
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N obtain Yogenta’s Notebook.
A
P
P
Head through the

S
E door on the room’s
L
T
T
A left side to enter the
B
B
S Grab the Skull and go back out the door to engage two elevator. Several
S
O
O Mecha Soldier Fiends and several Tactical Ninja. Use Enma’s
B
B Tactical Ninja attack
Fang to take them down quickly and then continue through when the elevator
&
& S the door at the far end of the room. Beat several more Tactical door opens. Take
S E
IE
T H
E P
Ninja and move around to the left side of the room to find a them down and
R O
C R
E TR container. Open the container to find another Life of the destroy the control panels on the far side of the room. Turn
S T
S
Gods item. around and climb the ladder to the left of the door. Open the
L two containers in the room above to find a Lives of the Thou-
L Head to the
U E sand Gods item and an Herb of Spiritual Life.
K S right and go
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
through the door Cautiously approach the door to the left of the
S A
Y D
D in the corner of se
second container. As soon as the door opens, the
R
C
C
the room. Dispatch Ta
Tactical and Light Artillery Ninja in the next room
the Tactical Ninja shoot at Hayabusa. Dodge out of the way, then use
sh
108 that attack and Wind Run to pass through the door unharmed.
pass through the

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
Defeat the enemies and save your progress at the Earth T
R
O
Statue in the corner. Enter the small door to the right of the D
U
C
save point to find a container that holds Yellow Essence. T
I
O
N
Go down
through the T
T
T H
H
T
H H
opening in the E E
N W
N
I A
A
floor near the N Y
N
J
A O
A O
Earth Statue. F
Head to the
N
N
left to find a I
N
N
J
container near A
A
I
T
T
the door. Open it E
M
M
to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item, then continue through Head to the other end of the hall and dispatch the Tactical S
the door. and Light Artillery Ninja that attack. A countdown begins, N
N
but this does not affect Hayabusa. Continue through the door A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
at the end of the hall to battle another group of Tactical and W
N E
N E
Light Artillery Ninja. N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
You are now back in the room with the device that controls
the reactor. Head through the door on the right to trigger
T
T
a cinematic. When the cinematic is over, pass through the R N
R
A N I
door ahead of you and take down the Tactical and Light I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
Artillery Ninja inside. Open the container near the door you G
came through to find an Herb of Spiritual Life item, then go
through the door on the other side of the room.
E
E
N N
N N
Approach the door on the right to trigger E I
M N
M N
I J
Head to the right and examine the rubble on the right to another short cinematic, then continue through
an E A
E A
S
find a Crystal Skull. the door ahead of you. Head down to the end of
th
tthe hall and through the next door. Take care of
the Tactical and Light Artillery Ninja inside and go through M
M
I T
S
S T
the door at the far end of the room. Go around to the very S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
end of the hall to find a container near the door that holds an N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
Go down to the end of the hall, around the corner, and T
L
through the door on the left to reach the hangar where you E
S
originally started. Defeat the Executors outside, and access
the Muramasa Shop if you need supplies. Once you are fully
T S
T S
R E
R
stocked, move onto the lift to descend to the floor below. O C
P R
H E
T
Cautiously open the door with the green light. As soon as Head through the door to the right. Replenish your supplies E S
I
E
S &
&
the door opens, the turrets on the other side begin to shoot. and upgrade the Lunar Staff or Tonfa at the blue-light
Head for cover behind the wall, then move to the opposite Muramasa Shop within, then continue through the door on C
C
R
side of the room and use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to take out the the right. As soon as you open the door the turrets on the D Y
D
A S
T T
turrets from across the room, where it’s safer. opposite side will turn toward Hayabusa and begin to shoot. A A
A A
B L
A S
S
Quickly use the first-person view of the S K
E U
Continue through the door and down the ladder to the other L
Fiend’s Bane Bow to take down all
L
side of the wing. Climb up the ladder there and go through three before they start shooting.
the door to find a save point. Save your progress and continue
through the door to the right. Once inside, examine the corpse 109
in the corner on the left to find a Devil’s Way Mushroom item.

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O At close range, Genshin can counter or parry Hayabusa’s
RR
T attacks. This includes the first attack from either Ultimate
N
IN
I
Technique, halting them completely. Use the Dragon Sword
F
Hold l to enter first-person mode, quickly shoot an and move in circles around Genshin with the Reverse Wind
AA
O
O N
Y JN arrow, then depress l and hold it again to shoot the Technique until he attacks. Block his attack or combo, then
A
A I
W
W NN next arrow.This method of shooting the Fiend’s Bane counterattack with a short combo. Be careful of a counter-
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
Bow allows Hayabusa to quickly auto-target each turret. attack or parry. Should this happen, use the Reverse Wind,
then wait for Genshin to attack again.
S Climb up the ladder on the far side, save your progress at
MM
E
T
IT the Earth Statue, and continue through the door to initiate
AA
J another cinematic followed by a boss battle with Genshin.
N
IN
NN Projectile Attack
Y S
BATTLE
S
S
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
A
E
W
A I
E N
W
N
D O
OGenshin
AA
J
IN A
N
A
B
B
N
NN
Close-Range Abilities:
G Strong and Weak Combos, Ninpo
A N
A N
J I Counterattack Technique, Parry
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
Technique
T
T
Do not use the
Long-Range Abilities:
Flying Swallow or
Ultimate Technique, Anti-Air
any other aerial attacks because Genshin can counter any
S Technique, Projectile Attack
A E
A IE aerial attacks Hayabusa uses. There is a chance Genshin’s
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N N
Recommended Weapon: counter will miss, but it is far too risky to rely on that. After
N
EE
Dragon Sword, Level 2 you defeat the first boss, a cinematic plays, then a second
boss battle begins.
Strategy: The second battle
against Genshin is very similar to the first. This is once again
S
S
M
M
N
OO a battle between two skilled Ninja. Genshin uses an Ultimate BATTLE
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
Technique and a ninpo similar to the Art of the Piercing Void S
MM from a distance or from close range, although both attacks
OFlaming Armadillo
are more frequent when he is at a distance. If he uses either
E
H
H
ability, immediately use the Reverse Wind to move away B
T
T from him. From a distance, he also throws multiple flaming
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
shuriken that ignite if they hit Hayabusa. Stay close to
H
H N
T N Genshin to limit the use of his Ultimate Technique and
A
P
P
prevent him from using his projectile attack.
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
Combos
B
B
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S Close-Range Ability: Kick
Ultimate Long-Range Abilities: Flame Breath, Armadillo Roll,
L
L
U E Technique Meteor Attack
K S
S
S A
L B Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 2
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R Strategy: As soon as the battle begins, run toward the
C
C
Flaming Armadillo with a slight angle to the right. If you delay,
it may use its Flame Breath attack. It starts from the left and
110 moves its head around to the right in a complete half-circle.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
CHAP T T
TER TEN:
O
If you are not quick enough, there’s no way to avoid the
attack. However, by moving immediately, you have enough
EN: D
U
C
T
I
O
time to avoid the attack, and if the Flaming Armadillo uses N
the Flame Breath attack, you can move around behind it

SUBMIT OR
OR DIE!
T
T
T H
H H
to attack. E E
N W
I A
A
N Y
J
A O
O
F
Kick
N
N
I
N
N
The battle against J
A
A
the Flaming Armadillo I
T
T
E
M
M
is very similar to the S
battle against the Giant Brute Fiend. Do not be afraid of its
N
N
large size and stay at close range. The goal is to use the A I
N
N
N J
Flying Swallow or any Strong Attack combo to hit its back D A
A
W
legs or tail. When it is low on health and lowers its head, use N E
E
N A
I A
P
an Obliteration Technique to seal the deal. P O
O N
O
R
Submit, or Die! Details Y
Armadillo Roll Crystal Skulls: 3 T

R N
A N I
New Enemies: Heavy Artillery Ninja I
N N N
I J
N A A
If you find yourself Bosses: Giant Brute Fiend, Zedonius G
at a distance, stay to
Maps: 2
the side of the Flaming
Armadillo. If you remain directly in front of it, the boss uses E
E
N N
N N
E I
the Flame Breath attack. When you attempt to attack its feet, M N
M N
Head to the blue-light Muramasa Shop directly ahead. You I J
E A
E A
watch for the kick attack. It can be blocked, but it is difficult S
can finally upgrade a weapon to Level 3. Upgrade the Dragon
to see it coming if you’re just spamming attacks. If it rolls up
into a ball, continuously use the Wind Run until it returns to Sword and pick up any lacking supplies, then head down the
its normal state. This is the only way to ensure that you avoid street to engage several Tactical and Light Artillery Ninja. M
M
You can use a projectile weapon to destroy the red barrels I T
S
S T
the Armadillo Roll attack. S E
I A
A
behind the blockades, which takes out the Light Artillery O
O M M
N
S
Ninja relatively quickly, but the projectile weapons do not
Meteor Attack auto-aim at the red barrels, which makes them harder and
time-consuming to hit. P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
When the Flaming After the first batch of enemies has been taken care of, O
J F
A
A
Armadillo reaches 50 continue down the street and around the corner. Heavy T
T
H
H
percent health, it goes E
Artillery and Tactical Ninja are up ahead.
into a rage and uses the Meteor Attack and Armadillo Roll
B
B
much more frequently and often simultaneously. The Meteor First Appearance: Heavy O
O
S
S
Attack gives you an opportunity to move in and attack its
B
B
A
T
legs. Avoid attacking the boss’s tail at this point because
you’re much more susceptible to the Meteor Attack at that Artillery Ninja T
L
E
Abilities: Kamikaze, Projectile Attack S
distance. The attack has very low accuracy, but keep an eye
on the trajectory of the meteors and use the Wind Run if Strategy: An upgrade from the Tactical Ninja, these
T S
S
one is heading toward you. Heavy Artillery Ninja shoot rockets similar to the Light R E
O C
Artillery Ninja, except that they shoot several rockets P R
H E
T
simultaneously. This makes them more dangerous than E S
I
S &
&
Flame Breath the Light Artillery Ninja and they should be approached
with extreme caution. When these Ninja are encoun- C
C
R
Once the Flaming tered, there is almost always some sort of cover available. D Y
D
A S
Use this cover to avoid their attacks and hit them with T T
Armadillo has been A A
A A
B L
arrows between attacks, or use Shadowless Footsteps A S
S
defeated, either by S K
E U
means of an Obliteration on a nearby wall and then hit them with a Flying Swallow L
L
Technique or a standard attack, put up your guard and do when you get close.
not drop it until the cinematic begins. The Flaming Armadillo
explodes and kills Hayabusa if your guard is not up. 111

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O 12
M A P  K E Y
RR 3
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T 5
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
S
MM 3 7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d  G o d s
E ^
T
IT
AA
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
J
N
IN
NN
4
Y •
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
5
AA I
EE N
N
W
A
W
A
D 6
J
IN A
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A N 7
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T 12
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN
EE 1
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
1
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A 1
P
P
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O Take out the Heavy Artillery Ninja first,, then the Tactical
B
B
Ninja,
a, and then continue moving
o in down
own the
the street
str eet slowly until
&
& S
you can see the other Heavy Artillery Ninja that waits at the Continue ahead and engage several more Tactical and Heavy
S E
IE street’s end.
T H Artillery Ninja. Focus on the Heavy Artillery Ninja first, then
E P
R O
C RR take care of the others. When you reach the end of the street,
E T Use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to hit the Heavy Artillery Ninja.
S T
S
With this enemy down, you can now safely proceed down the take out the remaining Ninja to open the gate to the right.
L street to engage two Mecha Soldier Fiends. Head around the Head into the corridor to find an Earth Statue. Save your
L
U E progress, switch to the Vigoorian Flail or Kusari-gama and
K S
S
S A
corner and open the container in the right corner to find an
L B Herb of Spiritual Life continue down the corridor. When you get to the open area,
A A
A A
T T
S A you’ll see a container in the corner to the left, but you must
Y D
D
R
C
C first dispatch the Ninja Dogs that attack from the right. Take
out the Ninja Dogs, open the container to obtain an Herb of
Spiritual Life, then go through the small opening on the left,
112
near the other side of the area.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
When you reach the final blockade, before you must turn T
R
O
the corner, equip Enma’s Fang and the Fiend’s Bane Bow. As D
U
soon as you jump over the blockade, two gun turrets at the C
T
I
O
end of the street to the right open fire and a Mecha Soldier N
Fiend attacks. Jump back behind the final blockade and wait
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
for thecareful
MechatoSoldier E E
being avoid Fiend to follow
the mines in theyou. Take
snow. outwait
Then the for
Fiend,
a N W
N
A
A
I
N Y
N
second Mecha Solider Fiend to attack. Eliminate it and jump J
A O
A O
F
over the blockade with your guard up.
As soon as the turrets cease firing, destroy them with a N

N
I
N
N
first-person view arrow shot. With both turrets down, look to J
A
A
I
the left to find a Crystal Skull in the snow. T
T
E
M
M
Be careful as you go through the opening because two S
Heavy Artillery Ninja attack from an overpass above. Ignore
N
N
the other enemies until you’re directly under the platform where A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
the rocket launchers can’t reach you. Defeat all remaining N E
N
W
E
enemies while staying under the overpass, then run into the N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
open store to the left of the fountain and up the stairs to R
Y
reach the upper balcony. Immediately run toward the two
Artillery Ninja. All of their shots miss, as long as you T
T
R N
R
continue to run toward them. A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
When you reach the overpass, quickly take out the two G
Heavy Artillery Ninja with the Dragon Sword. Return to the
store and go down the stairs to the yellow-light Muramasa
Shop. Replenish any supplies you may need and leave the Be careful, as there are mines hidden in the snow. Use a E
E
N N
N N
E I
store. Turn to the left, then go through the opening at the end projectile weapon to clear the mines around the Skull, then M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
of the area. jump over and grab it. Jump back and follow the footsteps S
in the snow that head toward the turrets. Make your way to
To the left is a series of land mines. They can be destroyed
by any of your projectile attacks but this is unnecessary. the farright
to the side of
andthe area. Run
examine theup the side
corpse of corner
in the the turret platform
to obtain a M
M
There are footsteps in the snow ahead. I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Devil’s Way Mushroom. I
O
O M M
Carefully follow N
S
the footsteps to
avoid detonating Run up the side
P
P
of the right turret A
any of the land N T
N H
H
platform ... I
N O
N
mines. When you O
J F
A
A
reach the end of T
T
H
H
E
the snow, Light
Artillery Ninja B
B
O
O
attack from the right. Use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to defeat the S
S
Ninja in the windows above. Once all of the enemies have B
B
A
T
been killed, carefully move over the first blockade and follow ... to find a corpse T
L
E
holding a Devil’s S
the footsteps to avoid the mines. Just before the final blockade
is a corpse that holds a Devil’s Way Mushroom.. Way Mushroom.
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Grab the item and go through the gate. Save your progress
at the Earth Statue just ahead. Go through the door to the C
C
R
right of the save point and open the container at the end to D Y
D
A S
find a Lives of the Thousand Gods item. T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
113

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U There is a container on the left that holds a Life of the Gods
D
O item. Get the item and jump back on the bar. Take it around to
RR
T
N
IN
I As soon as the opening directly ahead. Defeat the Heavy Artillery Ninja
you open the that attacks, and go through the door on the right. Ignore the
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN container, window directly ahead that leads out onto the balcony because
A
A I
W
W NN a horde of there is nothing to gain there. Proceed down the stairs and
E E
HH Tactical grab the Crystal Skull next to the candle on the way down.
H
H T
T T
T
Ninja attacks.
S
Take them out and proceed through the small door to the
MM left of the door you came through. Continue up the stairs
E
T
IT
AA and when you reach what seems to be the top of the stairs,
J
N
IN use Unrivaled Soaring to reach the next set of steps. Do this
NN
multiple times until you reach the opening at the very top of
Y the stairs.
R
N OO
OO P
P NN Once you’re through the opening, move ahead and to the
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D left of the bell to find a circular bar. Use the bar to move
AA
J
IN A
N N
A around to the opening on the left.
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R When you grab the circular bar, the viewpoint changes Head through the opening at the bottom and toward the door
T
T
so you will be moving to the right. in the center of the room. As you approach, several Undead
Fish appear and attack. Take them out, then continue through
S the door to gain access to the basement tunnel. In the base-
A E
A IE
J ment, go through the opening on the right.
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN
EE
M A P  K E Y
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d 
A
P
P G o d s
1 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
S
E
L
T
7
T
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
A
B
B
S
S
12
2 21
21 3 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
O
O
B
B 2 1  J e w e l  o f  t h e  D e m o n  S e a l
&
& S
S E
IE 6
T H
E P
R O
C RR 4
E T
S T
S 14
14
4 12
2 14
14 11
11
L
10
10
L 2
U E 1
K S 5
S
S A
L B *
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D 14
14
R
C
C
114
1
14
Protected by co
copyright. Unauthorized
ed or uunlawful copying or downloa
downloading expressly prohibited.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
Continue forward and take down the Undead Fish as you T
R
O
progress. When you reach the opening at the end of the Mid-Boss Battle: D
U
C
tunnel, head straight to the end of the hallway to find a Giant Brute Fiend T
I
O
container on the right. Open the container to obtain an Herb N
of Spiritual Life.
T
T
T H
H H
E E
N W
I A
A
N Y
J
A O
O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Close-Range Abilities: Earthquake Slam, Wind Breath N

N
A I
A N
N
Long-Range Ability: None N J
D A
A
W
Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 3 N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Strategy: The Giant Brute has not changed since you R
Y
Turn around and move into the open area on the left. Move last fought it as the mid-boss of chapter four. It still
toward the door of the train ahead and defeat the Tactical attacks by swinging its arms, slamming them to the ground
(Earthquake Slam), and blasting Hayabusa with a gust of T
T
and Heavy Artillery Ninja that attack. Head through the train R N
R
A N I
destructive wind from its mouth (Wind Breath). Keep I
N N
N N
door at the end and to the left into the first cabin on the I J
your guard up at all times and use the Reverse Wind to N A
N A
right. On the right of the cabin is a Crystal Skull. G
continuously dodge its Earthquake Slam and swinging
arms. Projectile attacks do not work well on the brute,
so you must stay close it while avoiding its attacks. E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
Earthquake I J
E A
E A
S
Slam
Attack the leg
that is furthest M
M
back with any I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Strong Attack I
O
O M M
N
combo (iii), S
but keep on the
move. If you focus on its back leg, it will have a difficult
P
P
time attacking you. Do not stay in front of it or else it A
N T
N H
H
uses the Wind Breath Technique, which inflicts a significant I
N O
N O
Move into the adjacent cabin and search the corpse on the J F
A
A
amount of damage. This time around, it uses the Wind T
T
bed to find a Jewel of the Demon Seal. Head back into the H
H
Breath much faster and more frequently, so be cautious E
hallway and to the right, to the last cabin on the right, and when you’re anywhere near the front of the Fiend.
find a container that holds a Grains of Spiritual Life item. B
B
O
O
S
S
Go out of the train and to the right, down the
B
B
A
T
hall. Go up the stairs at the end of the hall on the T
L
E
right, then through the door.
ri Wind Breath S
Save your progress at the Earth Statue ahead,

T S
T S
then continue up the stairs in the middle of the room. Run R E
R
O C
P R
straight ahead into the opening to battle against the Giant H E
T
E S
I
E
Brute Fiend from Chapter 4. S &
&
C
C
Throw R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
115

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Move in the
U
D
O opposite direction,
RR
T
N
IN
I down the water-
Focus on its
way. Head up the
F back leg.
AA
O
O N
Y JN stairs and down
A
A I the corridor to the
W
W NN
E E Repeat these right. Use the Fly-
H H
H TH
T T
T strategies until it reaches approximately 20 percent ing Bird Technique
health and drops its head to the ground. Seize the
at the end of the corridor to reach the top of the area. Continue
S moment to quickly run up to its head and use an
M
E
M through the hole in the wall and open the container on the left
T Obliteration Technique to finish it off.
IT to obtain an Herb of Spiritual Life.
AA
J
N
IN
NN Go down the stairs at the opposite end and save
After
After a brief cinematic,
cine at , pass
as through
r ough the
the opening
pening in the your
o progress at the Earth Statue on the bottom
Y
R
N OO
side of the damaged
dama ed building,
bu i then
th n goo d
down
wn the
t e hole
ole in
n the
the floor.
Continue up the stairs behind the save point
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
corner of the room. Examine the book when you reach the and through the opening at the top. Go around the
an
EE N
N
WW
D
bottom to obtain the Rule of the King of Darkness. corner and defeat the Tactical Ninja that attack and continue
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
Continue around through the opening on the left to reach a yellow-light
NN
Muramasa Shop.
down the
G corridor and
A N
A N
J I take down the
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Undead Fish
T
T
that attack. If you jump down to the Earth Statue, several Tactical
Move down the Ninja attack. This is an optional battle, but fighting them
S corridor to the will help to maximize your karma score in Chapter Chal-
A E
A IE
J lenge mode.
N M
N
I E
M second open cell
N
N NN
EE and examine the corpse to obtain a Life of the Gods item.
Restock your supplies and go up the ladder to the right to
Be careful reach the next floor. Continue to the right and jump on the
S
when you round gear at the end of the path on the right.
N the next corner
M
M OO
A I
A Jump on the
E S because several
T S
T IS
MM Undead Fish next gear adjacent
attack as soon to the gear you’re
E as you’re within currently stand-
H
H
T
T ing on. From here,
F A
JA sight. Proceed
O
O N
IN down to the end jump on the gear
H
H N
T N
A
P
P of the corridor, to the cell at the end on the right. Jump down slightly above
into the water and immediately head directly across the ledge and to your right.
S
E on the opposite side. Several Heavy Artillery Ninja attack When you land on the third gear, Tactical Ninja attack you.
L
T Make quick work of them and then jump on the vertically
T
A
from the far side of the corridor. Stay safely on the ledge until
B
B
S the closest Heavy Artillery Ninja stops shooting, then jump rotating gear adjacent to your current gear. From here,
S
O
O out and use an aerial bow attack to briefly stop the Heavy jump to the horizontal bars ahead and up to the next gear.
B
B
Artillery Ninja from attacking. Quickly run across the water Move over to the adjacent gear, then onto the next vertically
and take down the Ninja, then use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to rotating gear.
&
& S
S E
IE take out the next Ninja down the corridor. Repeat the process
T H
E P
Be very cautious here because the next vertically rotating
R O with the third one.
C RR gear is moving in the opposite direction. Anything that drops
E T
S T
S
Once all of the Ninja have been defeated, open the con- between the two gears will be crushed, taking heavy damage,
L tainer on the far side of the ledge you started on, by the gate. including enemies. If you fall between the gears, quickly jump
L
U E away to limit the amount of damage you’ll suffer.
K S
S
S A
Inside is a Lives of the Thousand Gods item.
L B
A A
A A Jump up to the horizontal bar directly ahead and follow the
T T
S A
Y D
D bars to the next horizontal gear. Move to the next gear on the
R
C
C
left and over to the vertical gear. Several Tactical Ninja attack
here. Jump back to the horizontal gear and fight them there to
116 avoid falling between the gears.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
Defeat them and go back up to the vertical gear. Use the R
S
O
BATTLE
Flying Swallow to jump from one vertical gear to the next to D
U
S
C
ensure you do not fall between the crushing gears. When you T
I
O
reach the next horizontal gear, jump to the left to reach the
OZedonius, Ruler of N
horizontal bars in the middle of the next gear. Swing over to
the horizontal gear just ahead and pick up the Crystal Skull
Bthe Flame T
H
T
T
T H
H H
E E
resting there. N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
Close-Range
Abilities: Flame
N
N
Spire, Unblockable I
N
N
J
Throw, Parry, A
A
I
T
T
Counterattack E
M
M
S
Long-Range
Abilities: Projectile N
N
A I
A N
N
Attack N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
Recommended N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Weapon: Dragon R
Sword, Level 3; Y
Enma’s Fang, Level 2

Jump up to the platform on the left. Continue moving to T
T
Strategy: Stay R N
R
the left and examine the corpse ahead to find Izo’s Notebook, A N I
I
N N
N N
close to Zedonius I J
then examine the notebook just beyond the corpse to obtain N A
N A
to avoid his many long-range attacks. If you stay at a distance, G
it. This is Koshimaru’s Notebook (1). he uses a multi-fireball projectile attack and a Flame Spire
Jump on the similar to the Flame Column that Ninpo Ninja use. If you
find yourself at a distance, watch Zedonius carefully and be E
E
vertical gear at N N
N N
E I
prepared to use the Wind Run Technique to avoid his long- M N
M N
the end on the I J
E A
E A
range attacks. S
left, and then
jump up to the
next horizontal M
M
gear. Continue I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
moving over to I
O
O M M
N
the rotating hori- Projectile Attack S
zontal bar and grab onto it. Swing over to the next vertical
gear, then use the Dragon Sword’s Flying Swallow to reach P
P
A
the horizontal gear on the right. Open the container on the N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
horizontal gear to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item. J F
A
A
T
T
At close range use the Reverse Wind and Furious Wind to H
H
E
Jump over to the next horizontal gear, and then move in circles around Zedonius.You can initiate an attack
from one horizontal gear to the next, until you
fr before Zedonius attacks, but he can parry or counterattack. B
B
O
O
reach another vertical gear. The next two gears
re Wait for him to use an attack combo, but be very careful S
S
are vertical. This is similar to the first two sets of
ar to avoid the last few attacks. Sometimes he uses a three-hit
B
B
A
T
vertical gears, so be careful not to fall between them. Jump combo; other times it will be four or five hits. If it’s a three- T
L
hit combo, the last two hits are always delayed, and each E
on the first vertical gear, then use the Dragon Sword’s Flying S
Swallow to reach the Earth Statue ahead. additional hit comes with a very slight delay. Upon dodging
the last attack in his combo series, Zedonius is vulnerable to T S
T S
R E
R
a counterattack. This is your best opportunity to attack him. O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Save your progress and head up the ramp to the left.
Run into the middle of the platform at the top to trigger Flame Spire C
C
R
D Y
D
a cinematic, which is followed by a boss battle against A S
T T
A A
A A
Zedonius. B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
117

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I Shortly after the fight begins, Zedonius summons
F
several Water Demons to assist him. He summons them
AA
O
O N
Y JN repeatedly if you defeat them, but they do not constantly
A
A I
W
W NN respawn. Use Enma’s Fang on Zedonius, and the Dragon
E E
HH Sword on the Water Demons. If you can remain focused
H
H T
T T
T
on Zedonius while the Water Demons are attacking, ig-
nore them. If the Water Demons get in your way, switch to
S
MM the Dragon Sword and take them out, but do not venture
E
T
IT far from Zedonius, as he will take his advantage and use his
AA
J long-range attacks while you are occupied. Always use the
N
IN
NN Izuna Drop on the Water Demons because it can damage
Zedonius if it’s performed close enough, and the speed Go back down the alley and turn right down the next street.
Y
R of the Dragon Sword Izuna Drop is usually fast enough
N OO When you reach the next intersection, go left and circle
OO P
P NN
A I
to avoid potential attacks from Zedonius while you’re
A
EE N
N
around to find a container that holds a Devil’s Way Mushroom.
WW
D
focused on the Water Demons.
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
CHAP T
TER ELEVEN:
ELEVEN:
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
NIGHT IN THE CITY
CITY
OF WATER
WATER
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN
EE
S
N Continue to the left and down to the opposite end of the
M
M OO
A I
A
E S street to the small opening in the far-left corner. Use the Flying
T S
T IS
MM Bird Technique to scale the wall and reach the balcony above.
Examine the corpse to find another Grains of Spiritual Life item.
E
H
H Jump back down to the ground and pass through
T
T
F A
J
O
O N th pen gate and down the narrow street. A platoon
the
I
H
H N
T of Melee and Projectile Ninja await at the end of
o
A
P
P Night in the City of Water the street. Wipe them out and head to the very
th
S
Details end of the street to find a container that holds an Herb of
E
L
T
Spiritual Life.
T
A Boss: Obaba
B
B
S
S Maps: 1
O
O
B
B
As soon as the opening cinematic is over, several Melee

&
& S
S E
I Ninja attack. Defeat them and turn to the left, traveling up
T H
E P
R O the stairs and over the bridge. Take out the Melee Ninja and
C R
E T
S
S Beastmen that attack and then take a right down the first
alley to find a container that holds a Grains of Spiritual Life
L
L item at the end of the area. However, be warned that as soon
U E
K S
S
S A as you open the container, several Beastmen attack.
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
Go back the way you came and go left across the bridge to
the Earth Statue. Save your progress and continue to the left,
118
climbing up the stairs and into the market. Another platoon

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
M A P  K E Y
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
2
N
N
I
N
N
J
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e A
A
I
T
T
3 E
M
M
S
2 ^
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
1 Y
T
T
R N
R
4 A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
E
E
N N
N N
E I
2 5
M N
M N
I J
2 E A
E
S
A
4
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
11
11
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
of Melee, Projectile and Ninpo Ninja attack. Defeat them and T
L
break the baskets around the market to earn Yellow Essence. E
S
Replenish your supplies at the yellow-light Muramasa
Shop in the corner, then head through the gate to the right. T S
T S
R E
R
Examine the corpse just outside the gate to find a Grains of O C
P R
Save your progress, turn around and take out the Half- H E
T
Spiritual Life item. E S
I
E
S &
&
Dragon Demons that appear. Head down the bridge to the
Continue over the bridge to battle two Half- right. Move into the open area and beat the Melee and Ninpo
Dragon Demons. Defeat them and zip down to the
D C
C
and Projectile Ninja that await. Defeat them all to trigger a R
D Y
D
end of the street and open the container on the
en A S
cinematic, which is immediately followed by a boss battle T T
A A
A A
right just before the stairs leading up
ri B L
against Obaba. A S
S
S K
to the Earth Statue. There you’ll find a Devil’s E U
L
L
Way Mushroom.
119

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O S
BATTLE Projectile Attack
S
RR
T
N
IN
I
OObaba
Obaba The Witch’s projec-
F
AA
O
O N
JN
B
Y I
tile attack
of her consists
summoning
A
A
W
W NN
E E several bats above her
H H
H TH
T T
T head, then throwing
them at Ayane. It looks very similar to the Art of the Piercing Void
S ninpo, but the long windup animation before she throws the
MM
E bats gives you plenty of time to use a continuous Reverse Wind
T
IT
A
J
A to avoid them. Obaba always throws at least three bats, so be
N
IN prepared to dodge all of them.
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
Throw
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
NN
Close-Range Abilities: Melee Combo, Globe Flip,
Tornado Spin
G
A N
A N Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Unblockable
J I
N
N N
N
I I Throw, Long-Range Stomp
N A
N R
R
T
T
Recommended Weapon: Fuma Kodachi
Stomp
Strategy: It is imperative to stay close to Obaba and to
S
A E
A IE either side or behind her. She has only two close-range attacks
J
N M
N
I E
M other than her basic melee combo.The first is a Tornado When the Witch
N
N NN
EE Spin, which has a lengthy starting animation, which gives you jumps into the air, she uses the stomp attack at least two
plenty of time to jump away out of reach. Her other close- times in a row. The first rarely follows Ayane, but the second
S
range attack
animation. is theyou
When Globe Flip,Witch
see the whichdo
also has a long starting
a handstand, quickly has much better
the Reverse Windaccuracy.
to avoidStay
bothonattacks.
the move, using jumps and
N
M
M OO move away from her with either a jump or a Reverse Wind.
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
Stay behind or to the
side of the Witch ...
E
H
H
T
T
Globe Flip
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E
L
T
... and use Ayane’s
T
A
B
B
S Violet Fireblade
S Tornado Spin combo.
O
O
B
B
The easiest way to
defeat Obaba is to
&
& S From a distance, stay as close to her as possible and try to get behind her at all
S E
IE and virtually any time
T H times. If you can’t get behind her, at least keep to either side.
E P
R O you’re in front of the Witch, she uses three different attacks.
C RR Once you’re in position, use Ayane’s Violet Fireblade combo
E T
S T
S The most dangerous is her unblockable throw. She extends (pppppp) repeatedly until the Witch starts to attack. If
an arm to reach quite a distance in front of her, and if Ayane she uses her melee combo, perform the Reverse Wind to
L
L is caught, she takes a decent amount of damage. The only avoid it and continue your attack. If she starts any of her other
U E
K S ways to avoid this are to either be very far away from the
S
S A attacks, take the proper steps to evade them and get back into
L B
A A
A A Witch, or do not stay directly in front of her. position to use the Violet Fireblade combo.With continuous
T T
S A
Y D
D use of the combo, the Witch goes down very quickly.
R
C
C
120

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
CHAP T
TER TWELVE:
T
TWELVE: Heart of Darkness Details R

O
D
U
C
T
I
HEART OF DARKNESS Crystal Skulls: 4 O
N
New Enemies: Spiny Fiends, Chainsaw Bazooka T

T H
H
Zombie, Blood Eels, Death Worms E E
N W
Boss: Flame Dragon I A
N Y
J
A O
Maps: 6 F
4 N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
5 R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
E
E
M A P  K E Y 
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
Switch to the Kusari-gama or S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
Vigoorian Flail and proceed down N
1 S
the jungle path to engage a group of
M A P  K E Y 
Spiny Fiends.
P
P
A
3
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
6  L i f e  o f  t h e  G o d s
E
9  B l u e  E s s e n c e
1 B
B
O
O
1 S
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
E
S
10
10
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
6
4
C
C
R
D Y
D
6 A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
1 L
L
12
121

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Head to the next building over and open the
D
O
RR
First Appearance: Spiny Fiend container in the structure on the right to find
T
N
IN
I Blue Essence.
Abilities: None
F
A
O
O N
Y J Strategy: Spiny Fiends are very similar to Bone Scorpi- Move to the right and up the stairs to find an-
A I
A
W
W N ons. They do not have any long-range attacks other than
E E other container that holds a Life of the Gods item.
H H
H a lunging throw that can be blocked from a moderate
T T
T Go back down the stairs and into the structure on
distance. Use the Kusari-gama from a distance then switch
to the Falcon’s Talons or Vigoorian Flail at close range if the right to find yet another container that hides
S Red Essence inside.
MM you have trouble initiating an attack with the Kusari-gama.
E
T
IT
AA Continue to the right and up the stairs to find a
J
N
IN corpse on the right that holds an Herb of
NN
Do not progress forward until all of the enemies in the im- Spiritual Life.
Y mediate area have been killed. At the end of the path is a river
R
N OO Move around to the left and into the interior
OO P with two Light Artillery Ninja on the far bank. Take them out
P NN of the structure to find a container that holds
AA I
EE N
N with the Fiend’s Bane Bow and access the blue-light Mura-
WW
D another Herb of Spiritual Life.
AA
IN A
J
N N
A masa Shop across the river.
NN
Head out of the interior of the structure and
Replenish any supplies you may be lacking and upgrade
to the left to the next wooden structure. Circle
G
Enma’s Fang to Level 3. Continue to the left to the dock where
A N
A N around to the far-right side and down the ramp
J I the Light Artillery Ninja were positioned. As soon as you
N
N N
N
I I into the open area.
N A
N R
R
get to the dock, a Light Artillery Ninja and a Heavy Artillery
T
T
Ninja attack from the next dock down. Take them out with the
Fiend’s Bane Bow and continue forward.
Follow the path
S
A E
E Run across the water until you reach the next wood building around to find
JA I
N
IN M
M
E with two Light Artillery Ninja. Do not stop on the water or
NN N
a container that
N
E
E
you may be hit with a missile. Take out the enemies and save holds a Devil’s
your progress at the Earth Statue. Continue through the small Way Mushroom.
S
structure here.
N
M
M O
A I
A
O As soon as you move forward to the lower level of the struc-
E S
T S
T IS ture several Light and Heavy Artillery Ninja attack from the
MM
far bank. Use the Reverse Wind to move left and right along
the platform. Take one or two shots with the Fiend’s Bane Bow
E
H
H in first-person view after every move. This movement allows
T
T
F A
JA you to avoid the missiles from the far bank, while taking out
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N each enemy one by one.
A
P
P
When all of the enemies have been put down, go over to the
S far-right structure. A Crystal Skull can be found in the back-
E
L
T
T
left corner.
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B Follow the stone path to the right until you’re directly
across from the large stone face.
&
& S
S E
IE Move straight
T H
E P
R O ahead and dive
C RR
E T
S T
S underwater to
find a passageway
L
L leading behind the
U E
K S
S
S A stone face. Climb
L B
A A
A A up and continue to
T T
S A
Y D
D the left to find a
R
C
C
To the left of the Crystal Skull is a container that container that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life. As soon as you
reach the container, a Heavy Artillery Ninja attacks from the
holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
122 far side. Use the Reverse Wind to avoid the first barrage of
missiles and take the enemy out with the Fiend’s Bane Bow.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
Pick up the Skull and purchase anything you T
R
O
may need from the shop. Jump down into the D
U
C
water and move to the left to return to the start- T
1 I
O
M A P  K E Y 
ing point of this area. Head back to the rope N
and cross the water to the land on the opposite

T
T
T H
H
T
H H
side, then go down the path. Take down all of E E
4 N W
N
the Tactical Ninja that attack and move to the I A

A
N Y
N
left just before the Earth Statue. If the save J
A O
A O
F
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
point is not yet illuminated, there are still Tacti-
cal Ninja close by. N
N
I
N
N
A container is hidden under the brush to the J
A
A
I
T
T
right in the small open area ahead. E
M
M
S
12
N
N
5 A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
Just ahead is a series of horizontal branches.

Cross the water via the branches above, then E
E
N N
N N
switch to the Vigoorian Flail or Kusari-gama. E I
M N
M N
I J
Continue moving down the path and take out the E A
E A
Open it to find an Herb of Spiritual Life item, then head S
Spiny Fiends that attack. When you see a rope running to the back to the Earth Statue and save your progress. Equip the
left, equip the Fiend’s Bane Bow and proceed around the cor- Kusari-gama or Vigoorian Flail and go past the save point
ner. Take out Light Artillery Ninja that attack from across the into the next open area. A horde of Spiny Fiends attacks M
M
I T
S
S T
water. Cross the water via the rope and stop a short distance from all around you. Take out the first few Fiends with any S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
from the end. Face in the direction of the large green tree and Strong Attack combo, then quickly back up to a safe distance N
S
swing to the horizontal branch directly ahead. and use Ultimate Guidance to chain a series of Ultimate
Continue on Techniques with either weapon to quickly and easily dispatch
P
P
A
to the next branch them. Pay close attention to the proximity of the enemies N T
N H
H
I
N O
N
and over to the after each Ultimate Technique to ensure that you avoid their O
J F
A
A
long-range grab. If an enemy is too close to absorb Essence T
T
small open area H
H
E
ahead. There is and use another Ultimate Technique before they attack, use
a Crystal Skull the Reverse Wind to dash away, then continue with Ultimate B
B
O
O
here, along with a Guidance. S
S
B
B
A
T
yellow-light
Muramasa Shop. T
L
E
S
This is a perfect opportunity to acquire the Feat of a

T S
T S
Hundred Slashes trophy if you have not already done R E
R
O C
P R
so. Proper chaining of the Ultimate Guidance Technique H E
T
E S
I
E
results in well over a 100-hit combo. S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
123

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Swallow with the Dragon Sword, or virtually any of the
D
O
M A P  K E Y 
RR attacks from Enma’s Fang or the Eclipse Scythe to dwindle

T
N
IN
I
their numbers. When fighting large groups, do not stay on

the ground too long to avoid their cannonball shots.
F
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
First Appearance: Death
M
E
T
M Worms
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P 4
P NN
AA I
EE N
WW
N 12
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
G Drop down into the tunnel behind where there used to be
A N
A N
J I a boulder and save your progress at the Earth Statue to the
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R left. Head down the path and into the next open area. Move
T
T
into the water and engage the Death Worms and Chainsaw
Ability: Projectile Attack
Bazooka Zombies that attack.
S Strategy: The Death Worm sprouts from underground,
A E
JA I
N
IN M
E First Appearance: Chainsaw generally in small ponds. It cannot move once it has
NN N sprouted, but if Hayabusa is outside of their attack range,
E Bazooka Zombie
they will burrow underground again and sprout closer to
him. When they first appear, they can only with moderate
S
Ability: Cannonball range and use a throw. However, later in the game, they
N gain the ability to use an acid spit projectile attack that
M O Strategy: The Chain-
A I
E S inflicts significant damage. They almost always appear with
T S
I saw Bazooka Zombie
M
has a chainsaw for one other enemies. During their first appearance, take out the
hand and a canon for other enemies first, then address the Death Worms. How-
E the other. At a distance, ever, when they gain the ability to use a projectile attack,
H dispatch them quickly or defeat the accompanying enemies
T
F A
J
they shoot a cannon-
O I
N ball that breaks Haya- under cover so you’re not being attacked by the Death
H N
T
busa’s guard, leaving Worms. Use Enma’s Fang or the Eclipse Scythe to kill them
A
P quickly, but the Dragon Sword also works if the other two
him temporarily open
to attack.When this weapons are only Level 1.
S
E
L attack is not blocked,
T
T
A it interrupts almost
B
S anything Switch to Enma’s Fang and focus on the Zombies
S first. Use the first few attacks of the Broken Reincarnation
O
B Hayabusa is doing at combo (pppppi) until the Zombies lose a limb, then stop
the time and knocks
the combo and perform an Obliteration Technique to dispatch
& S
him to the ground. At
the enemies quickly. Defeat them and look around the pond
S E
I close range, these
T H
E P
R O
to find a Crystal Skull.
C R
enemies are not much of a threat outside of their standard
E T
S throw. However, since they are some of the slowest en- Grab the Skull
emies in the game, the throw is telegraphed and can easily and continue
L be avoided. When you see a Chainsaw Bazooka Zombie
L through the
U E
K S raise a foot, quickly use the Reverse Wind to move out of
S
S A opening on the
L B the way and avoid the throw that follows. Against a large
A A
A A
T T far side. Head
S A group of Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies, use the Flying
Y D
D
R
C
C
through the jungle
path, taking out
Zombies along
124
24 the way, until you

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
reach the next pond. Switch to the Howling Cannon and take Open the container inside the skull monument to the left to R
O
D
out the single Zombie across the pond. Once he’s down, allow obtain a Jewel of the Demon Seal. U
C
the Howling Cannon to auto-target the Blood Eel in T
I
O
Head to the N
the water.
collapsed stone
T
T
bridge and over to T H
H
T
H H
E E
First Appearance: Blood Eel the Earth Statue. N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
Save your progress J
A O
A O
Abilities: None F
and continue to
Strategy: The Blood the right to find a
N
N
yellow-light Mura- I
N
N
Eel does not have any J
A
A
special abilities and masa Shop. Restock I
T
T
can only attack with a your items and approach the large stone glyph to the left. E
M
M
S
throw at close range.
A horde of Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies and Spiny Fiends
Use the Howling N
N
spawns. Use the Vigoorian Flail and use Ultimate Guidance A I
A N
N
Cannon from a dis- N J
D A
A
tance to make quick to take out the Spiny Fiends, then switch to Enma’s Fang to W
N E
N E
work of any Blood dispatch the Zombies. N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Eel you come across. R
Continue past where the glyph used to be and then proceed Y
If one does catch you
left before you drop into the water. Run around to the end of
in a throw, it inflicts
the path to find a container with Yellow Essence. T
T
moderate R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
damage and launches Hayabusa across the area. Fight Jump into the I J
N A
N A
Blood Eels with your back to a wall to avoid getting caught water, dive down, G
from behind. and swim into the
underwater passage
E
E
N N
N N
on the left. When E I
M N
M N
Shoot them all and dive into the water. Head to the right to you reach the end of I J
E A
E A
S
find a container at the bottom of the pond. Open it to find a the passage, surface
Grains of Spiritual Life item. and follow the path
to trigger a short cinematic. M
M
I T
S
S T
When the cinematic concludes, follow the path until several S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies and Spiny Fiends appear. Take N
S
them out and dive into the water on the right to find a
Crystal Skull next to a corpse.
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
Turn around and head across the water to the right of the T
L
E
skull monument. Examine the corpse here to find a Devil’s S
Way Mushroom.
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Grab the Skull and continue down the path until you reach
an open area. Move forward to spawn more Chainsaw Bazooka
C
C
Zombies and Death Worms. Dispatch them to trigger a R
D Y
D
A S
cinematic followed by a boss battle against the Flame Dragon. T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
125

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I 8
F 4
AA
O
O N
Y JN 3
A I
A 21
21
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S 5
MM
E
T
IT
A
J
A 2
N
IN
NN
Y
R
2
N OO M A P  K E Y 
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
G 5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T 2 1  J e w e l  o f  t h e  D e m o n  S e a l
S
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N
E
E
S 11
11
N
M
M OO 12*
12*
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T M A P  K E Y 
F A
JA
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
A
P
P 1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
S
Close-Range Abilities: Flame Eruption, Flame Spire,
BATTLE Tail Swipe
&
& S S
S
S E
IE Flame dragon Long-Range Abilities: Flame Breath, Flame Path
T H
E P
R O O
O
B
B
C R
E TR
Recommended Weapon: Enma’s Fang, Level 3
S T
S
Strategy: The battle against the Flame Dragon is very
L
L
much like the battle against the Flaming Armadillo.The two
U E bosses have similar attacks. Both share the Flame Breath,
K S
S
S A
L B which is almost identical; the Flame Dragon’s version moves
A A
A A
T T from the right side of the screen to the left instead of the
S A
Y D
D
R other direction.
C
C
126

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
CHAP T
T E R THIRTEEN:
O
T HIRTEEN:
D
U
C
T
I
O
Flame Eruption N
THE TEMPLE OF SACRIFICE
T
T H
H
E E
N W
I A
N Y

J O
A
F
Flame Breath N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
When the Flame E
M
M
Dragon stands on S
its hind legs, use a N
N
continuous Reverse Wind to avoid the coming Flame Spire, as A I
N
N
N J
D A
A
it erupts from Hayabusa last position. If the Dragon rises into W
N E
E
the air, use another continuous Reverse Wind to avoid the N A
I A
P
P O
O N
O
R
Flame Path as he flies to the other side of the stage. At close
range, if the Dragon begins to spin, jump away or use a quick Temple of Sacrifice Details Y
Reverse Wind to avoid its Tail Swipe attack.

Crystal Skulls: 2 T
R N
A N I
I
N N N
Bosses: Quetzalcoatl, Elizébet I J
N A A
G
Flame Spire Maps: 3
Visit the blue-light Muramasa Shop on the left, upgrade the E
E
N N
N N
Kusari-gama, and replenish your supplies. Then continue E I
M N
M N
I J
down the path and take out the numerous Water Demons and E A
E A
S
Chainsaw Bazooka Zombies that attack. When you reach a
crevice in the ground, use Shadowless Footsteps on the left
Flame Path wall to cross. If you fall, use the Flying Bird Technique to M
M
I T
S
S T
reach the top again. Shortly after the crevice, more Water S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
When the battle Demons attack. Defeat them and continue down the path a N
S
begins, run toward little farther. On the right is a small outlet with a container.
the left side of the Dragon to avoid its Flame Breath. Stay Open the container to find an Herb of Spiritual Life and then
around its hind legs and use the Shattering Crucible combo P
P
continue down the path. A
(ppppp) until it uses the Flame Spire or Tail Swipe at- N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
tacks. Dodge the attacks and continue your offensive. When J F
A
A
T
T
the Flame Dragon’s health reaches 50 percent, it drops to the H
H
E
ground. Perform an Obliteration Technique to cut off its tail
and prevent it from using the Tail Swipe again. B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
Tail Swipe T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
At this O C
P R
point, the H E
T
E S
I
E
fire on the S &
&
back of When you come to another crevice. Before you cross, jump
the Flame C
C
down to the bottom to find two containers. One holds a Life R
D Y
D
Dragon of the Gods item while the other holds another Herb of A S
T T
A A
A A
erupts and you can no longer get close to either side of it or B L
Spiritual Life. A S
S
else you’ll take damage from the fire. Stay behind it and con- S K
E U
L
tinue to attack its hind legs until it drops to the ground again.
L
When this happens, perform one last Obliteration Technique
to finish it off for good.
127

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Head up the hill opposite the containers to
U
D
O take you back to the higher route. Use Unrivaled
RR
T
N
IN
I
Soaring on the left wall to cross the crevice to the
other side. You must start the Unrivaled Soaring
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN Technique high on the wall to make it all the way across. Get
A I
A as close to the edge as possible before making the initial jump
W
W NN
E E
HH * and wait as long as possible before the second jump.
H
H T
T T
T
12
21
Proceed into the open area to battle against several Water
*
S 9
9 Demons and Zombies. Defeat them and examine the corpse
MM
E on the far side to find Denji’s Notebook.
T
IT
AA
J Pass through
N
IN
NN the small opening
Y
in the corner and
R
N OO travel down the
OO P
P NN
AA I next path to find
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J N
A an Earth
yourStatue.
N
NN Save progress
and continue
G 2 down the path. Multiple groups of Lesser Fiends attack as
A N
A N
J I you make your way down the path. After the second group of
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Lesser Fiends, a Shadow Ninja Rasetsu appears at the end of
T
T s k
d
o
e
l
l
u
o
o
r
the path, heading toward you. Charge an Ultimate Technique
2 with Enma’s Fang as you see it approach to get the jump on
b
c
k o
G
e
 n o
t
S
l
e e
r

o
S the enemy when it’s within attack range.

s l
h F
o
A E
E
JA I
t s N 
a
o
 
t d
l
E
f
NN M
M
s a
 n
I
F
E
j
o
Roughly halfway down the path is a corpse on the left that

e y 
o

NN N
N
n
t
r
3
e u i c
E
E
l s
f
e
C
i N
holds a Devil’s Way Mushroom.

r

B  i
L S

 
2 4 F
6 9 1 1 * ^
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
e
f
m
i
MM L o
e

o
f l
i
r
a
L
h

u
l s
p
t
i
a u o
E
r
u h
H
H
i
t M
T
T
e
p
i S

F A
JA

u
r
S
y
i
t
a

O
O I
NN
p a
f a s
t
H
H N
o
T N
S a
 W


 S
Y
f s
A

s m
Õ
P
P
o
E n h
l
a
 i
i
t
r
K
b v
a
r
4

u
r e
r
a
P e
G
D E M
A
S
H    
14
E 4

L 1
M 1 2 3 4 5
T
T
A
B
B Examine the of
corpse and continue
S
S * another group Lesser Fiends. A bitdown thedown
farther path to engage
is another
O
O
B
B * 6
6
11 corpse on the right. This one holds a Grains of Spiritual
Life item.
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
1
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C 5
128

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
At the end of the path is a cave. Save your progress at the T
R
O
Earth Statue near the entrance, switch to the Kusari-gama, D
U
and travel through the cave. When you reach the pool of C
T
I
O
green liquid, several Spiny Fiends and Death Worms attack. N
Move back into the cave, out of the Worms’ attack range,
T
T
and dispatch the Spiny Fiends. A barrier behind you does not T H
H
T
H H
E E
leave much room to back up. However, use the Immense N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
Tragedy combo (iiiiii) to take out the Spiny Fiends J
A O
A O
F
from a distance so you can remain out of the Worm’s attack
range, while still attacking the Spiny Fiends. There are two
N
N
groups of Spiny Fiends. Wait until all of the Spiny Fiends I
N
N
J
A
A
have been destroyed before you move into the pool and I
T
T
engage the Death Worm. E
M
M
S
While Hayabusa stands in the pool, he takes a small amount
N
N
of damage. Switch to Enma’s Fang to destroy the Death Worm A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
quickly. When the first Death Worm has been killed, a second W
N E
N E
one appears. Take out this one, then jump across the pool to N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
the far side and continue on your way. R
Y
1
Use the Flying Bird Technique to reach the path above and 8
continue through the cave. 1 T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
2 1
E
E
When you reach the crevice, there are Spiny Fiends below N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
and a container that holds Blue Essence. You do not have I J
E A
E A
S
to engage the Spiny Fiends unless you miss the Invisible
Path Technique and fall. However, in Chapter Challenge 4
Mode you can maximize your karma score by taking out M

M
the Spiny Fiends. Walk up to the edge and use the Fiend’s I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Bane Bow to take them down from a safe distance. I
O
O M M
N
S
Jump down and P

P
A
N T
N H
H
open the container 5 I
N O
N O
J F
to find Blue A
A
T
T
H
H
Essence. E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
When you reach the crevice, start on the left T
L
E
wall and use the Invisible Path Technique to cross 1 S
2
2
to the other side. When you reach the other side,
turn around to find a Crystal Skull on the T S
T S
R E
R
l
1 a
O C
P R
e
platform above. H E

e
12
2 T
f S
m
1
i

E S
I
L o
E
e n

S &
&
o
f l
o
i
r
a
L
h
 m
u
l s
p
t e
i
a u o
r
C
C
l D
u h
i e
l

R
t M
e c
p
i S e
 u
D Y
D

r u n
S k h
A S
y
i
t
a e
 t
T T
p a S
f a s 
s
A A
A A

t f
s
o l
S a
B L
W
 o

 S
E a
A S

S
Y
f s  t
s m  l
S K
Õ
o
E n h s e
l
a w
E U
 i
i
t
r y
w
K o
b v
L
a
r
l
 r e
u
r e l
r
a
P e e C
J
L
G D 
E M 
A Y
H     1

 2
M 1 2 3 4 5 8 1 2
129
2

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Switch to the
U
D
O Dragon Sword
RR
T and use the Hel-
N
IN
I
met Splitter (while
F Jumping i) to press
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A the switch and lower
W
W NN
E E
HH
a cage to the left.
H
H T
T T
T Examine the corpse
inside the cage to obtain a Jewel of the Demon Seal.
S
MM
E
T
Follow the path
IT
A
J
A to the right until
N
IN
NN
you reach a point
Use Shadowless Footsteps on the left wall to reach the Skull, where you must
Y then continue in the direction you were heading to reach jump down to the
R
N OO
OO P another acid pool with Spiny Fiends and Death Worms. Use path below. Jump
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW the same tactic as before, with the only difference being that down and take out
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A this time three Death Worms attack one by one instead of only the Lesser Fiends
NN
two. Defeat the enemies and continue around the right side and Half-Dragon Demons that attack as you continue on your
of the pool to avoid as much acid damage as possible. At the way. When you get to the next opening, take out the Lesser
G
A N
A N end of the path is an open container that is empty. Drop down Fiends, then use the Fiend’s Bane Bow and dispatch the Fly-
J I
N
N N
N
I I through the trap door in front of the container and save your ing Demons.
N A
N R
R
T
T progress at the Earth Statue ahead.
Restock your supplies at the yellow-light Muramasa Shop
Continue forward to initiate a brief cinematic. Once this just before the bridge. A group of Demon Spawn attacks as
S concludes, use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to take care of the Flying you cross the bridge. Two Lesser Fiends attack just before the
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M Demons that attack. Run toward the Half-Dragon Demons to Earth Statue at the bridge’s end. Make quick work of them
E
NN N
N and save your progress. Continue to the left of the Earth
E
E make them land, then take them out with Enma’s Fang.
Statue and dispatch the Lesser Fiends that attack. Head to the
Head to the end of the path and down the stairs. At the
end of the path to find another large switch. Press the switch
S
bottom of the stairs, make a sharp right turn and open the to lower a cage to the left. Examine the corpse in the cage to
N container at the base of the stairs to find an Herb of Spiritual
M
M OO obtain a Grains of Spiritual Life item.
A I
A
E S Life item.
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
Continue into the tunnel ruins on the left and drop down
&
& S Head over to the opposite side of the stairs to find a
S E
IE and continue through the opening at the end. Dispatch the
T H Crystal Skull.
E P
R O Lesser Fiends that attack here and continue onward. Open the
C RR
E T
S T
S Continue in the container straight ahead to find an Herb of Spiritual Life.
direction you were
L
L originally heading
U E
K S
S
S A and take care of the
L B
A A
A A Lesser Fiends that
T T
S A
Y D
D attack just ahead.
R
C
C
There is a large
switch on the
130 ground here.

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
Mid-Boss Battle: Quetzalcoatl D
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H H
E E
N W
I A
A
N Y
J
A O
O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Head across the stones to the left and take out more Lesser Close-Range Ability: Fire Beam
Fiends. Continue down the path until you reach an area with N
N
Long-Range Ability: Fireball A I
A N
N
stones on the ground. Head over to the right side to find a N J
D A
A
W
container that holds another Herb of Spiritual Life. Recommended Weapon: Fiend’s Bane Bow N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
consecutiveFrom
Strategy: a distance
fireballs, similarQuetzalcoatl attacks
to the fireballs with De-
the Flying three Y
mons use. At close range, Quetzalcoatl uses the fireballs, as

well as the Fire Beam projectile attack. Quetzalcoatl pulls T
T
R N
R
A N
its head back and shoots a red beam that’s immediately fol- I
N N
N
I
N
I J
lowed by a trail of fire. Use the Reverse Wind or jump out N A
N A
G
of the way to avoid it.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
Fire Beam E A
E A
S
Continue to the left. When you reach the stairs, a cinematic Equip the M
M
I T
S
S T
is initiated. After the cinematic, go past the stairs to find Fiend’s Bane S E
I A
A
another large switch on the ground. If you need an Herb of Bow and keep O
O M M
N
S
Spiritual Life, look to the right of the switch to find a corpse Hayabusa in first-person view. Continue to shoot arrows at
that holds one. Quetzalcoatl as he moves, and do not stop until he is about
to attack. After each attack, go back into first-person view P
P
A
and continue shooting a barrage of arrows. It will not take N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
long to defeat Quetzalcoatl in this manner. J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Fireball B
B
O
O
You can also S
S
use the Howling B
B
A
T
Cannon, which T
L
E
inflicts more S
damage than
the Fiend’s Bane T S
T S
R E
R
O C
Bow. However, because it shoots slower, it’s harder to hit P R
H E
T
Quetzalcoatl with the Howling Cannon. E S
I
E
Press the switch to initiate a cinematic followed by a S &
&
mid-boss battle against Quetzalcoatl.
C
C
Defeat the Quetzalcoatl and open the container that D Y
D
R
A S
appears to receive Yellow Essence. If you did not examine T T
A A
A A
B L
the corpse to the right before the battle, A S
S
S K
E U
do so now. Switch to the Kusari-gama or L
L
Dragon Sword and then ascend
the stairs
131

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
S
D
O
RR BATTLE
T
N
IN
I to take on a relatively large number of Melee Ninja that attack S
S
Elizébet, Ruler of the
F
AA
in multiple waves. Use the Kusari-gama or Dragon Sword
O
O
O
O N
JN Strong Attack combos or Ultimate Guidance Techniques to
Y
A I
A
W
W NN clear out the enemies as you proceed up the stairs. B
BBlood,
GreaterQueen
F of the
Fiends
iends
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
M
E
M This is a perfect opportunity to acquire the Feat of a
T
IT Hundred Slashes trophy if you have not already done
AA
J
N
IN
so. Proper chaining of the Ultimate Guidance Technique
NN
results in just over a 100-hit combo.
Y
R
N OO When you reach the top, open the container on
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N the right to find a Devil’s Way Mushroom item.
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Head through the opening and down the ramp,
NN then go through the door and drop down to the
lower section to find a yellow-light Muramasa Shop and an
G Earth Statue. Replenish your supplies and save your progress, Close-Range Abilities: Tail Stab, Heartbeat
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
switch to Enma’s Fang, then move through the large stone
N A
N
Long-Range Ability: Flash Dive
R
R
T
T
doorway between the shop and the save point.
A group of Demon Spawn and Half-Dragon De-
mons attack as you continue forward. Take care of them and Strategy: Elizébet moves around the room shifting from the
S ground to the air. From a distance she uses the Flash Dive,
A E
E
JA I proceed through the door and down the ramp. There are two
N
IN M
M
E which is an extremely fast teleporting attack that inflicts
NN N
N containers on either side of the room ahead, just as you enter.
E
E damage if Hayabusa does not block or evade. She telegraphs
Open them to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item and Red
the attack by letting out a slight hum and shifting her wings
Essence. To the right of the stairs is a tablet. Examine it to into the air when she’s aerial.
S
obtain the Prayer of the Necromantale scripture then climb up
N
M
M OO the stairs and pass through the next stone door to trigger a
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS cinematic followed by a boss battle.
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
NN
M A P  K E Y
H
H N
T N
A 2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
P
P
S
E
L
T
T
A
B
B
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
S
S
O
O
B
B
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
&
& S
S E
IE 10
10
T H
E P 4
R O
C R
E TR 11
11
S T
S
2 14
14
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
132
32

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
CHAP T
TER
O
D
U
C
T
Flash Dive I
O
N
At close range,
FOURTEEN:
FOURTEEN: T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
she uses a shorter
version of the Flash
A TEMPERED GRAVESTONE
A N W
N
I
N Y
N
A
A
J
Dive that acts more A O
A O
F
like a teleport than
an attack. She also summons a heart that floats in mid-air N
N
I
N
N
and attacks Hayabusa with a stream of blood. At the end of J
A
A
her attack combos, she also uses a Tail Stab that transitions I
T
T
into a throw. The Tail Stab can be done outside of a combo, E
M
M
S
but this is rare until her health is below 50 percent, at which
point it’s not uncommon to see her use it up to three times N
N
A I
A N
N
in a row by itself or in a combo. N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Heartbeat R
Y
Use Enma’s Fang
and get as close to Tempered Gravestone Details T
R N
Elizébet as you can. A N I
I
N N N
Wait for her to I J
N A A
Crystal Skulls: 3 G
initiate a combo and
block the first few Items: Muramasa’s Omusubi
attacks. When she shifts into a triple Tail Stab, use Furious
Weapons: True Dragon Sword E
Wind to avoid the attacks, then immediately use the Broken N N N
E I
Bosses: Tengu Brothers, Genshin M N N
Reincarnation combo (pppppi). If she doesn’t end her I J
E A
A
combo with the stab, she’ll end it with three melee attacks S
that look like she’s using a sword.
Maps: 5 M
M
After you receive the True Dragon Sword from Ayane, I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
proceed through the opening and down the stairs. When you N
S
reach the bottom, several Ninja Dogs attack. Take out all of
the enemies and head through the opening at the bottom on
the left to find a blue-light Muramasa Shop. Upgrade the P
P
A
N T
N H
H
Vigoorian Flail and restock your supplies, then descend the I
N O
N O
J F
stairs to the Earth Statue, defeat the Ninja Dogs that attack A
A
T
T
H
H
and save your progress. E
Head down the next flight of stairs and take down even B
B
O
O
more Ninja Dogs. When you reach the courtyard at the S
S
If she gets away from you and uses the Heart Blood attack,
bottom, the Tengu Brothers appear for a mid-boss battle. B
B
A
T
continuously run, Wind Run, or perform Reverse Wind in T
L
a constant direction to evade the stream of blood. When E
S
she floats in the air, use the Hades Drop (While Jumping
pppp), or switch to the Dragon Sword and use the Flying
Swallow to bring her down and inflict damage. She’s very T S
T S
R E
R
O C
evasive, so this is the only time you should rely on either P R
H E
T
combo. E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
133

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Mid-Boss Battle:
D
O
RR M A P  K E Y
Tengu Brothers
T
N
IN
I 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
F
AA 4  E a r t h  S t a t u e
O
O N
Y JN
A I
A
W
W NN 5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
S
MM 5
E ^  S e c o n d  F l o o r
T
IT
AA
4
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A N 11
11
J I Close-Range
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R Abilities: Basic Combos, Whirlwind Spin, Unblockable
T
T
Throw
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Long-Range
S Stomp
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N
Recommended Weapons: Enma’s Fang
E
E
Strategy: This Tengu Brothers mid-boss battle is the same
as the previous Tengu Brothers battle. Both brothers have
S
the same attacks as before. If either brother begins to spin
N
M
M OO 4 in a circle, move away as quickly as possible. The Whirlwind
A I
A
E S Spin is difficult to avoid, but has a relatively short range
T S
T IS
MM of attack. A single jump away from the enemy is usually
enough to get away from the attack. When both broth-
E ers are still alive, they will generally use only one stomp
H
H
T
T when they jump into the air. However, once one has been
F A
JA
O
O I
NN defeated, almost every stomp will be followed by a second,
H
H N
T N and they will use the stomps from close range as well.
A
P
P
S
E
L 14^ Basic combo
T 5
T
A
B
B
S 1
S Focus on the blue
O
O
B
B
brother first, ignoring
the other brother
&
& S for now. Stay close
S E
IE
T H to prevent him from using his projectile attack, and use the
E P
R O
C RR Reverse Wind Technique to avoid his combos and unblock-
E T
S T
S
able throw. When his combos come to an end, attack with
the True Dragon Sword’s Undefeatable Demon combo
L
L (iii), which inflicts significant damage. Be careful of the
U E
K S
S
S A last hit in the Tengu’s combo because it can be difficult to
L B
A A
A A dodge. Once the combo starts, use precise Reverse Wind
T T
S A
Y D
D Techniques to dodge each attack individually instead of
R
C
C
simply repeating the Reverse Wind carelessly.
134

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
them. With your weapons as powerful as they are, it only O
D
takes one or two combos to make the Shadow Ninja kneel, U
C
T
giving Hayabusa a chance to use an Obliteration Technique. I
O
N
Projectile attack Once all of the enemies have been taken care of, head to the
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
open E E
and adoor on theinside.
container left toWhen
find ayou
yellow-light
enter the Muramasa Shop
room, two Melee N W
N
A
A
I
N Y
N
Ninja attack. Defeat them and open the container to find an J
A O
A O
F
N
N
Stomp I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
When one Tengu’s E
M
M
S
health is down to
approximately 20 percent, it teleports away, leaving you N
N
with only one Tengu left to defeat. Quickly close in on A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
the second brother to prevent him from using long-range W
N E
N E
attacks. Follow the same strategy you used against the first N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
brother to take this one down quickly and easily. R
Y
T
T
R N
R
Head into the only open building and through the exit on A N I
I
N N
N N
the far-right wall, then continue down the path. Save your Restock your supplies and climb the ladder on the side of I
N A
N
J
A
G
progress at the Earth Statue and keep moving down the stairs the room. Examine the corpse on the second floor to find the
and over the bridge. Defeat the platoon of Melee Ninja that history of the Castle of the Dragon, then go out the window
attacks and continue through the doors at the end of the and drop down to the ground. Go to the left and through the E
E
N N
N N
bridge. red gateway to find a container that holds Red Essence. E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
In the next open area you must battle against three Shadow Move to the area’s opposite end and into the last S
Ninja Rasetsu enemies. First you battle two at a time, and alley on the right. Examine the corpse in the
when one dies, a replacement appears for a total of three. Use
the True Dragon Sword or Enma’s Fang to quickly dispatch alley to obtain
continue on to an
theHerb of the
end of Spiritual Life,
alley to find then
a M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Crystal Skull. I
O
O M M
N
10
10 S
M A P  K E Y
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
H
H
E
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
B
B
12 O
O
S
1 S
4
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
12 O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Head through the gateway and save C

C
R
D Y
D
your progress at the Earth Statue. Cross the A S
T T
A A
A A
bridge and eliminate the two groups of B L
A S
S
Melee Ninja that attack. S K
E U
L
L
135

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Take care of all the enemies and move down the path to
U
D engage one final batch of Melee Ninja. Dispatch them and
O
RR
T continue on your way to find a cave. When you come out
N
IN
I Head straight and dive into the water. Swim through the
underwater passage dead ahead. Jump out of the water to face of the cave, a Projectile Ninja attacks from elevated ground
F ahead. Be prepared to avoid his initial attack with a Reverse
AA
O
O N
Y JN several more Melee Ninja. Defeat them and break open the
A I
A door to the small shack on the right. Inside is a Crystal Skull. Wind or simply block it and use the Fiend’s Bane Bow to take
W
W NN
E E
HH
him down.
H
H T
T T
T
Move up onto the elevated ground where the Projectile
S Ninja was and into the cave straight ahead. Just inside on the
MM Break open the front right is a container that holds an Herb of Spiritual
E
T
IT
AA of the shack ... Life item.
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
A
E
A I
E N
N
... to reveal a
WW
D
AA Crystal Skull.
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
Grab the Skull and

G move down the path
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N to face several more
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T Melee Ninja and a Projectile Ninja. Be careful as you go be-
cause the Projectile Ninja fires as soon as you’re within sight.
Make your way farther down the path. When you reach the
S next open area, several Melee Ninja hide in the tall brush. Take On the far-left side of the cave is another container that
A E
E
JA I holds a Lives of the Thousand Gods item.
N
IN M
M
E them out and continue down the path to face several more
NN N
N
E
E Melee Ninja.
S
N
M
M OO
M A P  K E Y
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
MM
E 7  L i v e s  o f  t h e  T h o u s a n d  G o d s
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O I
1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
NN
H
H N
T N
A
2 5  S p i r i t  o f  t h e  D e v i l s
P
P
2
S
E
L
T
T
A 25
25
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
&
& S 14
14
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
7
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
1
136

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
Head back out of the cave and onto the ledge. Use the O
D
stair-like rocks to the right to make your way to the building U
C
T
above. I
O
N
Continue up the
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
ramp and take E E
the Melee Ninjaout N W
N
A
A
I
N Y
N
that attack as you J
A O
A O
F
progress. When
you reach the end 14
14
N
N
of the ramp, head 11
11 I
N
N
J
A
A
into the doorway I
T
T
E
on the left. Examine the corpse inside to find Hachijuro’s M
M
S
Notebook, then drop down the hole in the floor and exit the
room to the left. Follow the hallway through the building until N
N
A I
A N
N
you reach the end. Examine the corpse here to find a Spirit of N J
D A
A
W
the Devils item. N E
N E
2 N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Head out the R
5 Y
opening to the
left to engage T
T
R N
R
more Melee Ninja. A N I
I
N N
N N
Continue through I J
N A
N A
G
the building and 4
examine the
corpse in the next M A P  K E Y
E
E
N N
N N
room to find a Grains of Spiritual Life, then move out of the E I
M N
M N
J
I
E A A
room and down the stairs. E
S
When you reach the bottom of the stairs, several 5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p
Melee Ninja
them out andand two
jump Ninpo
down theNinja attack.
well on Take
the left.
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
1 2  C r y s t a l  S k u l l
I
O
O M M
N
S
Examine the 1 4  N i n j a  N o t e b o o k
corpse in front of 12

you to find a Life P
P
A
4 N T
N H
H
of the Gods item. I
N O
N O
J F
Follow the tunnel A
A
T
T
H
H
path until you E
come out into the

B
B
open. At this point O
O
S
S
several Melee Ninja attack from behind. Dispatch them and
B
B
A
T
drop down to the very bottom of the area. Quickly go to the T
L
far left, avoiding arrows from the two Projectile Ninja above, E
S
to find a small opening with a Crystal Skull inside. This is the
final Crystal Skull; you should now have 30. T S
T S
R E
R
Grab the Skull, head out of the opening, and use the Fiend’s O C
P R
Bane Bow to take out the Projectile Ninja just above. Use the H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
Flying Bird Technique to scale the wall on the right. Climb up
the stones on the right, then up the tree trunk to reach the top
C
C
again. Take out the second Projectile Ninja, then use Shadow- R
D Y
D
A S
less Footsteps on the right wall to cross the crevice. Once you T T
A A
A A
B L
are in the tunnel, use the Flying Bird to reach A S
S
S K
E U
the upper path and continue to the shaft on L
L
the left. Use the Flying Bird Technique
once more to get out of the well.
137

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Mid-Boss Battle: Tengu Brother
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
Head to the right and jump on the rope to make your way
across the gorge. Save your progress at the Earth Statue when
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN you reach the other side and then continue down the path
A I
A ahead. More Melee Ninja attack as you make your way up the
W
W NN
E E
HH mountain. Continue fighting until you trigger a cinematic with
H
H T
T T
T
Muramasa.
S Save your prog-

MM
E ress at the Earth
T
IT
AA Statue ahead when
J
N
IN
NN the cinematic comes
to a close. Continue
Y
R
N OO
forward until you
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
see a yellow-light
EE N
N
WW
D
Muramasa Shop
AA
IN A
J
N N
A below. As soon as you jump down, Melee and Ninpo Ninja
NN
attack. Take them out, restock your supplies, and head to the Close-Range Abilities: Basic Combos, Unblockable Throw
right to find a corpse at the end of the path. Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Long-Range Stomp
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N Recommended Weapons: True Dragon Sword
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T Strategy: This mid-boss battle is similar to the mid-boss
battle Momiji faced, except this time several Melee Ninja
are around to assist the Tengu Brother.Take care of the
S
A E
E Melee Ninja first before engaging the Tengu Brother.
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N At a distance, the Tengu uses a projectile attack that
E
E
consists of multiple kunai. He also uses a stomp attack
that he can use from close range, but primarily uses from a
S
distance. If he blocks one of Hayabusa’s combos, watch out
N for his unblockable throw that looks similar to the Izuna
M
M OO
A I
A
E S Drop. It can be avoided with a quick Reverse Wind, but you
T S
T IS
MM must be ready for it as soon as Hayabusa’s combos come
Examine the corpse to find a Grains of Spiritual Life item. to an end.
Head in the opposite direction, past the shop, and drop down
E Stay close to the Tengu Brother and use the Reverse
H
H and continue forward into the open area to fight a horde of
T
T
F A
JA Wind Technique to avoid his melee combo. As soon as his
O
O I
NN Melee and Ninpo Ninja. Defeat them and continue into the
H
H N combo is completed, use a combo of your choice. After
T N center of the area to find a corpse that holds Koshinmaru’s
A your combo, continue using the Reverse Wind Technique
P
P
Notebook (2). until the Tengu Brother completes another combo. When
S the Tengu Brother has been defeated, a clone of the same
E
L
Head to the end of
T Tengu Brother appears for a second battle. Fight him ex-
T the area and down
A
B
B
S the path to the left. actly the same way you fought the first one.
S
O
O When you reach the
B
B
large open area, a Take out all of the enemies then go back to the entrance.
&
& S
horde of Melee and Hug the right wall to find a container that holds an Herb of
S E
IE Ninpo Ninja attacks.
T H
E P
Spiritual Life.
R O After the first wave
C RR
E T
S T
S of enemies, the Tengu Brother who earlier teleported away now
returns to do battle. Herb of Spiritual
L
L Life container
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
138

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
Continue straight ahead to run into a corpse that holds a R
O
S Close-Range Abilities: Strong D

Life of the Gods item.
BATTLE U
C
S
and Weak Combos, Counterat- T
I
O
tack Technique, Parr y Technique
O
Genshin N
Life of the Gods Long-Range Abilities: Ultimate T

T
T H
H
T
H H
corpse E E
B
Technique, Anti-Air Technique, N W
N
Art of Piercing Void Ninpo I A
A
N Y
N
J
Recommended Weapon: A O
A O
Head straight into F
the middle of the True Dragon Sword
area to find a corpse N
N
Strategy: The third battle I
N
N
that holds a Devil’s Way Mushroom. J
against Genshin is very similar to A
A
I
T
T
the first two.This is once again a E
M
M
battle between two skilled Ninja. S
N
N
A I
A N
N
Devil’s Way N J
D A
A
W
Mushroom N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
corpse R
Y

Continue to
Combos T
T
the right to R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
the next rock wall to find another corpse with another Devil’s Genshin uses an Ultimate Technique from a distance or from I J
N A
N A
Way Mushroom item. close range, although it is much more frequent when he is at a G
distance. If he uses the Ultimate Technique, immediately use the
Reverse Wind to move away from him. Stay close to Genshin to
limit the use of his Ultimate Technique. E
E
N N
N N
E I
Devil’s Way M N
M N
Ultimate Technique I J
E A
E A
Mushroom S
corpse At close range, Genshin

can counter or parry Haya-
busa’s attacks. This includes M
M
the first attack from either I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Ultimate Technique, halting I
O
O M M
N
Head through them completely. He can also use a Ninpo that’s very similar to S
the archway at the end to find a container that holds a Grains the Art of the Piercing Void from close range, or at a distance.
of Spiritual Life item. This attack cannot be blocked, so if you see him begin to charge P
P
A
it, be prepared to jump out of the way or use the Reverse N T
N H
H
Proceed up the mountain to trigger a cinematic Wind to evade it. The attack is very linear, which makes it easy I
N O
N O
J F
followed by a boss battle against Genshin. A
A
to avoid with a single Reverse Wind, but it comes out very fast T
T
H
H
after Genshin’s initial charge. E
Ninpo B
B
O
O
Use the True Dragon S
S
B
B
A
T
2 Sword around
circles and move in
Genshin T
L
E
S
with the Reverse Wind
Technique until he
attacks. Block his attack or combo, then counterattack T S
T S
11
11 R E
R
O C
1 with a short combo. Be careful of a counterattack or parry. P R
3 H E
T
Should this happen, use the Reverse Wind, then wait for E S
I
E
S &
&
Genshin to attack again.
3 Do not use the Flying Swallow or any other aerial C

C
R
attacks, as Genshin has the ability to counter any aerial D Y
D
A S
T T
attacks Hayabusa uses. There is a chance Genshin’s A A
A A
B L
M A P  K E Y
A S
S
counter will miss, but it is far too risky to rely on. S K
E U
L
2  G r a i n s  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e L
3 D e v i l Õ s W a y M u s h r o o m
1 1 B o s s B a t t l e
139

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
Quickening Devastation
CHAP T
TER FIFTEEN:
N
IN
I
F
AA
FIFTEEN: Details
O
O N
Y JN
A
A
W
W
I
NN QUICKENING DEVESTATION Crystal Skulls: 2
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T Items: Heart of Malevolent Flame
New Enemies: Marionette Demons, Centaurs
S
M
E
M Bosses: Greater Fiend, Evil Zedonius, Evil Volf
T
IT
A
J
A Maps: 3
N
IN
NN
Y
R Go to the blue-light Muramasa Shop ahead to upgrade the
N OO
OO P
P NN Eclipse Scythe and restock your supplies. Switch to Enma’s
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D Fang and continue forward to engage several Marionette
AA
J
IN A
N N
A Demons.
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
M A P  K E Y
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M 3  D e v i l Õ s  W a y  M u s h r o o m
N
N NN
EE 4  E a r t h  S t a t u e
S
N
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
M
M O
A I
A
O 1
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T 11
11
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E
L
T
T
4
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B 3
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C 5
140

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
First Appearance: Marionette Mid-Boss Battle: Marbus R
O
D
Demon U
C
T
I
O
Abilities: Projectile N
Attack, Charge Attack
T
T
T H
H H
Strategy: The Mari- E E
onette Demons are N W
I A
A
N Y
some of the tough- J
A O
O
F
est enemies in the
game. Their projectile
N
N
attack cannot be I
N
N
J
blocked, and it leaves A
A
I
T
T
Hayabusa open to Close-Range Ability: Unblockable Throw E
M
M
their charge attack S
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Spiral Flight,
that frequently fol-
Aerial Charge N
N
lows and inflicts a A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
significant amount Recommended Weapon: True Dragon Sword, Enma’s W
N E
N E
of damage. They also Fang, Level 3 N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
attack R
makinginit groups,
even more Strategy: This battle against Marbus is more difficult than Y
when you fought him as Rachel. This time the Lesser
difficult to avoid the
Fiends that fight alongside him as much stronger and will
projectile attacks. In T
T
R N
R
cause trouble if you don’t take care of them as quickly A N
addition, their metal bodies make them strong against I
N N
N
I
N
as possible. Eliminate them with the True Dragon Sword I J
Hayabusa’s weapons. Use the Flying Swallow as much as N A
N A
while avoiding Marbus’ many attacks. Once they’ve been G
possible to stay on the move and in the air. This makes it
dispatched, switch to Enma’s Fang and stay close to Marbus
much easier to avoid their projectile attacks. Once their
while he’s in the air. Use the Reverse Wind to avoid his
numbers have decreased, either continue with the Flying E
E
multi-fireball projectile attack, Spiral Flight and aerial charge. N N
N N
Swallow Technique, or switch to the Eclipse Scythe or E I
M N
M N
Enma’s Fang to inflict as much damage as possible and I J
E A
E A
S
take them out in fewer attacks.
Unblockable
throw M
M
Quickly dispatch the demons and move ahead to face sev- I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
eral Demon Spawn and Half-Dragon Demons. Take them out N
S
and continue down the path to find a charred corpse on the
left, next to a burning tree. The corpse can be difficult to see
because it’s black. Examine the corpse on the left to obtain a P
P
A
N T
N H
H
Devil’s Way Mushroom. I
N O
N O
Spiral Flight J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
While he’s stationary in the air, you can hit him with any S
B
B
A
T
of Hayabusa’s jumping attacks, although the Flying Swallow T
L
works best. You can also use Enma’s Fang and hit him with E
S
the first attack of the Bronco Smash (i). After the Spiral
Flight, he remains on the ground for a short time. Use this
opportunity to attack with a combo of your choice until T S
T S
R E
R
O C
he retreats to the air again. The lower his health gauge, P R
H E
T
the less time he spends on the ground after the Spiral E S
I
E
S &
&
Flight attack and the more you’ll have to hit him in the air.
When his health is very low, he moves around quite a bit C
C
Proceed down the path and access the Earth Statue ahead R
in the air. Follow him with the Flying Swallow because it D Y
D
to save your progress. Proceed into the open area to trigger A S
T T
has the most range of all of Hayabusa’s aerial attacks. A A
A A
a cinematic. After the cinematic a mid-boss battle against B L
A S
S
S K
Marbus commences. E U
L
L
141

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
R
T
R 1
N
IN
I
4
Projectile attack
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
11
11
S
MM
E Aerial Charge
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
At close range,
Y Marbus may use
R
N OO an unblockable throw attack on the ground or in the air,
OO P
P NN
AA I but this is rare and it will not hit you if you keep moving
EE N
N
WW
D when not attacking him. When the Lesser Fiends reappear,
AA
J
IN A
N N
A defeat them and continue your strategy to quickly take
NN
down Marbus.
4
G
A N
A N
10
10
J I
N
N N
N
I I Def Marbus and
Defeat an go through
t rou the
th opening on the far side
N A
N R
R
T
T of the area to battle more Demon Spawn. Go down the path to
find an alcove on the left with a container.
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN
EE
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N Open the container to find an Herb of Spiritual Life item,
A
P
P
then continue out of the alcove and proceed to the left to
S
engage several Demon Spawn. Take them down.
E
L
T
T Continue down the path to fight a group of Marionette
A
B
B
S Demons, followed by a horde of Half-Dragon Demons. There
S
O
O is an Earth Statue ahead on the right, but you must defeat the
B
B
demons before you can access it. Just before the Earth Statue
is a container on the right that holds Red Essence.
&
& S
S E
IE
T H
E P Save your
R O
C RR
E T
S T
S
progress and M A P  K E Y
continue on to 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
L
L
engage several
U E
K S more Half-
S
S A
L B Dragon Demons
A A
A A
T T
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
S A accompanied by
Y D
D
R
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
C
C
Lesser Fiends.
Defeat them
and continue forward until you drop down
142
to the lower path ahead. Use the Fiend’s Bane

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
Bow to hit one of the Undead Fish ahead, then take out the R
O
rest with the True Dragon Sword. Run across the lava to the watch Zedonius carefully and be prepared to use the D
U
Wind Run or Reverse Wind Technique to avoid C
middle rock formation for a cinematic followed by a mid-boss T
I
O
his attacks. N
battle against Evil Zedonius.
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
Fireball Projectile E E
N W
N
I A
A
Attack N Y
N
J
The lava inflicts damage to Hayabusa, so make your way A O
A O
At close range, F
across as quickly as possible and avoid it during the use the Reverse
boss battle. N
N
Wind and Furious I
N
N
Wind to move in J
A
A
I
T
T
circles around Zedonius. Use the Broken Reincarnation E
M
M
Mid-Boss Battle: Evil Zedonius combo (pppppi) as your main source of damage. Do S
not wait for Zedonius to attack; simply use this combo
N
N
over and over to inflict as much damage as possible is a A I
A N
N
Close-Range N J
D A
short time. A
W
Abilities: Flame N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
Spire, Unblock- P
O
O O N
O
able Throw, Fire R
Y
Eruption, Flame
Beam, Flight, Parry, Flame Spire
T
T
R N
R
Counterattack A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
Long-Range N A
N A
G
Abilities: Projectile
Attack, Fire Stomp
E
E
Recommended N N
N N
Fire Eruption E I
M N
M N
Weapon: True I J
E A
E A
Dragon Sword, S
Enma’s Fang, Level 3 If you do not
Strategy: The sec- have Enma’s

at Level 3, it Fang
is still possible to use this strategy, but the M
M
ond battle against I T
S
S T
damage is significantly less. Instead, use the True Dragon S E
A
A
Zedonius is very similar to the first. The main difference I
O
O M M
Sword.You can initiate an attack before Zedonius attacks, N
is that you can be knocked into the lava, which continu- S
ously inflicts damage. His only new attack is the Flame but he can parry or counterattack.Wait for him to use an
Beam, but if you stay on top of Zedonius and constantly attack combo, but be very careful to avoid the last two
P
P
attack him, he will not use it. If he does initiate the Flame attacks. During the last two hits of his combos, his fist is A
N T
N H
H
Beam, use the Wind Run or Reverse Wind to avoid it. engulfed in flame, which stuns Hayabusa and inflicts signifi- I
N O
N O
cant damage even if both attacks are blocked. However, J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
upon dodging these two attacks, Zedonius is vulnerable E
to your counterattack. This is your best opportunity to
attack him. B
B
O
O
Flame Beam S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
Throw
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
Fire Stomp Shortly after P R
H E
T
the fight begins, E S
I
E
Stay S &
&
Zedonius summons several Water Demons to assist him
close to Zedo-
just like the previous battle. Zedonius summons the Water C
C
nius to avoid his R
Demons on a regular basis if you defeat them, but they do D Y
D
many long-range A S
not constantly respawn. It is imperative that you take out T T
A A
A A
attacks. If you stay at a distance, Zedonius uses a multi- B L
the Water Demons before engaging Zedonius. A S
S
fireball projectile attack, a Flame Spire similar to the S K
E U
Flame Column the Ninpo Ninja use, and a Fire Stomp L
L
that is difficult to avoid. If you find yourself at a distance,
143

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O These are higher level Water Demons that can inflict se-
RR
T
N
IN
I
rious damage to Hayabusa if left alone. Even if Zedonius
has low health, leave him alone and defeat the Water De-
F mons before focusing on Zedonius. Do not venture far
AA
O
O N
Y JN from Zedonius while fighting the Water Demons because
A
A I
W
W NN
he will use his long-range attacks. 5
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT Water Demons
A
J
A 11
11
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
If Zedonius takes flight, use the Flying Swallow to bring
EE N
N
WW
D
him down, or stay directly below him and watch out for
AA
J
IN A
N N
A the Flame Spire.
NN
G
A N
A N
J I Defeat Zedonius and examine the object that appears to
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
obtain the Heart of Malevolent Flame.
T
T
Continue for-
ward through the
S small opening
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M to find another
N
N NN
EE
Earth Statue. Save
your progress and
S
move forward to
N find a container
M
M OO
A I
A
E S on the left.
T S
T IS
MM
Open the container to obtain an Herb of Spiri-
tual Life, then continue into the clearing to find
tu
E
H
H a yellow-light Muramasa Shop. Replenish your 1
T
T
F A
JA supplies and proceed through the forest.
su
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E
L
T It is important to stock up on Devil’s Way Mushrooms
T
M A P  K E Y
A
B
B
S because ninpo is very helpful during the next boss 1  H e r b  o f  S p i r i t u a l  L i f e
S
O
O battle.
B
B 5  M u r a m a s a  S h o p
5
A school of Undead Fish can be seen ahead. Use the Fiend’s 1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
&
& S
S E
IE Bane Bow and True Dragon Sword to take care of them. As
T H
E P
R O you progress through the forest, two more schools of Undead
C RR
E T
S T
S Fish attack from behind.
L Head along the left side of the forest to find a corpse
L
U E
K S halfway down. Examine the corpse to find an Herb of
S
S A
L B Spiritual Life.
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
144

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
S
C
BATTLE T
I
O
S
S N
Volf
O
O T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
B
B N W
N
I
N Y
N
J
A
A
A O
A O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Continue moving on the left side to find a container near
N
N
the end of the forest. It holds another Herb of Spiritual Life. A I
A N
N
N J
Close-Range Abilities: Unblockable Scythe Combos, D A
A
W
Unblockable Throw N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
Long-Range Abilities: Unblockable Charge, Unblockable R
Y
Scythe Thrust
Recommended Weapons: Enma’s Fang, Level 3, Art of the T
T
R N
R
Inferno A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
Strategy: While there are many similarities between this G
battle against Volf and the previous one, there are also a
number of differences. The battle begins with a herd of
Centaurs that continuously circle and attack Hayabusa.The E
E
N N
N N
best way to handle the Centaurs is to use the Art of the E I
M N
M N
I J
Inferno ninpo. If you have a full Ki gauge or a few Devil’s Way E A
E A
S
Mushrooms, you should be able to take out all of the Centaurs
with the Art of the Inferno. If you target three Centaurs per
Take the path at the end of the forest to trigger a cinematic
followed by a boss battle against the Beastmen leader. ninpo, they can be defeated in five attacks or less. M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
First Appearance: Centaur N
S
Scythe combos
Ability: Charge Attack P
P
A
N T
N H
H
Strategy: Centaurs’ I
N O
N O
If you do not J F
primary special move is a A
A
T
T
have the necessary H
H
charge attack that knocks E
Ki for this strategy,
Hayabusa down or breaks
use the Flying Swallow to attack the Centaurs from a distance. B
B
his guard. Centaurs attack in O
O
Do not attack them head-on as they’re charging toward you. S
groups and generally circle S
Wait for them to stop and rear up on their hind legs before
B
B
A
T
around
their Hayabusa,
spears using
to attack from you attack them with anything other than the Flying Swallow. T
L
Try to focus on one Centaur at a time to take it down as E
S
a moderate distance. Use
quickly as possible.
the Flying Swallow to close
in on them and attack with T S
T S
R E
R
O C
the Dragon Sword at close P R
H E
T
range. It is also possible to E S
I
E
S &
&
use the Kusari-gama from a Throw
moderate range to counter-
C
C
act their spears. If they are R
D Y
D
A S
charging at Hayabusa, do not T T
A A
A A
use any attacks other than B L
A S
S
S K
ninpo or the Flying Swallow.Wait until they rear up on E U
L
their hind legs before attacking with anything else. Their L
spears also give them a slightly longer throwing range
than most other enemies have, so be cautious as they
begin to close in on you. 145

orized or unl

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
CHAP T
TER SIX T
TEEN:
U
D
O
R
T
N
R
When the Centaurs have been defeated, Volf appears. Go
SIX EEN:
IN
I
directly toward him and use the Broken Reincarnation com-
F
THE UNDERWORLD
UN DERWORLD ABYSS
AA bo (pppppi) with Enma’s Fang. This is the best combo
O
O N
Y JN to inflict significant damage to Volf. If every attack connects,
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
it should take only four or five combos to bring Volf down.
H H
H TH
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT Charge
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N When Volf initiates his combo attacks, stay out of his attack
WW
D
AA
J
IN A
N N
A range and close in with a Wind Run, followed by the previ-
NN ously mentioned combo.Volf does not use the unblockable Underworld Abyss Details
charge every often, so all you need to worry about are his
G Scythe combos and his throw from close range. Move out Items: Heart of Bestial Storm
A N
A N
J I of his attack range as soon as he begins his combos and youu
N
N N
N
I I Bosses: Tengu Brothers, Evil Alexei
N A
N R
R
will avoid both.
T
T Maps: 1
S
A E
A IE Defeat Volf and examine his body to obtain the Heart of
J
N M
N
I E
M Scythe Thrust
N
N NN
Bestial Storm.
EE
Proceed down the
path ahead to find a
S blue-light Muramasa
N
M
M OO Shop on the left. All
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS of the weapons that
MM
are vital to your
offensive strategies
E
H
H should already be
T
T
F A
JA
O
O N at Level 3, so upgrade a weapon of your choice at this point.
IN
H
H N
T N There are several difficult battles ahead, so make sure you
A
P
P
From a distance, Volf uses an unblockable Scythe Thrust. He completely replenish all of your supplies. Continue down the
slams his Scythe to the ground, which causes a shock wave path and go up the stairs to trigger a cinematic.
S
E that cannot be blocked. Use the Wind Run or Reverse Wind
L
T After the cinematic concludes, take down a horde of Lesser
T to avoid this attack, and then close in on him as quickly as
A
B
B
S possible to prevent him from using it excessively. Fiends and continue down the path and through the door at
S
O
O the end. Several Marionette Demons and Chainsaw Bazooka
B
B
Zombies attack in the next hall. Make quick work of them and
proceed toward the next door for another cinematic. Continue
&
& S
S E
IE through the door to battle against several Melee Ninja.
T H
E P
R O Take them out, and then the Tengu Brothers appear for a
C RR
E T
S T
S mid-boss battle.
L
L
U E
K S
S
S A
L B
A A
A A
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
146

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
5 D
M A P  K E Y
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
N
N
I
N
N
J
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
11
11
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
1 3
1 T
T
1 R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
3 2 I J
N A
N A
4 G
4 4
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
10
10 1
M
M
1 I T
T
S
S
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
11
11 P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
Mid-Boss Battle: Close-Range Abilities: Basic Combos, Whirlwind Spin,

B
B
Unblockable Throw O
O
Tengu Brothers S
S
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Long-Range
B
B
A
T
Stomp T
L
E
S
Recommended Weapons: True Dragon Sword,
Enma’s Fang
T S
T S
R E
R
Strategy: This Tengu Brothers battle is the same as the O C
P R
last except that the area you fight in is much smaller, H E
T
E S
I
E
which makes it difficult to focus on one brother over S &
&
the other. The brothers have the same attacks as before.
If either brother begins to spin in a circle, move away C
C
R
D Y
D
as quickly as possible. The Whirlwind Spin is difficult to A S
T T
avoid, but has a relatively short range of attack. A single A A
A A
B L
A S
S
jump away from the enemy is usually enough to get away S K
E U
from the attack. When both brothers are still alive, they L
L
will generally use only one stomp when they jump into
147

thorized or unl

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D Defeat the Tengu and continue through the next door to
O the air. However, once one Tengu Brother has been
RR fight several Melee Ninja. Examine the corpse on the right in
fi
T
N
IN
I defeated, almost every stomp will be followed by a
the last hall to obtain an Herb of Spiritual Life.
second one and the surviving brother will use stomps
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN from close range as well.
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
Basic combo
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P Whirlwind Spin
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
NN Proceed toward the Earth Statue ahead and save your prog-
r to spawn a platoon of Melee and Ninpo Ninja. Defeat the
ress
G eenemies and head to the right down the next hallway.
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I Equip the Kusari-gama or Vigoorian Flail and continue
N A
N R
R
T
T t
through the opening at the end of the hall. A group of Bone
Unblockable
throw Scorpions attacks. Use Ultimate Guidance to dispatch them
S
and open the container near the entrance to obtain an Herb of
a
S
A E
A IE Spiritual Life. Go to the far end of the room to find two more
S
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN Stay close to whichever brother you’re currently target- ccontainers. Open the container on the left to find a Grains of
EE
ing to prevent him from using his projectile attack, and Spiritual Life item and save your progress.
S
use the Reverse Wind Technique to avoid his combos and
S
unblockable throw.When his combos come to an end,
N attack with the True Dragon Sword or Enma’s Fang. Be
M
M OO
A I
A careful of the last hit in the combo because it can be dif-
E S
T S
T IS The container on the right holds Undead Fish. Open it
MM ficult to dodge. Once the combo starts, use precise
Reverse Wind Techniques to dodge each attack individually if you wish to maximize your karma score in Chapter
instead of simply repeating the Reverse Wind carelessly. Challenge Mode.
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O N
IN T
Turn around and proceed through the small open-
H
H N
T N
A ing on the right and up the ramp to reach the room
in
P
P
Projectile attack you just came from. Head down to the opposite
yo
S
E
end of the hall and through the next small opening.
en
L
T There are several sacks in the next area. Some of these sacks
T
A
B
B
S h
house various enemies and must be destroyed if you wish to
S
O
O ccontinue on your way. The sack directly to the right and left as
B
B
you enter are empty.
&
& S
Stomp Go left past one sack. The next sack on the right houses
S E
IE
T H s
several Melee Ninja. Take them out and continue past them to
E P
R O
C R
E TR When you have find a corpse on the right that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
fi
S T
S
defeated the first Tengu, the second one becomes much
easier to deal with. Close in on the second Tengu to
L
L prevent him from using long-range attacks. Follow the
U E
K S
S
S A same strategy used against the first brother to take down
L B
A A
A A the remaining brother quickly and easily.
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
148

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Turn around and proceed left, then immediately go right. Open the container to find Red Essence, then continue
along the wall to find another container that holds an Herb N
N
Break the sack ahead to find another corpse that holds a A I
A N
N
N J
of Spiritual Life. D A
Devil’s Way Mushroom item. A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
Go back and circle around to the left. Destroy another Follow the wall all the way around to the end to find a M
M
empty sack and take the left path to find another empty sack. corpse that holds another Herb of Spiritual Life. I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
Dispose of it and slide down a small hill to end up on the I
O
O M M
N
lower level surrounded by more sacks. The sacks behind you S
and directly in front of you are empty, but the second sack in
front of you houses several Melee Ninja. P
P
A
N T
N H
H
Continue down the next small hill to another hallway filled I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
with sacks. The first sack holds Melee Ninja, while the second T
T
H
H
E
and third sacks are empty. The next sack holds another group
of Melee Ninja. The next two sacks are empty, but the last
B
B
sack contains a Shadow Ninja Rasetsu. O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
Proceed down the hallway to find a container straight T
L
ahead and a save point to the right. Open the container to E
S
find a Grains of Spiritual Life item.
Jump down to the bottom of the area to trigger another
Save your progress. Now head in the opposite T S
T S
cinematic, followed by a boss battle against Evil Alexei. R E
R
O C
direction, past the container and to the opening
di P R
H E
T
on the right. In the next open area move to the E S
I
E
S &
&
left to find a container against the wall.
le
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
149

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
S
BATTLE
AA
O
O N
JN
S
S
Y
A
A
W
W
I
NN
O
OEvil Alexei Lightning
E E
B
B
H H
H TH
T T
T Rage
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO Whirlwind
OO P
P NN
A
E
A I
E N
Spin
N
WW
D
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
NN
G
A N
A N
J I When Alexei takes flight, use the Flying Swallow to bring
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R him down. If he simply jumps into the air, quickly jump away
T
T
Close-Range Abilities: Basic Combos, Lighting Rage or use the Reverse Wind to get out of his attack range. This is
the indicator that Alexei is about to use his long-range throw.
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack,Whirlwind Spin,
Long-Range Throw, Lightning Strike This cannot be blocked, so you must get out of its range.
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN
Recommended Weapons: True Dragon Sword, Enma’s
EE
Fang
Strategy: Alexei is now at full power, which makes this
S
battle slightly more difficult than the last time you fought Projectile
attack
N him. His projectile attacks are still very difficult to avoid and
M
M OO
A I
A
E S he uses them in conjunction with an unblockable throw
T S
T IS
MM quite frequently. Stay as close to Alexei as possible to prevent
him from using a volley of lightning projectile attacks, the
E
Lightning Strike attack, and his extremely damaging long-
H
H
T
T range throw attack.
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
Lightning
S
E
L
Strike
T
T
A
B
B
S
S
O
O
B
B
If Alexei uses the Whirlwind Spin, charge an Ultimate Tech-
nique or use a ninpo magic to avoid the attack and stay close
&
& S
S E
IE to him to avoid a follow-up projectile attack. You can also use
T H
E P the Wind Run, but that generally puts you at a distance when
R O
C RR
E T the attack is over. The Ultimate Technique and ninpo override
S T
S
Long-range throw
any attack Alexei is attempting to use, including his Whirlwind
L Use the Broken Reincarnation combo ( pppppi) with Spin attack and throws.
L
U E Enma’s Fang continuously to keep Alexei at bay. Most of the
K S
S
S A
L B attacks from Enma’s Fang will stun Alexei, but if
A A
A A
T T he does not look stunned, use the Reverse Wind
S A
Y D
D
R to move in circles around him in anticipation of
C
C
an attack.
150

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
CHAP T
TER Poisoned Blood Details R
O
D
U
C
T
I
SEVEN T TEEN: Items: Heart of Azure Lightning, Heart of Crimson Blood O
EEN: Weapons: Blade of the Archfiend

N
T
T
H H
T H
E E
POISONED BLOOD Bosses: Evil Genshin, Evil Elizébet, Dagra Dai, Archfiend
Maps: 1 N W
I
N Y
A
A
J
A O
O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
M A P  K E Y
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
1 0  R e d  E s s e n c e
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
1 1  B o s s  B a t t l e
Examine the object in front of you to T

T
R N
R
A N I
obtain the Heart of Azure Lightning, then I
N N
N N
3 I
N A
N
J
A
go through the opening at the end of the G
path ahead.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
5 E A
E A
S
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
If you turn around and shoot Sonia, J F
3 A
A
T
T
she will die and the game will be over. H
H
E
10
10 1
B
B
O
O
S
S
Several Marionette Demons attack. Defeat
B
B
A
T
them with Enma’s Fang and examine the T
L
E
corpse on the right, roughly halfway down S
the hall, to find a Devil’s Way Mushroom.

11
11
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
4 E U
L
L
151

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
HH
H
H T
T T
T
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Herb of Spiritual Life
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
Continue through the next opening to find a yellow-light
EE N
N
WW
D
Muramasa Shop on the left. Replenish your supplies and
AA
J
IN A
N N
A continue down the hall and through the next opening. In
NN
the next area is a horde of Melee and Ninpo Ninja. Eliminate
them and return to the Muramasa Shop if you need to restock
G
A N
A N your supplies. Proceed through the area to find a corpse on
J I
N
N N
N
I I the right that holds a Devil’s Way Mushroom.
N A
N R
R
T
T
S
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M
N
N NN Red Essence
EE
Run into the middle of the next room to initiate a cinematic,
S
followed by a mid-boss battle against Genshin. After Genshin
N has been defeated you obtain the Blade of the Archfiend and a
M
M OO
A I
A battle against Elizébet ensues.
E S
T S
T IS
MM
Mid-Boss Battle: Evil Genshin

E
H
H Go to the end of the hall and through the next opening to to
T
T
F A
JA
O
O N
IN find an Earth Statue. Save your progress and continue to the he Close-Range Abilities:
H
H N
T N left into the next area. A pool of blood water lies to either Strong and Weak combos,
A
P
P Counterattack Technique,
side of the bone pathway directly ahead. Move forward to
spawn several Blood Eels. Switch to the Howling Cannon
Parry Technique
S
E
L and return to the beginning of the area and shoot from the Long-Range Abilities:
T
T
A
B
B
S entrance to take them out. Move down the path a little bit if Ultimate Technique, Anti-
S you need to get them to move toward you, but if you attack Air Technique, Projectile
O
O
B
B Attack
from anywhere other than the entrance, you will be suscep-
tible to an attack from the Blood eels. Recommended Weap-
&
& S
S E
IE on: Enma’s Fang, Level 3
T H Defeat the enemies and continue down the path. Run across
E P
R O the blood water to the opposite side and move to the right Strategy: This is the
C RR
E T
S T
S of the door to find a corpse. Examine the corpse to find an fourth and final battle
Herb of Spiritual Life. On the opposite side is a container that against Genshin. It is very
L
L
holds Red Essence. Grab both items and head to the door in similar to the first three
U E
K S fights and requires the
S
S A the middle.
L B
A A
A A same strategy.
T T
S A
Y D
D
R
C
C
152

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
Genshin uses an Ultimate Technique from a distance Mid-Boss Battle: Evil Elizébet U
C
T
or from close range, although it is much more frequent I
O
N
when he is farther away. If he uses the Ultimate Tech-
nique, immediately use the Reverse Wind to move away T
T
T H
H H
from him. Stay close to Genshin to limit his use of the E E
N W
Ultimate Technique. If you allow him to stay at a distance, I A
A
N Y
J
he also uses an upgraded variation of his triple flaming A O
O
F
kunai projectile attack.
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
Projectile attack M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
Close-Range Abilities: Telepor t, Tail Stab, Heartbeat P
O
O O N
O
At close range, Genshin can counter or parry Haya- R
Y
busa’s attacks.This includes the first attack from both Long-Range Abilities: Flash Dive, Heart Eruption
Ultimate Techniques, halting them completely. He has the
ability to counterattack by teleporting above Hayabusa Recommended Weapon: Enma’s Fang, Blade of the T
T
R N
R
Archfiend A N I
and coming down with a flaming attack. Use the Broken I
N N
N N
I J
Reincarnation combo (pppppi) because not only N A
N A
Strategy: This battle is nearly identical to the previous G
does it inflict significant damage, but it also moves fight against Elizébet. She moves around the room shifting
Hayabusa forward during the combo. If Genshin uses his from the ground to the air. From a distance she uses the
teleport counterattack, he will miss Hayabusa due to this Flash Dive, which is an extremely fast teleporting attack E
E
N N
N N
forward movement. that inflicts damage if Hayabusa does not block or evade. E I
M N
M N
I J
She does not telegraph the attack this time around, so be E A
E A
S
cautious any time she takes flight.
Counterattack M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
Heart Eruption N
S
When she’s
P
P
Use the Reverse Wind to move in circles around flying she can A
N T
N H
H
Genshin until he attacks. Block his attack or combo, use her Heart I
N O
N O
J F
then counterattack. It is very important to continuously Eruption throw from a distance. At first glance it appears A
A
T
T
H
H
move during Genshin’s combos because he can use an as though she’s about to use the Heartbeat attack, but E
Izuna Drop throw in the middle of his combo. If you are instead of a stream of blood following Hayabusa, a pool
of blood surrounds him and Elizébet stabs him with her B
B
stationary, the throw will connect, whether you’re block- O
O
S
ing or not. Do not use the Flying Swallow or any other tail in an unblockable attack. If you see a pool of blood S
B
B
A
T
aerial attacks, as Genshin can counter any aerial attacks surround
out of theHayabusa,
way. use the Wind Run to quickly jump T
L
Hayabusa uses. There is a chance Genshin’s counter will E
S
miss, but it is far too risky to rely on.
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
Flash Dive H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
At close range,
C
C
Elizébet uses a R
D Y
D
shorter version A S
T T
A A
A A
of the Flash Dive that acts more like a teleport than an B L
A S
S
attack. She uses this frequently when her health gauge is S K
E U
L
low. She also uses her Heartbeat attack, which summons
L
153

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U Proceed toward the door at the end of the room
D
O to trigger a cinematic followed by a mid-boss
RR
T
N
IN
I
a heart that floats in midair and attacks Hayabusa with battle against Dagra Dai, then another mid-boss
ba
a stream of blood. At the end of her attack combos, she battle against the immature version of the Arch-
F uses a Tail Stab that transitions into a throw. The Tail Stab
AA
O
O N
Y JN can be done outside of a combo, which happens often fiend, then the final boss battle against the Archfiend.
A
A I
W
W NN
E E
when she has low health.
HH
H
H T
T T
T Mid-Boss Battle: Dagra Dai
S
MM
E
T
IT Heartbeat
AA
J
N
IN
NN
Use the Blade
Y of the Archfiend
R
N OO
OO P or Enma’s Fang and get as close to Elizébet as you can.
P NN
AA I
EE N
N Wait for her to initiate a combo and block the first few
WW
D
AA
J
IN A
N N
A attacks. When she shifts into a triple Tail Stab, use Furious
NN Wind to avoid the attacks, then immediately use a combo
of your choosing.
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
Tail Stab
S
A E
A IE
J If she gets
N M
N
I E
M
N
N N
E
N
E away from you Close-Range Abilities: Tentacle Spin, Tentacle Stab,
and uses the Heart Blood attack, continuously run, Wind Unblockable Throw
Run, or Reverse Wind in a constant direction to evade
S
the stream of blood that follows. When she floats in the Long-Range Abilities: Lightning Bolt
N air, switch to the True Dragon Sword and use the Flying Recommended Weapon: Enma’s Fang, Level 3
M
M OO
A I
A
E S Swallow to bring her down and inflict damage. She’s very
T S
T IS Strategy: Dagra Dai stays in the air throughout half of
MM evasive, so this is the only time you should rely on the the fight and has effective long-range and short-range
Flying Swallow. attacks. He also summons Demon Spawn to aid him
E throughout the battle. Many of Dagra Dai’s attacks are
H
H
T
T difficult to avoid no matter the distance.
F A
JA
O
O N
IN Once the two mid-bosses have been defeated, continue to
H
H N
T N
A the object near the end of the room on the right. Examine it
P
P
to obtain the Heart of Crimson Blood.
S Lightning Bolt
E Go to the
L
T
T large glowing
A
B
B
S sphere at the
S
O
O
B
B end of the room
to reach a room
&
& S with a horde
S E
IE
Tentacle Spin
T H of Melee and
E P
R O
C RR Ninpo Ninja.
E T
S T
S
Defeat them to Take out the
L
trigger a cinematic that ends with Hayabusa in a room with Demon Spawn
L
U E an Earth Statue and a yellow-light Muramasa Shop. with an Art of
K S
S
S A the Inferno ninpo to get rid of them quickly, then focus
L B
A A
A A Replenish your supplies, aside from an Herb of Spiritual
T T on Dagra Dai until they respawn. If Dagra Dai uses the
S A
Y D
D Life, and save your progress. Open the container Lightning Bolt, jump continuously in one direction to
R
C
C
between the Earth Statue and Muramasa Shop to avoid the attack. If you use the Reverse Wind, it will be
obtain an Herb of Spiritual Life. too slow to dodge the entire Lightning Bolt attack.
154
Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloa

downloading expressly prohibited.
hibited..

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
Be cautious because Dagra Dai can end his melee combos Mid-Boss Battle: U
C
with the Lightning Bolt, so be ready to dodge at any point. T
Archfiend—Immature I
O
N
T
T H
H
E E
N W
Tentacle Stab I A
N Y
J O
A
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Throw
N
N
A I
A N
N
When Dagra N J
D A
A
W
Dai floats into N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
the air and P
O
O O N
O
R
remains stationary, keep your distance to avoid the Close-Range Abilities: Demon Beam, Blood Cough Y
Tentacle Stab. When he uses his melee combo, use the
Long-Range Abilities: Fist Slam, Mini-Fiends
Reverse Wind to avoid all of the attacks, then quickly T
T
R N
R
counterattack with the Broken Reincarnation combo Recommended Weapon: Fiend’s Bane Bow A N I
I
N N
N N
(pppppi). Shortly after each melee combo, Dagra Dai I J
N A
N A
Strategy: The Archfiend’s immature form does not pose G
teleports away, so you must be quick. Any time Dagra Dai
much of a threat, but the circumstances of the environ-
ends a combo with the Lightning Bolt, he uses the Tentacle
ment turn this into a lengthy battle that requires more
Spin either before or after a teleport. You cannot block
endurance than anything else. The Fiend’s Bane Bow is E
E
N N
N
the Tentacle Spin, so stay away from Dagra Dai following N
the only way to attack the Archfiend, and you must aim at E I
M N
M N
his Lightning Bolt. I J
the Archfiend’s head or the orb in the center of his body E A
E A
S
when it begins to glow. When the orb glows you can also
use a ninpo art.
Head over to the container at the bottom of the vine-like M

M
I T
S
S T
path to obtain an Herb of Spiritual Life. S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
Mini-Fiends
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
When the Archfiend lets out a low-volume scream, E
a few Mini-Fiends attack from above. Use the Reverse
Wind to avoid the Mini-Fiends without taking damage. B
B
O
O
The Archfiend often uses the Fist Slam right after sending S
S
B
B
A
T
out Mini-Fiends,
Bane so do
Bow until you arenot attempt
sure to use thehave
the Mini-Fiends Fiend’s
been T
L
E
S
defeated.
T S
T S
R E
R
Make your way up the path for another cinematic, followed O C
P R
by a battle against the immature Archfiend, then a second H E
T
Fist Slam E S
I
E
S &
&
battle against the real Archfiend.
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
155

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I The Archfiend’s Fist Slam can easily be avoided by stay- several ledges to reach the Archfiend and continue the
ing on the opposite side of the fist being used. It inflicts battle. Along the way you will come across a container
F
AA
O
O N
JN asosignificant
Y
A
A I stay in theamount
middleof damageattacks
between and is not telegraphed,
to avoid it. Oc- that holds an Herb of Spiritual Life.
W
W NN When you reach the Archfiend, continue the same
E E
casionally the Archfiend will use the Fist Slam two times
H H
H TH strategy as before. The Archfiend uses all of its previous
T T
T consecutively, either alternating the side or using the
attacks in addition to a Demon Beam that emits from the
same fist twice. Stay in the middle and watch his arms
sphere in its lower chest. There is also an addition to the
S closely after the first Fist Slam to ensure that you are not
M
E
M Fist Slam: the Archfiend sweeps its arm across the ground
T hit by the second.
IT after slamming its fist down. Avoid this with a well-timed
AA
J Wind Run.
N
IN
NN
Demon Beam
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
Defeat the Archfiend for a brief cinematic followed by a
EE N
N
WW
D boss battle against the true Archfiend.
AA
J
IN A
N N
A
NN
When the S

BATTLE
S
G
A N
A N Archfiend
J I
N
N
N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
lowers its head, Arch
OArchfiend
T
T it is about to
use the Demon B
Beam. Wait until
S the head lowers into position, then use a Wind Run or
A E
A IE
J
N M
N
I E
M Reverse Wind to move to the opposite side to avoid the
N
N NN
EE attack.
S
N
M
M OO
A I
A
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
O
O N
IN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S Blood Cough

E
L
T
T Between the Archfiend’s attacks, always attempt to go
A
B
B
S into first-person view and shoot an arrow at its head. The
S
O
O only exception to this is when it uses the Fist Slam after
B
B
unleashing Mini-Fiends. After each successful arrow attack
the Archfiend uses Blood Cough. Use the Wind Run or
&
& S
S E
IE Reverse Wind to move away from your previous position
T H Close-Range Abilities: Throw, Fist Slam, Demon Beam
E P to avoid the attack. It also uses Blood Cough randomly
R O
C RR
E T throughout the fight, but this attack is telegraphed. Watch Long-Range Abilities: Flame Spire
S T
S
the Archfiend’s head: it looks up and appears to be choking.
L
L When the Archfiend’s health reaches approximately
U E Strategy: The final battle is not difficult, so long as you
K S
S
S A 50 percent, it begins to climb higher in the cave. Run to
L B stay on the left side of the screen, just left of the Arch-
A A
A A the left and use the Flying Bird Technique to climb all the
T T fiend’s fist when it’s stationary.The Archfiend slams his fist
S A
Y D
D way up to its new location. Several times, you must climb
R on the ground many times in a row, causing a Flame Spire
C
C
to sprout below Hayabusa. Evade it by using a well-timed
Wind Run or Reverse Wind.
156
56

PA T
PA TH OF THE NINJA
NINJA
I
N
T
R
O
D
U
C
T
I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
At close range, the Archfiend uses a modified version of Demon Beam S
the Demon Beam that sweeps across the stage but stops
Start off the fight by running to the far left and attack- N
N
just short of the far-left side. Stay on the far left to avoid A I
A N
N
ing the Archfiend’s hand with the Broken Reincarnation N J
D A
A
the beam, but if you happen to be in the middle, wait until W
combo (pppppi). Continue attacking until the Arch- N E
N E
the beam nears Hayabusa, then use the Wind Run to jump N A
I
N A
P
fiend uses the Flame Spire. Avoid the Flame Spire, then go
P
O
O O N
O
over it. back to attacking. If you use the full combo, the Archfiend’s R
Y
When Hayabusa is right next to the Archfiend when it throw almost always misses Hayabusa. In addition, if you
is on the ledge, it uses an unblockable throw that’s very stay on the far-left side, the Demon Beam will miss as well.
T
T
difficult to see coming. There is a slight pause before the These two factors make the battle exceptionally easy. R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
Archfiend uses the throw, but if you aren’t prepared to I J
N A
N A
use the Wind Run to avoid it, there’s no escape. After G
a successful throw, the Archfiend walks around on the
ground. Attack it here, but be cautious of its feet, as it can
kick Hayabusa to inflict damage.. E
E
Ninpo magic automatically evades all of the Archfiend’s N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
attacks. If you are in a bind, use ninpo to avoi
attacks. avoid
id taking
t I J
E A
E A
S
damage..
M
M
I T
S
S T
S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
N
S
P
P
A
N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
J F
A
A
T
T
H
H
E
B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
T S
T S
R E
R
O C
P R
H E
T
E S
I
E
S &
&
C
C
R
D Y
D
A S
T T
A A
A A
B L
A S
S
S K
E U
L
L
157
Protected by copyright.
c i Unauthorized or uunlawfull copying
py or downloading expressly prohibited.
i

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D ... then pillars of light
O
RR
boss bat tles

T sprout from the ground.
N
IN
I
F
AA
O
O N
Y JN If the Giant Statue
A I
A rotates both hands in a
W
W NN
E E
HH large circle with a light
H
H T
T T
T
MID-BOSS BATTLE: behind it, prepare for
S
MM
GIANT STATUE the Flame Beam attack. A red beam of light shoots across the
screen.Watch its path because a trail of flame follows shortly
E
T
IT after the red beam. Stay away from the path of the beam to
AA
J avoid the flames that follow.
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
Both hands rotate in
OO P
P N
A
N
A I
a circle with a light
EE N
N
WW
D behind the Giant
AA
IN A
J
N N
A Statue ...
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
... then a red beam
shoots across the
S screen ...
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N
E
E
Close-Range Abilities: Hand Sweep, Hand Slam
S Long-Range Abilities: Flame Beam, Light Pillar ... followed by a trail of
M
M
N
OO
Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 1
A I
A flame.
E S
T S
T IS Strategy: Feel free to use ninpo against the Giant Statue if you
MM
did not use it all against the Ninja you fought just before this The Giant Statue
mid-boss battle. If you do not have any ninpo remaining, do not also uses both of his
E worry because this mid-boss is relatively easy to defeat. When hands to sweep across
H
H the area in separate, widespread Hand Sweep attacks. In your
T
T the mid-boss appears, move the far-left side, just to the left of his
F A
JA
O
O I
NN hand. This position avoids most of the attacks that come from current position on the far-left side of the screen you can avoid
H
H N
T N many of these attacks. The Giant Statue also uses a Hand Slam
A the hand on this side of the area.
P
P attack, in which it raises one hand into the air and then slams
Move to the far left side. it to the ground. All of the Giant Statue’s attacks can be used
S
E multiple times consecutively.
L
T
The Giant Statue uses
T
A multiple close-range and
B
B
S long-range attacks. At any Hand Slam
S
O
O point in time during the Use the Reverse Wind
B
B
fight, the Giant Statue Technique repeatedly
pulls its hands close to to avoid the Hand Slam,
&
& S then attack with Haya-
S E
IE its chest and multiple
T H
E P
vertical pillars of light sprout from the ground. Use a continuous busa’s Strong Attack
R O
C RR combo when the hand
E T
S T
S Reverse Wind Technique to avoid this Light Pillar attack.
becomes stationary
L again. Simply wait for the hand to return to its original posi-
L
U E
The Giant Statue moves tion, then attack with Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combo (Strong
K S
S
S A Attack, Strong Attack).When the hand on the left side retracts,
L B its hands close to
A A
A A
T T quickly move to the right side to start on the other hand. When
S A its chest ...
Y D
D
R the Giant Statue’s health bar gets low, its head collapses to the
C
C
ground. Quickly move around to its head and attack with Haya-
busa’s Strong Attack combo to finish it off.
158

BOSS BA
BA TT
TTLES
LES
I
N
T
R
O
BOSS BATTLE: Throw D

U
C
T
SHADOW NINJA
I
O
N
When Rasetsu
reaches approximately T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
RASETSU
20 percent health, N W
N
he takes a knee for a I A
A
N Y
N
J
brief moment. Use this A O
A O
F
opportunity to execute an Obliteration Technique and finish
the fight. N
N
I
N
N
BOSS BATTLE: J

A
A
I
T
T
E
GIANT STATUE M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Y
T
T
R N
R
A N I
I
N N
N N
I J
N A
N A
G
Close-Range Abilities: Unblockable Combos and Single Hits,
Throw
E
E
N N
N N
Long-Range Abilities: Wind Projectile Technique, Regenerat- E I
M N
M N
ing Roar, Long-Range Stomp I J
E A
E A
S
Strategy: The Flying

rely on close-range Swallow
combat to Techniquethe
vanquish does not work
Shadow well,
Ninja. so
Stay Close-Range Abilities: Hand Sweep, Hand Slam, Hand Throw M
M
I T
S
S T
close to prevent him from using his Wind Projectile technique. S E
A
A
I
From a distance, Rasetsu consecutively shoots multiple Wind
Long-Range Abilities: Flame Beam, Light Pillar O
O M
N
M
S
Projectiles that inflict damage even if they are blocked. He also Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 1
pauses to roar, which slightly replenishes his health gauge. If you
allow him to stay at a distance, he jumps into the air and comes
Strategy: The Giant Statue attacks again, but this time it has P
P
A
quite a bit more health than before. It uses all of the same N T
N H
H
down on top of Hayabusa or makes a mad rush toward you. If I
N O
N
attacks and adds a new throw attack. Use a similar strategy to O
he uses either attack, use the Wind Run to avoid it. J F
A
A
beat it. When it first appears, move the far left side, just to the T
T
H
H
E
left of his hand to avoid most of its hand attacks. If either hand
reaches back, move toward the foreground to avoid the Hand
B
B
Throw if it uses the attack. O
O
S
Wind Projectile S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
Move to the far left

side again. T S
T S
R E
R
O C
Long-Range Stomp P R
H E
T
At close range, use the E S
I
E
S &
&
first few attacks of the
Piercing Dragon’s Fang Just like before, at some point the Giant Statue pulls its C
C
R
combo (i,i,i,i,i), hands close to its chest and multiple vertical pillars of light D Y
D
A S
sprout from the ground. Use a continuous Reverse Wind Tech- T T
followed immediately by A A
A A
B L
a Reverse Wind or Furi- nique to avoid this Light Pillar attack. A S
S
S K
E U
ous Wind. Many of Rasetsu’s combos can be blocked, but it is L
L
best to continuously dodge to avoid his attacks. Rasetsu also has
deceptively long range with his basic melee attacks and combos,
so be cautious even if you’re outside of Hayabusa’s melee range. 159

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
CHAPTER 2: THE CASTLE OF
T
N
IN
I
THE DRAGON
F
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A I
A
W
W N
E E
H H
H T
N
H
The Giant Statue moves
its hands close to its
BOSS BATTLE:
GENSHIN
T T
T
chest ...
S
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J
N
IN ... then pillars of light
NN
sprout from the ground.
Y
R
N OO
OO P If the Giant Statue
P NN
AA I
EE N
N rotates both hands in a
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A large circle with a light behind it, prepare for the Flame Beam at-
NN tack again. Remember to watch the path of the red beam so you
know where the trail of flame will erupt.
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T
Both hands rotate in a
circle with a light behind Close-Range Abilities: Strong and Weak Combos, Counterat-
S the Giant Statue ... tack Technique, Parry Technique
A E
E
JA I
N
IN M
M
E Long-Range Abilities: Ultimate Technique, Anti-Air Technique
NN N
N
E
E
S Strategy: The

skilled Ninja. battle
From against Genshin
a distance, Genshinisuses
a battle betweencompa-
a technique two
N ... then a red beam
M
M OO rable to Hayabusa’s Ultimate Technique as well as some form of
A I
A shoots across the screen
E S
T S
T IS the Piercing Void ninpo. Both are very damaging and difficult to
MM ...
avoid, so stay as close as possible to Genshin. If he does execute
the Ultimate Technique, immediately use the Reverse Wind to
E move away from Genshin as quickly as possible. Some of the at-
H
H
T
T
F A
JA tacks in Genshin’s Ultimate Technique can be blocked, but others
O
O I
NN
H
H N break through Hayabusa’s guard and inflict damage, so stay on
T N
A ... followed by a trail the move.
P
P
of flame. At close range,
S
E
L
Genshin can counter or
T
T
A Use the Reverse Wind parry Hayabusa’s attacks.
B
B
S Technique repeatedly This includes the first
S
O
O to avoid the Giant Statue’s attacks, then attack with Hayabusa’s attack from either Ulti-
B
B
Strong Attack combo when either hand becomes stationary mate Technique, halting it
again. When the hand on the left side retracts, quickly move completely. Focus on the
&
& S Undefeatable Demon
S E
IE to the right side to start on the other hand. When the Giant
T H
E P
R O
Statue’s health bar gets to approximately 50 percent, its head col- combo (Strong Attack, Strong Attack, Strong Attack) and Izuna
C RR Drop (Quick Attack, Strong Attack, Quick Attack, Quick Attack,
E T lapses to the ground. Quickly move around to its head and attack
S T
S
with Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combo. If you can deplete all of Quick Attack, Strong Attack) as your primary source of damage.
L its health, an Obliteration Technique will follow, however this is However, be cautious of a counterattack or parry. Should this
L
U E extremely difficult given the amount of time you have before the happen, use the Reverse Wind, then continue with either combo.
K S
S
S A
L B Giant Statue raises its head again. At this point, it replenishes a
A A
A A
T T portion of its health gauge and the fight continues
S A
Y D
D
R until its health is low and its head drops again. You
C
C
should now be able to use an Obliteration Technique
to finish it off and complete the chapter.
160

BOSS BA
BA TT
TTLES
LES
I
N
T
R
ninpo magic. If you can no longer use ninpo, a well-timed O
Do not use the Flying D
U
Swallow or any other Bladed Spider combo (4,4) with the Lunar Staff also works to C
T
deflect the Mini-Deaths and avoid damage. At approximately 50 I
O
aerial attacks because N
Genshin has the ability percent health, GigaDeath uses the Face of Death attack. If you
to counter any aerial see GigaDeath pause and shake in place, know that the Face of T
T
T H
H
T
H H
attacks Hayabusa uses. Death is coming. GigaDeath shoots a large face toward Haya- E E
N W
N
There is a chance that busa; it moves slower than the Mini-Deaths, but homes in just I A
A
N Y
N
J
Genshin’s counter will as well. As soon as you see GigaDeath pause and shake, move A O
A O
F
miss, but it is far too risky to rely on. It is also not possible to behind it as quickly as possible. This attack almost always inflicts
use an Obliteration Technique against Genshin, despite the level at least 50 percent damage to Hayabusa, and has the ability to N
N
I
N
N
of his health gauge. inflict well over 90 percent damage in some situations, so it is J
A
A
extremely important to avoid it at all costs. I
T
T
E
M
M
CHAPTER 3: THUNDERCLAP S
OF CATASTROPHE Fireballs N
N
A I
A N
N
BOSS BATTLE:
N J
D A
A
W
When the battle be- N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
gins, go into first-per- P
O
O O N
O
R
GIGADEATH son view so the Fiend’s

Bane Bow automati-
Y
cally locks onto GigaDeath. Shoot as quickly as possible as you T

T
R N
R
carefully watch for GigaDeath to use one of its many attacks. A N I
I
N N
N N
When GigaDeath approaches, make sure you’re far enough I J
N A
N A
G
away to avoid its untouchable body. Even if you don’t physically
touch GigaDeath, if you’re too close you’ll still take damage.
E
E
N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
I J
E A
E A
S
Mini-Deaths
When GigaDeath M
M
I T
S
S T
stops to unleash a S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
volley of fireballs, try to get behind it. If you’re too far away to N
S
get behind GigaDeath, use the Reverse Wind Technique repeat-
edly to avoid the projectile attack. You can battle GigaDeath by
trying to remain behind it as often as possible, or by standing P
P
A
Close-Range Abilities: Untouchable Body, Face of Death your ground and shooting as many arrows as possible. If you N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
try to stay behind it, the battle takes longer, but it’s a safer J F
A
A
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attacks, Mini-Death Spawns T
T
H
H
strategy. If you stand your ground, the battle will be over E
Recommended Weapons: Lunar Staff, Fiend’s Bane Bow, Art quickly, but you may end up using more health items. Repeat
of the Inferno these tactics until the boss has been defeated, but be cautious B
B
O
O
of the Mini-Death attacks when GigaDeath is below 50 percent S
Strategy: This is a unique boss that inflicts damage if you touch S
health. B
B
A
T
it. The Fiend’s Bane Bow and Lunar Staff are your weapons of T
L
choice for the battle. The boss moves from one end of the tun- Face of Death E
S
nel to the other, swaying from side to side and rapidly shooting
The battle against
fireballs from its head. You cannot block consecutive fireballs, but
GigaDeath is a quick T S
T S
you can dodge them with precise timing. However, the boss can R E
R
fight if you stand your O C
only shoot fireballs when it’s facing you. If you stay behind it, the P R
H E
T
ground. It should be E S
I
E
fireballs do not pose a threat. S &
&
down to nearly 50
Untouchable body percent health or less
C
C
by the time it spawns R
At some time during D Y
D
Mini-Deaths for the first time. When GigaDeath’s health is low, A S
the battle, GigaDeath T T
A A
A A
it stops moving and hunches over.When this happens, B L
spawns a multitude of A S
S
S K
quickly run up to its head and use an Obliteration T E U
Mini-Deaths, smaller L
echnique to finish the fight. L
versions of itself. These
Mini-Deaths act like
homing missiles. When
161
the Mini-Deaths spawn, defeat them with the Art of Inferno

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C
U
D
O
RR
T
N
IN
I
F
CHAPTER 4: A CAPTIVE Wind Breath
AA
O
O N
JN
Y
A I
A
W
W NN
GODDESS
E E
H H
H T
T T
T
H
MID-BOSS BATTLE:
S
GIANT BRUTE FIEND
MM
E
T
IT
AA
J Throw
N
IN
NN
Y
R
N OO
OO P
P NN
AA I
EE N
N
WW
D
AA
IN A
J
N N
A
NN
Focus on its back leg.

G
A N
A N Repeat these strategies
J I
N
N N
N
I I Close-Range Abilities: Earthquake Slam, Unblockable Throw until it reaches approxi-
N A
N R
R
T
T mately 20 percent health
Long-Range Abilities: Wind Breath, Projectile Attack
and drops its head to the ground. At this point, quickly run up
Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 2 to its head and use an Obliteration Technique to finish it off.
S
A E
E
JA I
N
I
N
N M
M
E
N N
N
E
E
Strategy: This giant boss attacks by swinging its arms, slamming
them to the ground (Earthquake Slam), as well as blasting you BOSS BATTLE: ALEXEI
with a gust of destructive wind from its mouth (Wind Breath).
Keep your guard up at all times and use the Reverse Wind to
S
continuously dodge its Earthquake Slam and swinging arms. Pro-
N jectile attacks do not work well on the Brute, so you must stay
M
M OO
A I
A close to it while avoiding its attacks.
E S
T S
T IS
MM
E
H
H
T
T
F A
JA
Projectile attack
O
O I
NN
H
H N
T N
A
P
P
S
E Close-Range Abilities: Melee Combos
L
T
T
A
B
B Long-Range
Range Throw, Abilities:
S Earthquake Slam Projectile Attack, Whirlwind Spin, Long-
S Lightning Strike
O
O
B
B
Attack the leg that is Strategy: Alexei is not presently at full power, which makes
&
& S
S E
IE farthest back with any
T H
E P
this battle relatively easy. His projectile attacks are very dif-
R O
C R
Strong Attack combo ficult to avoid, even with the use of Wind Run. Stay as close to
E TR
S T
S (i,i,i), but keep on the move. If you focus on its back leg, it Alexei as possible to prevent him from using a volley of lightning
will have a difficult time attacking you. Do not stay in front of it projectile attacks, his Lightning Strike attack, and his extremely
L or else it uses the Wind Breath technique, which inflicts a signifi-
L damaging long-range throw attack.
U E
K S
S
S A
cant amount of damage. If it moves near the cars or rocks at the
L B far end of the area, the camera zooms out and it throws one of
A A
A A
T T
S A these objects at Hayabusa. Use the Reverse Wind or
Y D
D
R
C
C Wind Run to easily avoid the slow-moving projectile.
162

BOSS BA
BA TT
TTLES
LES
I
N
T
R
BOSS BATTLE: O

D
U
C
T
Long-Range Throw
STATUE OF LIBERTY I
O
N
T
T
T H
H
T
H H
E E
N W
N
I A
A
N Y
N
J
A O
A O
F
N
N
I
N
N
Projectile Attack J
A
A
I
T
T
E
M
M
S
Alexei attacks as soon
as the cinematic con- N
N
A I
A N
N
cludes, so be prepared N J
D A
A
to block or dodge immediately. Rush toward Alexei to get close W
N E
N E
to him as quickly as possible. This prevents him from using many N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
of his long-range abilities. Alexei uses his projectile attacks as R
Y
soon as you get outside of the Dragon Sword’s attack range,
so it is very important to keep a continuous flow between the
T
T
Wind Run and any of Hayabusa’s Strong Attack combos. Alexei Close-Range Abilities: Hand Slam, Hand Sweep R N
R
A N
I I
also uses long- and short-range throws that cannot be blocked N N
N N
Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Lightning Pillar I
N A
N
J
A
and inflict a significant amount of damage. Stay on the move as G
much as possible to avoid these. Recommended Weapon: Dragon Sword, Level 2
Strategy: The battle against the Statue of Liberty is very
E
E
similar to the battle against the Giant Statue in Chapter 1. N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
When the battle begins stay on the far left side of the screen I J
E A
E A
S
Lightning Strike to avoid the Hand Sweep attack. You can block the Statue’s
Hand Slam and the ground lightning that emanates from the
Hand Slam. Keep your guard up and wait for the Statue to stop
If Alexei uses the using either hand attack, then use a combo on the hand as it M
M
I T
S
S T
Whirlwind Spin, charge is stationary. If it does not appear as though the hand will stop S E
A
A
I
O
O M M
an Ultimate Technique. attacking, use the Reverse Wind to move over to the other N
S
It will not hit Alexei, but it avoids his attack and allows you to hand and attack it instead. Always stay at close range to avoid
stay close to him in order to avoid a follow-up projectile attack. the Statue’s long-range attacks.
You can also use the Wind Run, but that generally puts you at a P
P
A
distance when the Whirlwind Spin attack is over. The Ultimate N T
N H
H
I
N O
N O
Technique overrides any attack Alexei is attempting to use, in- J F
A
A
T
T
cluding his Whirlwind Spin attack and throws, so be prepared to H
H
E
use the instant charge upon landing from a Wind Run if you see Hand Slam
Alexei going into the Whirlwind Spin. B
B
O
O
S
S
B
B
A
T
T
L
E
S
Whirlwind Spin
Hand Sweep
T S
T S
R E
R
At close-range Alexei O C
P R
H E
T
uses several attack E S
I
E
S &
&
combos. Use Wind Run
to avoid these, then counterattack with a Strong Attack combo Projectile attack
C
C
of your choice. If the Strong Attack combo does not stun Alexei, following both hand R
D Y
D
stop mid-combo and use Wind Run or Reverse Wind to avoid attacks at 50 percent A S
T T
A A
A A
the combo attack Alexei is about to unleash. If the combo stuns health. B L
A S
S
S K
Alexei, follow up with another Strong Attack combo until Alexei E U
L
is no longer stunned. Defeat Alexei to trigger a short cinematic, L
followed by a battle against the Statue of Liberty.
163

PR
IMA OFFICIAL
IMA
GAME GUIDE
N
O
IO
T
C Close-Range Abilities: Basic Combos
U
D
O
RR Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Long-Range Stomp
T
N
IN
I Once the Statue is down to 50 percent health, it drops its Recommended Weapon: Heavenly Dragon Naginata
head slightly and stops attacking for a brief period. Use the first-
F Strategy: The Tengu Brother does not have a wide variety of
AA
O
O N
Y JN person view to auto-aim the Fiend’s Bane Bow at the Statue’s attacks. At a distance he uses a projectile attack consisting of
A I
A head and attack as quickly as possible. When the Statue moves
W
W NN
E E again, stay between the two hands and move into first-person multiple kunai. He also uses a stomping attack that he can use
H H
H TH
T T
T view to fire off a few arrows in between the Statue’s attacks. At from close range, but he primarily uses it from a distance.
this point, every attack is followed by a ball of lightning projec- Stay close to the Tengu Brother and use the Reverse
S tile attack, so be careful to avoid it with a Reverse Wind before
MM Wind Technique to avoid his combo. As soon as his combo is
E
T
IT changing to the first-person view. completed, use a combo of your choice. After your combo,
AA
J continue using the Reverse Wind Technique until the Tengu
N
IN
NN Brother completes another combo. You only need to get the
Tengu Brother down to approximately 50 percent health before
Y
R
N OO Lightning Pillar he teleports away.
OO P
P NN
A
E
W
A
J
A I
E N
W
A
N
D BOSS BATTLE: TENGU
IN A
N
A
BROTHERS
N
NN
G
A N
A N
J I
N
N N
N Long-range projectile
I I
N A
N R
R
T
T attack

S When the Statue of

A E
E
JA I Liberty is low on health,
N
IN M
M
E
NN N
N it bows its head one more time. Move toward the head and
E
E
use an Obliteration Technique to finish it off and complete the
chapter.
S
N
M
M O
A I
A
E S
O
CHAPTER 5: THE SHRINE-
T S
T IS
MM
MAIDEN’S BATTLE
E
H
H
MID-BOSS BATTLE:
T
T
F A
O
JA
O I
NN
TENGU BROTHER
H
H N
T N Close-Range Abilities:
A
P
P Basic Combos, Whirlwind
Spin, Unblockable Throw
S
E
L
T Long-Range Abilities:
T
A Projectile Attack, Long-Range Stomp
B
B
S
S Recommended Weapon: Heavenly Dragon Naginata
O
O
B
B
Strategy: This Tengu Brothers battle is the same as the last
&
& S
except that you must now fight both brothers at once. The
S E
IE brothers have the same attacks as you saw before. If either
T H
E P
R O
C R
brother begins to spin in a circle, move away as quickly as pos-
E TR
S T
S sible. The Whirlwind Spin is difficult to avoid, but has a relatively
short range of attack. A single jump away from the enemy is
L usually enough to get away from the attack. When both brothers
L
U E
K S
S
S A
are still alive, they will generally use only one stomp when they
L B jump into the air. However, once one brother has been defeated,
A A
A A
T T
S A almost every stomp will be followed by a second one. They will
Y D
D
R
C
C use the stomps from close range as well.
164

BOSS BA
BA TT
TTLES
LES
I
N
T
R
O
CHAPTER 6: THE AQUA
AQUA D
U
C
T
I
Basic combo
CAPITAL O
N
BOSS BATTLE: H
T
H
T
T
T H
H
E E
WATER DRAGON N W
N
I
N Y
N
J
A O
A
A
A
O
F
N
N
I
N
N
J
A
A
Whirlwind Spin I
T
T
E
M
M
S
N
N
A I
A N
N
N J
D A
A
W
N E
N E
N A
I
N A
P
P
O
O O N
O
R
Unblockable throw Y
Focus on the blue T

T
R N
R
A N I
brother first, ignoring I
N N
N N
I J
the other brother. Stay N A
N A
G
close to prevent him from using his projectile attack, and use the Close-Range Abilities: Tentacle Stab, Tentacle Strike
Reverse Wind Technique to avoid his combos and unblockable Long-Range Abilities: Projectile Attack, Undead Fish
throw. When his combos come to an end, attack with Momiji’s E
E
Dancing Maple combo (iiii). Be careful of the last hit in the
Recommended Weapons: Dragon Sword, Level 2; Howling N N
N N
E I
M N
M N
Cannon I J
combo because it can be difficult to dodge. Once the combo E A
E A
S
starts, use precise Reverse Wind Techniques to dodge each Strategy: The battle against the Water Dragon can be fought
attack individually instead of simply repeating the Reverse Wind

忍龙∑2官方指南书（英文）

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

忍龙∑2官方指南书（英文）

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PRIMA Official Game Guide

3000 Lava Ridge Court, St. 100

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

F ACTION NOTATION

G Wind Run p+u

S Dive Underwater Hold u

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

the way of the ninja

GAME BASICS HEALTH REGAIN N

QUICK MENU I

... your health gauge

HEALTH GAUGE regain ability is most important, as it can replenish your

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

You will come across a wide variety of items as you travel

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

ﬁnd various items ranging from technique explanations to

MURAMASA SHOP E

You will encounter three different types of Essence as you

At various locations

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

CHAPTER CHALLENGE BONUSES

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

HANGING AND E

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

healing the semi-permanent red portion of Ryu’s health gauge.

The Jewel of the Demon Seal is an extremely rare item. It

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

are wielded together, the enormity of their combined ancient power

The Good: The Blade of the Archﬁend is the fourth level

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

G Falling Dragon ppp6+p Bladed Wind ppd+pi

Fire Dragon Spinning Descent pii Zhong Kui Whirlwind pippii

Purgatory Slash p Hold i Spinning Fire Dragon piii

S Path of the Demon Dragon Ultimate Technique Spinning

Gale Rising Slash While Running i Blade of the Mind pp6+iiiii

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Violent Wind 6+pp6+p

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

AND NINP O

Mist Slash pppppi

Serpent’s Curse Hold i

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

AND NINP O

FALCON’S TALONS DETAILS Flying Swallow While Jumping Toward Enemy i N

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

The Bad: The only truly negative aspect of the Kusari-gama is

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

AND NINP O

be used effectively as a defensive measure against a large Amitabha Thrust p6+pppp

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

Speed: 4 Heavenly Justice During Combo u or L+ Left Analog Stick

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

of opponents, the Kusari-gama is generally a better choice, Flying Crane 47896321+i

Whirlwind in Empty Sky pipp

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

S The records

Protected by copyright. Unauthorized or unlawful copying or downloading expressly prohibited.

AND NINP O